UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

x      QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended September 30, 2011

OR

o     TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR
15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                    .


Commission File Number
Exact name of registrants as specified in their charters, states of incorporation, addresses of principal executive offices,
and telephone numbers
I.R.S. Employer Identification Number
 
PGN LOGO
 
     
1-15929
Progress Energy, Inc.
410 South Wilmington Street
Raleigh, North Carolina 27601-1748
Telephone:   (919) 546-6111
State of Incorporation: North Carolina
56-2155481
     
1-3382
Carolina Power & Light Company
d/b/a Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc.
410 South Wilmington Street
Raleigh, North Carolina  27601-1748
Telephone:   (919) 546-6111
State of Incorporation: North Carolina
56-0165465
     
1-3274
Florida Power Corporation
d/b/a Progress Energy Florida, Inc.
299 First Avenue North
St. Petersburg, Florida  33701
Telephone:   (727) 820-5151
State of Incorporation: Florida
59-0247770

NONE
(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Indicate by check mark whether each registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrants were required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Progress Energy, Inc. (Progress Energy)
Yes
x
No
o
Carolina Power & Light Company (PEC)
Yes
x
No
o
Florida Power Corporation (PEF)
Yes
o
No
x
 
 
 

 
 
Indicate by check mark whether each registrant has submitted electronically and posted to its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrants were required to submit and post such files).

Progress Energy
Yes
x
No
o
PEC
Yes
x
No
o
PEF
Yes
x
No
o

Indicate by check mark whether each registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Progress Energy
Large accelerated filer
x
Accelerated filer
o
 
Non-accelerated filer
o
Smaller reporting company
o
         
PEC
Large accelerated filer
o
Accelerated filer
o
 
Non-accelerated filer
x
Smaller reporting company
o
         
PEF
Large accelerated filer
o
Accelerated filer
o
 
Non-accelerated filer
x
Smaller reporting company
o

Indicate by check mark whether each registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Progress Energy
Yes
o
No
x
PEC
Yes
o
No
x
PEF
Yes
o
No
x

At November 4, 2011, each registrant had the following shares of common stock outstanding:

Registrant
Description
Shares
Progress Energy
Common Stock (Without Par Value)
295,005,362
     
PEC
Common Stock (Without Par Value)
159,608,055 (all of which were held directly by Progress Energy, Inc.)
     
PEF
Common Stock (Without Par Value)
100 (all of which were held indirectly by Progress Energy, Inc.)

This combined Form 10-Q is filed separately by three registrants: Progress Energy, PEC and PEF (collectively, the Progress Registrants). Information contained herein relating to any individual registrant is filed by such registrant solely on its own behalf. Each registrant makes no representation as to information relating exclusively to the other registrants.

PEF meets the conditions set forth in General Instruction H(1)(a) and (b) of Form 10-Q and is therefore filing this form with the reduced disclosure format.

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
2
 
5
 
PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
ITEM 1.
7
     
 
Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Statements
 
     
 
Progress Energy, Inc. (Progress Energy)
 
 
7
 
8
 
9
     
 
Carolina Power & Light Company d/b/a Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc. (PEC)
 
 
10
 
11
 
12
     
 
Florida Power Corporation d/b/a Progress Energy Florida, Inc. (PEF)
 
 
13
 
14
 
15
     
 
16
     
ITEM 2.
 
72
     
ITEM 3.
110
     
ITEM 4.
113
     
PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION
 
ITEM 1.
114
     
ITEM 1A.
114
     
ITEM 2.
115
     
ITEM 6.
116
     
118

 
1

 

GLOSSARY OF TERMS

We use the words “Progress Energy,” “we,” “us” or “our” to indicate that certain information relates to Progress Energy, Inc. and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. When appropriate, the parent holding company or the subsidiaries of Progress Energy are specifically identified on an unconsolidated basis as we discuss their various business activities.
 
The following abbreviations, acronyms or initialisms are used by the Progress Registrants:
 
TERM
DEFINITION
   
2010 Form 10-K
Progress Registrants’ annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
401(k)
Progress Energy 401(k) Savings & Stock Ownership Plan
AFUDC
Allowance for funds used during construction
ARO
Asset retirement obligation
ASC
FASB Accounting Standards Codification
ASLB
Atomic Safety and Licensing Board
the Asset Purchase Agreement
Agreement by and among Global, Earthco and certain affiliates, and the Progress Affiliates as amended on August 23, 2000
ASU
Accounting Standards Update
Audit Committee
Audit and Corporate Performance Committee of Progress Energy’s board of directors
BART
Best Available Retrofit Technology
Base Revenues
Non-GAAP measure defined as operating revenues excluding clause recoverable regulatory returns, miscellaneous revenues and fuel and other pass-through revenues
Brunswick
PEC’s Brunswick Nuclear Plant
Btu
British thermal unit
CAA
Clean Air Act
CAIR
Clean Air Interstate Rule
CAMR
Clean Air Mercury Rule
CAVR
Clean Air Visibility Rule
CCRC
Capacity Cost-Recovery Clause
CERCLA or Superfund
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended
Clean Smokestacks Act
North Carolina Clean Smokestacks Act
the Code
Internal Revenue Code
CO 2
Carbon dioxide
COL
Combined license
Corporate and Other
Corporate and Other segment primarily includes the Parent, PESC and miscellaneous other nonregulated businesses
CR1 and CR2
PEF’s Crystal River Units No. 1 and No. 2 coal-fired steam turbines
CR3
PEF’s Crystal River Unit No. 3 Nuclear Plant
CR4 and CR5
PEF’s Crystal River Units No. 4 and No. 5 coal-fired steam turbines
CSAPR
Cross-State Air Pollution Rule
CVO
Contingent value obligation
D.C. Court of Appeals
U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit
DOE
U.S. Department of Energy
DOJ
U.S. Department of Justice
DSM
Demand-side management
Duke Energy
Duke Energy Corporation
Earthco
Four coal-based solid synthetic fuels limited liability companies of which three were wholly owned
ECCR
Energy Conservation Cost Recovery Clause
ECRC
Environmental Cost Recovery Clause
EE
Energy efficiency
 
 
2

 
 
EGU MACT
MACT standards for coal-fired and oil-fired electric steam generating units
EIP
Equity Incentive Plan
EPA
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
EPC
Engineering, procurement and construction
ESOP
Employee Stock Ownership Plan
FASB
Financial Accounting Standards Board
FDEP
Florida Department of Environmental Protection
FERC
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
FGT
Florida Gas Transmission Company, LLC
Fitch
Fitch Ratings
the Florida Global Case
U.S. Global, LLC v. Progress Energy, Inc. et al.
Florida Progress
Florida Progress Corporation
FPSC
Florida Public Service Commission
Funding Corp.
Florida Progress Funding Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of Florida Progress
GAAP
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
GHG
Greenhouse gas
Global
U.S. Global, LLC
GWh
Gigawatt-hours
Harris
PEC’s Shearon Harris Nuclear Plant
IPP
Progress Energy Investor Plus Plan
kV
Kilovolt
kVA
Kilovolt-ampere
kWh
Kilowatt-hours
Levy
PEF’s proposed Levy Units No. 1 and No. 2 Nuclear Plants
LIBOR
London Inter Bank Offered Rate
MACT
Maximum achievable control technology
MD&A
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contained in PART I, Item 2 of this Form 10-Q
Medicare Act
Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003
the Merger
Proposed merger between Progress Energy and Duke Energy
the Merger Agreement
Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 8, 2011, by and among Progress Energy and Duke Energy
MGP
Manufactured gas plant
MW
Megawatts
MWh
Megawatt-hours
Moody’s
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.
NAAQS
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NC REPS
North Carolina Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency Portfolio Standard
NCUC
North Carolina Utilities Commission
NDT
Nuclear decommissioning trust
NEIL
Nuclear Electric Insurance Limited
NERC
North American Electric Reliability Corporation
NO 2
Nitrogen dioxide
North Carolina Global Case
Progress Synfuel Holdings, Inc. et al. v. U.S. Global, LLC
NOx
Nitrogen oxides
NRC
Nuclear Regulatory Commission
O&M
Operation and maintenance expense
OATT
Open Access Transmission Tariff
OCI
Other comprehensive income
Ongoing Earnings
Non-GAAP financial measure defined as GAAP net income attributable to controlling interests less discontinued operations and the effects of certain identified gains and charges
OPEB
Postretirement benefits other than pensions
 
 
3

 
 
the Parent
Progress Energy, Inc. holding company on an unconsolidated basis
PEC
Carolina Power & Light Company d/b/a Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc.
PEF
Florida Power Corporation d/b/a Progress Energy Florida, Inc.
PESC
Progress Energy Service Company, LLC
Power Agency
North Carolina Eastern Municipal Power Agency
PPACA
Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the related Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act
Preferred Securities
7.10% Cumulative Quarterly Income Preferred Securities due 2039, Series A issued by the Trust
Preferred Securities Guarantee
Florida Progress’ guarantee of all distributions related to the Preferred Securities
Progress Affiliates
Five affiliated coal-based solid synthetic fuels facilities
Progress Energy
Progress Energy, Inc. and subsidiaries on a consolidated basis
Progress Registrants
The reporting registrants within the Progress Energy consolidated group. Collectively, Progress Energy, Inc., PEC and PEF
PRP
Potentially responsible party, as defined in CERCLA
PSSP
Performance Share Sub-Plan
QF
Qualifying facility
RCA
Revolving credit agreement
Reagents
Commodities such as ammonia and limestone used in emissions control technologies
REPS
Renewable energy portfolio standard
the Registration Statement
The registration statement filed on Form S-4 by Duke Energy related to the Merger
Robinson
PEC’s Robinson Nuclear Plant
ROE
Return on equity
RSU
Restricted stock unit
SCPSC
Public Service Commission of South Carolina
Section 29
Section 29 of the Code
Section 29/45K
General business tax credits earned after December 31, 2005 for synthetic fuels production in accordance with Section 29
Section 45K
Section 45K of the Code
Section 316(b)
Section 316(b) of the Clean Water Act
(See Note/s “#”)
For all sections, this is a cross-reference to the Combined Notes to the Financial Statements contained in PART I, Item 1 of this Form 10-Q
SERC
SERC Reliability Corporation
S&P
Standard & Poor’s Rating Services
SO 2
Sulfur dioxide
SOx
Sulfur oxides
Subordinated Notes
7.10% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Notes due 2039 issued by Funding Corp.
Tax Agreement
Intercompany Income Tax Allocation Agreement
the Trust
FPC Capital I
the Utilities
Collectively, PEC and PEF
VSP
Voluntary severance plan
VIE
Variable interest entity
Ward
Ward Transformer site located in Raleigh, N.C.
Ward OU1
Operable unit for stream segments downstream from the Ward site
Ward OU2
Operable unit for further investigation at the Ward facility and certain adjacent areas


 
4

 

SAFE HARBOR FOR FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
In this combined report, each of the Progress Registrants makes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. The matters discussed throughout this combined Form 10-Q that are not historical facts are forward looking and, accordingly, involve estimates, projections, goals, forecasts, assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement is based on information current as of the date of this report and speaks only as of the date on which such statement is made, and the Progress Registrants undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made.
 
In addition, examples of forward-looking statements discussed in this Form 10-Q include, but are not limited to, statements made in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (MD&A) including, but not limited to, statements under the following headings: “Pending Merger” about the proposed merger between Progress Energy and Duke Energy Corporation (Duke Energy) (the Merger) and the impact of the Merger on our strategy and liquidity; “Results of Operations” about trends and uncertainties; “Liquidity and Capital Resources” about operating cash flows, future liquidity requirements and estimated capital expenditures; and “Other Matters” about the effects of new environmental regulations, changes in the regulatory environment, meeting anticipated demand in our regulated service territories, potential nuclear construction and our synthetic fuels tax credits.
 
Examples of factors that you should consider with respect to any forward-looking statements made throughout this document include, but are not limited to, the following:
 
·  
our ability to obtain the approvals required to complete the Merger and the impact of compliance with material restrictions or conditions potentially imposed by our regulators;
·  
the risk that the Merger is terminated prior to completion and results in significant transaction costs to us;
·  
our ability to achieve the anticipated results and benefits of the Merger;
·  
the impact of business uncertainties and contractual restrictions while the Merger is pending;
·  
the scope of necessary repairs of the delamination of PEF’s Crystal River Unit No. 3 Nuclear Plant (CR3) could prove more extensive than is currently identified, such repairs could prove not to be feasible, the costs of repair and/or replacement power could exceed our estimates and insurance coverage or may not be recoverable through the regulatory process;
·  
the impact of fluid and complex laws and regulations, including those relating to the environment and energy policy;
·  
our ability to recover eligible costs and earn an adequate return on investment through the regulatory process;
·  
the ability to successfully operate electric generating facilities and deliver electricity to customers;
·  
the impact on our facilities and businesses from a terrorist attack, cyber security threats and other catastrophic events;
·  
the ability to meet the anticipated future need for additional baseload generation and associated transmission facilities in our regulated service territories and the accompanying regulatory and financial risks;
·  
our ability to meet current and future renewable energy requirements;
·  
the inherent risks associated with the operation and potential construction of nuclear facilities, including environmental, health, safety, regulatory and financial risks;
·  
the financial resources and capital needed to comply with environmental laws and regulations;
·  
risks associated with climate change;
·  
weather and drought conditions that directly influence the production, delivery and demand for electricity;
·  
recurring seasonal fluctuations in demand for electricity;
·  
the ability to recover in a timely manner, if at all, costs associated with future significant weather events through the regulatory process;
·  
fluctuations in the price of energy commodities and purchased power and our ability to recover such costs through the regulatory process;
 
 
5

 
 
·  
the Progress Registrants’ ability to control costs, including operations and maintenance expense (O&M) and large construction projects;
·  
the ability of our subsidiaries to pay upstream dividends or distributions to Progress Energy, Inc. holding company (the Parent);
·  
current economic conditions;
·  
the ability to successfully access capital markets on favorable terms;
·  
the stability of commercial credit markets and our access to short- and long-term credit;
·  
the impact that increases in leverage or reductions in cash flow may have on each of the Progress Registrants;
·  
the Progress Registrants’ ability to maintain their current credit ratings and the impacts in the event their credit ratings are downgraded;
·  
the investment performance of our nuclear decommissioning trust (NDT) funds;
·  
the investment performance of the assets of our pension and benefit plans and resulting impact on future funding requirements;
·  
the impact of potential goodwill impairments;
·  
our ability to fully utilize tax credits generated from the previous production and sale of qualifying synthetic fuels under Internal Revenue Code (the Code) Section 29/45K (Section 29/45K); and
·  
the outcome of any ongoing or future litigation or similar disputes and the impact of any such outcome or related settlements.
 
Many of these risks similarly impact our nonreporting subsidiaries.
 
These and other risk factors are detailed from time to time in the Progress Registrants’ filings with the SEC. Many, but not all, of the factors that may impact actual results are discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” in the Progress Registrants’ annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (2010 Form 10-K), which was filed with the SEC on February 28, 2011, and is updated for material changes, if any, in this Form 10-Q and in our other SEC filings. All such factors are difficult to predict, contain uncertainties that may materially affect actual results and may be beyond our control. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all such factors, nor can management assess the effect of each such factor on the Progress Registrants.
 

 
6

 

PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 
ITEM 1.    FINANCIAL S TATEMENTS
 
               
PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
September 30, 2011
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS of INCOME
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30
   
Nine months ended September 30
 
(in millions except per share data)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
Operating revenues
  $ 2,747     $ 2,962     $ 7,170     $ 7,869  
Operating expenses
                               
Fuel used in electric generation
    844       935       2,236       2,574  
Purchased power
    349       418       898       996  
Operation and maintenance
    487       474       1,491       1,459  
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    175       201       508       680  
Taxes other than on income
    163       161       437       448  
Other
    39       20       31       25  
Total operating expenses
    2,057       2,209       5,601       6,182  
Operating income
    690       753       1,569       1,687  
Other income (expense)
                               
Interest income
    1       3       2       6  
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    22       22       77       68  
Other, net
    (70 )     (5 )     (60 )     (5 )
Total other (expense) income, net
    (47 )     20       19       69  
Interest charges
                               
Interest charges
    180       197       568       587  
Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction
    (8 )     (8 )     (26 )     (24 )
Total interest charges, net
    172       189       542       563  
Income from continuing operations before income tax
    471       584       1,046       1,193  
Income tax expense
    178       219       386       456  
Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect
  of change in accounting principle
    293       365       660       737  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    -       (2 )     (4 )     (2 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
    -       2       -       -  
Net income
    293       365       656       735  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax
    (2 )     (4 )     (5 )     (4 )
Net income attributable to controlling interests
  $ 291     $ 361     $ 651     $ 731  
Average common shares outstanding – basic
    296       294       296       289  
Basic and diluted earnings per common share
                               
Income from continuing operations attributable to controlling
  interests, net of tax
  $ 0.98     $ 1.23     $ 2.22     $ 2.53  
Discontinued operations attributable to controlling interests,
  net of tax
    -       -       (0.02 )     -  
Net income attributable to controlling interests
  $ 0.98     $ 1.23     $ 2.20     $ 2.53  
Dividends declared per common share
  $ 0.620     $ 0.620     $ 1.860     $ 1.860  
Amounts attributable to controlling interests
                               
Income from continuing operations, net of tax
  $ 291     $ 363     $ 655     $ 733  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    -       (2 )     (4 )     (2 )
Net income attributable to controlling interests
  $ 291     $ 361     $ 651     $ 731  
 
 
See Notes to Progress Energy, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.
 

 
7

 

PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
(in millions)
 
September 30, 2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
ASSETS
 
 
   
 
 
Utility plant
 
 
   
 
 
Utility plant in service
  $ 30,729     $ 29,708  
Accumulated depreciation
    (11,905 )     (11,567 )
Utility plant in service, net
    18,824       18,141  
Other utility plant, net
    222       220  
Construction work in progress
    2,233       2,205  
Nuclear fuel, net of amortization
    736       674  
Total utility plant, net
    22,015       21,240  
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
    103       611  
Receivables, net
    1,207       1,033  
Inventory
    1,376       1,226  
Regulatory assets
    180       176  
Derivative collateral posted
    112       164  
Deferred tax assets
    285       156  
Prepayments and other current assets
    162       110  
Total current assets
    3,425       3,476  
Deferred debits and other assets
               
Regulatory assets
    2,333       2,374  
Nuclear decommissioning trust funds
    1,512       1,571  
Miscellaneous other property and investments
    410       413  
Goodwill
    3,655       3,655  
Other assets and deferred debits
    327       325  
Total deferred debits and other assets
    8,237       8,338  
Total assets
  $ 33,677     $ 33,054  
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
               
Common stock equity
               
Common stock without par value, 500 million shares authorized, 295
  million and 293 million shares issued and outstanding, respectively
  $ 7,414     $ 7,343  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (207 )     (125 )
Retained earnings
    2,905       2,805  
Total common stock equity
    10,112       10,023  
Noncontrolling interests
    3       4  
Total equity
    10,115       10,027  
Preferred stock of subsidiaries
    93       93  
Long-term debt, affiliate
    273       273  
Long-term debt, net
    11,717       11,864  
Total capitalization
    22,198       22,257  
Current liabilities
               
Current portion of long-term debt
    950       505  
Short-term debt
    45       -  
Accounts payable
    895       994  
Interest accrued
    184       216  
Dividends declared
    185       184  
Customer deposits
    339       324  
Derivative liabilities
    303       259  
Accrued compensation and other benefits
    140       175  
Other current liabilities
    507       298  
Total current liabilities
    3,548       2,955  
Deferred credits and other liabilities
               
Noncurrent income tax liabilities
    2,310       1,696  
Accumulated deferred investment tax credits
    104       110  
Regulatory liabilities
    2,326       2,635  
Asset retirement obligations
    1,253       1,200  
Accrued pension and other benefits
    1,226       1,514  
Derivative liabilities
    255       278  
Other liabilities and deferred credits
    457       409  
Total deferred credits and other liabilities
    7,931       7,842  
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 14 and 15)
               
Total capitalization and liabilities
  $ 33,677     $ 33,054  
 
 
 
See Notes to Progress Energy, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.
 

 
8

 

PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS of CASH FLOWS
 
(in millions)
 
 
   
 
 
Nine months ended September 30
 
2011
   
2010
 
Operating activities
 
 
   
 
 
Net income
  $ 656     $ 735  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
               
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    632       804  
Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits, net
    430       263  
Deferred fuel credit
    (11 )     (37 )
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    (77 )     (68 )
Other adjustments to net income
    202       197  
Cash (used) provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities
               
Receivables
    (93 )     (252 )
Inventory
    (152 )     111  
Derivative collateral posted
    52       (83 )
Other assets
    (19 )     (25 )
Income taxes, net
    20       213  
Accounts payable
    (40 )     45  
Accrued pension and other benefits
    (359 )     (162 )
Other liabilities
    63       163  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,304       1,904  
Investing activities
               
Gross property additions
    (1,535 )     (1,643 )
Nuclear fuel additions
    (134 )     (164 )
Purchases of available-for-sale securities and other investments
    (4,536 )     (5,927 )
Proceeds from available-for-sale securities and other investments
    4,509       5,915  
Insurance proceeds
    78       18  
Other investing activities
    43       (3 )
Net cash used by investing activities
    (1,575 )     (1,804 )
Financing activities
               
Issuance of common stock, net
    42       419  
Dividends paid on common stock
    (550 )     (535 )
Net increase (decrease) in short-term debt
    45       (140 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net
    1,286       591  
Retirement of long-term debt
    (1,000 )     (400 )
Other financing activities
    (60 )     (69 )
Net cash used by financing activities
    (237 )     (134 )
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (508 )     (34 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    611       725  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 103     $ 691  
Supplemental disclosures
               
Significant noncash transactions
               
Accrued property additions
  $ 253     $ 255  
 
 
See Notes to Progress Energy, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.
 

 
9

 

CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY
 
d/b/a PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS, INC.
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
September 30, 2011
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS of INCOME
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30
   
Nine months ended September 30
 
(in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
Operating revenues
  $ 1,332     $ 1,414     $ 3,525     $ 3,794  
Operating expenses
                               
Fuel used in electric generation
    388       464       1,077       1,322  
Purchased power
    117       109       257       235  
Operation and maintenance
    271       256       859       841  
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    132       120       382       358  
Taxes other than on income
    57       58       163       169  
Other
    38       5       38       5  
Total operating expenses
    1,003       1,012       2,776       2,930  
Operating income
    329       402       749       864  
Other income (expense)
                               
Interest income
    -       1       1       3  
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    15       17       53       45  
Other, net
    (4 )     (2 )     (5 )     (5 )
Total other income, net
    11       16       49       43  
Interest charges
                               
Interest charges
    45       51       149       154  
Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction
    (4 )     (5 )     (15 )     (14 )
Total interest charges, net
    41       46       134       140  
Income before income tax
    299       372       664       767  
Income tax expense
    100       138       227       284  
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting  principle
    199       234       437       483  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
    -       2       -       -  
Net income
    199       236       437       483  
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests,  net of tax
    -       (2 )     -       1  
Net income attributable to controlling interests
    199       234       437       484  
Preferred stock dividend requirement
    (1 )     (1 )     (2 )     (2 )
Net income available to parent
  $ 198     $ 233     $ 435     $ 482  
 
 
See Notes to Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.
 

 
10

 

CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY d/b/a PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS, INC.
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
(in millions)
 
September 30, 2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
ASSETS
 
 
   
 
 
Utility plant
 
 
   
 
 
Utility plant in service
  $ 17,234     $ 16,388  
Accumulated depreciation
    (7,505 )     (7,324 )
Utility plant in service, net
    9,729       9,064  
Other utility plant, net
    186       184  
Construction work in progress
    1,141       1,233  
Nuclear fuel, net of amortization
    522       480  
Total utility plant, net
    11,578       10,961  
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
    67       230  
Receivables, net
    547       519  
Receivables from affiliated companies
    27       44  
Inventory
    734       590  
Deferred fuel cost
    52       71  
Income taxes receivable
    17       90  
Deferred tax assets
    112       65  
Prepayments and other current assets
    99       47  
Total current assets
    1,655       1,656  
Deferred debits and other assets
               
Regulatory assets
    1,029       987  
Nuclear decommissioning trust funds
    992       1,017  
Miscellaneous other property and investments
    185       183  
Other assets and deferred debits
    104       95  
Total deferred debits and other assets
    2,310       2,282  
Total assets
  $ 15,543     $ 14,899  
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
               
Common stock equity
               
Common stock without par value, 200 million shares authorized, 160
  million shares issued and outstanding
  $ 2,144     $ 2,130  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (70 )     (33 )
Retained earnings
    3,068       3,083  
Total common stock equity
    5,142       5,180  
Preferred stock
    59       59  
Long-term debt, net
    3,693       3,693  
Total capitalization
    8,894       8,932  
Current liabilities
               
Current portion of long-term debt
    500       -  
Accounts payable
    496       534  
Payables to affiliated companies
    88       109  
Interest accrued
    65       74  
Customer deposits
    114       106  
Derivative liabilities
    93       53  
Accrued compensation and other benefits
    81       99  
Other current liabilities
    147       81  
Total current liabilities
    1,584       1,056  
Deferred credits and other liabilities
               
Noncurrent income tax liabilities
    1,902       1,608  
Accumulated deferred investment tax credits
    100       104  
Regulatory liabilities
    1,443       1,461  
Asset retirement obligations
    889       849  
Accrued pension and other benefits
    519       723  
Other liabilities and deferred credits
    212       166  
Total deferred credits and other liabilities
    5,065       4,911  
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 14 and 15)
               
Total capitalization and liabilities
  $ 15,543     $ 14,899  
 
 
 
See Notes to Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.
 

 
11

 

CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY d/b/a PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS, INC.
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS of CASH FLOWS
 
(in millions)
 
 
   
 
 
Nine months ended September 30
 
2011
   
2010
 
Operating activities
 
 
   
 
 
Net income
  $ 437     $ 483  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
               
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    491       450  
Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits, net
    222       123  
Deferred fuel cost
    19       63  
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    (53 )     (45 )
Other adjustments to net income
    20       68  
Cash provided (used) by changes in operating assets and liabilities
               
Receivables
    56       (89 )
Receivables from affiliated companies
    17       15  
Inventory
    (144 )     120  
Other assets
    (5 )     (41 )
Income taxes, net
    79       59  
Accounts payable
    (41 )     (18 )
Payables to affiliated companies
    (21 )     (1 )
Accrued pension and other benefits
    (228 )     (103 )
Other liabilities
    39       65  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    888       1,149  
Investing activities
               
Gross property additions
    (901 )     (867 )
Nuclear fuel additions
    (121 )     (132 )
Purchases of available-for-sale securities and other investments
    (430 )     (352 )
Proceeds from available-for-sale securities and other investments
    401       323  
Changes in advances to affiliated companies
    (59 )     199  
Other investing activities
    16       -  
Net cash used by investing activities
    (1,094 )     (829 )
Financing activities
               
Dividends paid on preferred stock
    (2 )     (2 )
Dividends paid to parent
    (450 )     (75 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net
    496       -  
Contributions from parent
    -       14  
Other financing activities
    (1 )     -  
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
    43       (63 )
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (163 )     257  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    230       35  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 67     $ 292  
Supplemental disclosures
               
Significant noncash transactions
               
Accrued property additions
  $ 179     $ 160  
 
 
See Notes to Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Interim Financial Statements.
 

 
12

 

FLORIDA POWER CORPORATION
 
d/b/a PROGRESS ENERGY FLORIDA, INC.
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
September 30, 2011
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS of INCOME
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30
   
Nine months ended September 30
 
(in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
Operating revenues
  $ 1,414     $ 1,543     $ 3,639     $ 4,065  
Operating expenses
                               
Fuel used in electric generation
    456       471       1,159       1,252  
Purchased power
    232       309       641       761  
Operation and maintenance
    221       234       655       647  
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    39       77       112       311  
Taxes other than on income
    106       102       274       278  
Other
    (1 )     6       (13 )     6  
Total operating expenses
    1,053       1,199       2,828       3,255  
Operating income
    361       344       811       810  
Other income (expense)
                               
Interest income
    1       -       1       1  
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    7       5       24       23  
Other, net
    (1 )     (3 )     3       -  
Total other income, net
    7       2       28       24  
Interest charges
                               
Interest charges
    50       68       187       202  
Allowance for borrowed funds used during construction
    (4 )     (3 )     (11 )     (10 )
Total interest charges, net
    46       65       176       192  
Income before income tax
    322       281       663       642  
Income tax expense
    119       101       245       241  
Net income
    203       180       418       401  
Preferred stock dividend requirement
    -       -       (1 )     (1 )
Net income available to parent
  $ 203     $ 180     $ 417     $ 400  
 
 
See Notes to Progress Energy Florida, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Statements.
 

 
13

 

FLORIDA POWER CORPORATION d/b/a PROGRESS ENERGY FLORIDA, INC.
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
 
(in millions)
 
September 30, 2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
ASSETS
 
 
   
 
 
Utility plant
 
 
   
 
 
Utility plant in service
  $ 13,331     $ 13,155  
Accumulated depreciation
    (4,322 )     (4,168 )
Utility plant in service, net
    9,009       8,987  
Held for future use
    36       36  
Construction work in progress
    1,092       972  
Nuclear fuel, net of amortization
    214       194  
Total utility plant, net
    10,351       10,189  
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
    18       249  
Receivables, net
    629       496  
Receivables from affiliated companies
    21       11  
Inventory
    643       636  
Regulatory assets
    128       105  
Derivative collateral posted
    98       140  
Deferred tax assets
    83       77  
Prepayments and other current assets
    58       29  
Total current assets
    1,678       1,743  
Deferred debits and other assets
               
Regulatory assets
    1,305       1,387  
Nuclear decommissioning trust funds
    520       554  
Miscellaneous other property and investments
    43       43  
Other assets and deferred debits
    117       140  
Total deferred debits and other assets
    1,985       2,124  
Total assets
  $ 14,014     $ 14,056  
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
               
Common stock equity
               
Common stock without par value, 60 million shares authorized,
  100 shares issued and outstanding
  $ 1,755     $ 1,750  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (26 )     (4 )
Retained earnings
    3,084       3,144  
Total common stock equity
    4,813       4,890  
Preferred stock
    34       34  
Long-term debt, net
    4,482       4,182  
Total capitalization
    9,329       9,106  
Current liabilities
               
Current portion of long-term debt
    -       300  
Notes payable to affiliated companies
    69       9  
Accounts payable
    377       439  
Payables to affiliated companies
    67       60  
Interest accrued
    60       83  
Customer deposits
    225       218  
Derivative liabilities
    175       188  
Accrued compensation and other benefits
    34       47  
Other current liabilities
    237       121  
Total current liabilities
    1,244       1,465  
Deferred credits and other liabilities
               
Noncurrent income tax liabilities
    1,411       1,065  
Regulatory liabilities
    796       1,084  
Asset retirement obligations
    364       351  
Accrued pension and other benefits
    414       522  
Capital lease obligations
    190       199  
Derivative liabilities
    168       190  
Other liabilities and deferred credits
    98       74  
Total deferred credits and other liabilities
    3,441       3,485  
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 14 and 15)
               
Total capitalization and liabilities
  $ 14,014     $ 14,056  
 
 
 
See Notes to Progress Energy Florida, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Statements.
 

 
14

 

FLORIDA POWER CORPORATION d/b/a PROGRESS ENERGY FLORIDA, INC.
 
UNAUDITED CONDENSED STATEMENTS of CASH FLOWS
 
(in millions)
 
 
   
 
 
Nine months ended September 30
 
2011
   
2010
 
Operating activities
 
 
   
 
 
Net income
  $ 418     $ 401  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
               
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    113       328  
Deferred income taxes and investment tax credits, net
    291       211  
Deferred fuel credit
    (30 )     (100 )
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    (24 )     (23 )
Other adjustments to net income
    70       89  
Cash (used) provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities
               
Receivables
    (134 )     (155 )
Receivables from affiliated companies
    (10 )     (5 )
Inventory
    (10 )     (11 )
Derivative collateral posted
    43       (59 )
Other assets
    (1 )     (20 )
Income taxes, net
    51       117  
Accounts payable
    (2 )     70  
Payables to affiliated companies
    7       (18 )
Accrued pension and other benefits
    (123 )     (51 )
Other liabilities
    61       121  
Net cash provided by operating activities
    720       895  
Investing activities
               
Gross property additions
    (624 )     (774 )
Nuclear fuel additions
    (13 )     (32 )
Purchases of available-for-sale securities and other investments
    (4,097 )     (5,456 )
Proceeds from available-for-sale securities and other investments
    4,098       5,460  
Insurance proceeds
    74       18  
Other investing activities
    39       (2 )
Net cash used by investing activities
    (523 )     (786 )
Financing activities
               
Dividends paid on preferred stock
    (1 )     (1 )
Dividends paid to parent
    (475 )     (50 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net
    296       591  
Retirement of long-term debt
    (300 )     (300 )
Changes in advances from affiliated companies
    60       (213 )
Other financing activities
    (8 )     (8 )
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities
    (428 )     19  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (231 )     128  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    249       17  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 18     $ 145  
Supplemental disclosures
               
Significant noncash transactions
               
Accrued property additions
  $ 72     $ 92  
Nuclear repairs insurance recovery
    48       75  
 
 
See Notes to Progress Energy Florida, Inc. Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Statements.
 

 
15

 

PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY d/b/a/ PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS, INC.
FLORIDA POWER CORPORATION d/b/a PROGRESS ENERGY FLORIDA, INC.
COMBINED NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INDEX TO APPLICABLE COMBINED NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS BY REGISTRANT

Each of the following combined notes to the unaudited condensed interim financial statements of the Progress Registrants are applicable to Progress Energy, Inc. but not to each of PEC and PEF. The following table sets forth which notes are applicable to each of PEC and PEF. The notes that are not listed below for PEC or PEF are not, and shall not be deemed to be, part of PEC’s or PEF’s financial statements contained herein.
 
Registrant
Applicable Notes
   
PEC
1 through 9, 11, 12, 14 and 15
   
PEF
1 through 9, 11, 12, 14 and 15


 
16

 

PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY d/b/a PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS, INC.
FLORIDA POWER CORPORATION d/b/a PROGRESS ENERGY FLORIDA, INC.
COMBINED NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 

 
1.  ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    
A. ORGANIZATION
 
In this report, Progress Energy, which includes Progress Energy, Inc. holding company (the Parent) and its regulated and nonregulated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, is at times referred to as “we,” “us” or “our.” When discussing Progress Energy’s financial information, it necessarily includes the results of Carolina Power & Light Company d/b/a Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc. (PEC) and Florida Power Corporation d/b/a Progress Energy Florida, Inc. (PEF) (collectively, the Utilities). The term “Progress Registrants” refers to each of the three separate registrants: Progress Energy, PEC and PEF. The information in these combined notes relates to each of the Progress Registrants as noted in the Index to Applicable Combined Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Statements by Registrant. However, neither of the Utilities makes any representation as to information related solely to Progress Energy or the subsidiaries of Progress Energy other than itself.
 
PROGRESS ENERGY
 
The Parent is a holding company headquartered in Raleigh, N.C., subject to regulation by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC).
 
Our reportable segments are PEC and PEF, both of which are primarily engaged in the generation, transmission, distribution and sale of electricity. The Corporate and Other segment primarily includes amounts applicable to the activities of the Parent and Progress Energy Service Company, LLC (PESC) and other miscellaneous nonregulated businesses (Corporate and Other) that do not separately meet the quantitative disclosure requirements as a reportable business segment. See Note 13 for further information about our segments.
 
PEC
 
PEC is a regulated public utility primarily engaged in the generation, transmission, distribution and sale of electricity in portions of North Carolina and South Carolina. PEC’s subsidiaries are involved in insignificant nonregulated business activities. PEC is subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the North Carolina Utilities Commission (NCUC), Public Service Commission of South Carolina (SCPSC), the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) and the FERC.
 
PEF
 
PEF is a regulated public utility primarily engaged in the generation, transmission, distribution and sale of electricity in west central Florida. PEF is subject to the regulatory jurisdiction of the Florida Public Service Commission (FPSC), the NRC and the FERC.
 
B. BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for annual financial statements. The December 31, 2010 condensed balance sheet data was derived from audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by GAAP. Because the accompanying interim financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for annual financial statements, they should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto included in the Progress Registrants’ annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (2010 Form 10-K).
 
 
17

 
 
The amounts included in these financial statements are unaudited but, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments necessary to fairly present the Progress Registrants’ financial position and results of operations for the interim periods. Unless otherwise noted, all adjustments are normal and recurring in nature. Due to seasonal weather variations, the impact of regulatory orders received, and the timing of outages of electric generating units, especially nuclear-fueled units, the results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of amounts expected for the entire year or future periods.
 
In preparing financial statements that conform to GAAP, management must make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the reported amounts of revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Certain amounts for 2010 have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.
 
The Utilities collect from customers certain excise taxes levied by the state or local government upon the customers. The Utilities account for sales and use tax on a net basis and gross receipts tax, franchise taxes and other excise taxes on a gross basis.
 
The amount of gross receipts tax, franchise taxes and other excise taxes included in operating revenues and taxes other than on income in the Statements of Income were as follows:
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30
   
Nine months ended September 30
 
(in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
Progress Energy
  $ 96     $ 101     $ 245     $ 265  
PEC
    33       34       86       91  
PEF
    63       67       159       174  
  
C. CONSOLIDATION OF VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
 
We consolidate all voting interest entities in which we own a majority voting interest and all variable interest entities (VIEs) for which we are the primary beneficiary. We determine whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE through a qualitative analysis that identifies which variable interest holder has the controlling financial interest in the VIE. The variable interest holder who has both of the following has the controlling financial interest and is the primary beneficiary: (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of, or the right to receive benefits from, the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. In performing our analysis, we consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including: the design and activities of the VIE, the terms of the contracts the VIE has entered into, the nature of the VIE’s variable interests issued and how they were negotiated with or marketed to potential investors, and which parties participated significantly in the design or redesign of the entity.
 
PROGRESS ENERGY
 
Progress Energy, through its subsidiary PEC, is the primary beneficiary of, and consolidates an entity that qualifies for rehabilitation tax credits under Section 47 of the Internal Revenue Code. Our variable interests are debt and equity investments in the VIE. There were no changes to our assessment of the primary beneficiary during 2010 or for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. No financial or other support has been provided to the VIE during the periods presented.
 
 
18

 
 
The following table sets forth the carrying amount and classification of our investment in the VIE as reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
 
(in millions)
 
September 30, 2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
Miscellaneous other property and investments
  $ 12     $ 12  
Cash and cash equivalents
    1       -  
Prepayments and other current assets
    -       1  
Accounts payable
    -       5  
 
               
The assets of the VIE are collateral for, and can only be used to settle, its obligations. The creditors of the VIE do not have recourse to our general credit or the general credit of PEC, and there are no other arrangements that could expose us to losses.
 
Progress Energy, through its subsidiary PEC, is the primary beneficiary of two VIEs that were established to lease buildings to PEC under capital lease agreements. Our maximum exposure to loss from these leases is a $7.5 million mandatory fixed price purchase option for one of the buildings. Total lease payments to these counterparties under the lease agreements were $1 million and $2 million for each of the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We have requested the necessary information to consolidate these entities; both entities from which the necessary financial information was requested declined to provide the information to us, and, accordingly, we have applied the information scope exception provided by GAAP to the entities. We believe the effect of consolidating the entities would have an insignificant impact on our common stock equity, net earnings or cash flows. However, because we have not received any financial information from the counterparties, the impact cannot be determined at this time.
 
PEC
 
See discussion of PEC’s variable interests within the Progress Energy section.
 
PEF
 
PEF has no significant variable interests in VIEs.

 
2. MERGER AGREEMENT
         
On January 8, 2011, Duke Energy Corporation (Duke Energy) and Progress Energy entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger Agreement). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Progress Energy will be acquired by Duke Energy in a stock-for-stock transaction (the Merger) and continue as a wholly owned subsidiary of Duke Energy.
 
Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, each share of Progress Energy common stock will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive 2.6125 shares of Duke Energy common stock. Each outstanding option to acquire, and each outstanding equity award relating to, one share of Progress Energy common stock will be converted into an option to acquire, or an equity award relating to, 2.6125 shares of Duke Energy common stock. The board of directors of Duke Energy approved a reverse stock split, at a ratio of 1-for-3, subject to completion of the Merger. Accordingly, the adjusted exchange ratio is expected to be 0.87083 of a share of Duke Energy common stock, options and equity awards for each Progress Energy common share, option and equity award.
 
Consummation of the Merger is subject to customary conditions, including, among others things, approval of the shareholders of each company, expiration or termination of the applicable Hart-Scott-Rodino Act waiting period, and receipt of approvals, to the extent required, from the FERC, the Federal Communications Commission, the NRC, the NCUC, the Kentucky Public Service Commission and the SCPSC. Although there are no merger-specific regulatory approvals required in Indiana, Ohio or Florida, the companies will continue to update the public service commissions in those states on the Merger, as applicable and as required. The status of these matters is as follows, and we cannot predict the outcome of pending approvals:
 
 
19

 
 
Shareholder Approval
·  
On August 23, 2011, the Merger was approved by the shareholders of Progress Energy and Duke Energy.
 
Federal Regulatory Approvals
·  
On March 28, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy submitted their Hart-Scott-Rodino filing with the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) for review under U.S. antitrust laws. The 30-day waiting period required by the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act expired without Progress Energy or Duke Energy having received requests for additional information. Progress Energy and Duke Energy have met their obligations under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act.
·  
On July 27, 2011, the Federal Communications Commission approved the Assignment of Authorization filings to transfer control of certain licenses. The approval is effective for 180 days.
·  
On September 30, 2011, the FERC, which assesses market power-related issues, conditionally approved the merger application filed by Progress Energy and Duke Energy. The approval is subject to the FERC’s acceptance of market power mitigation measures to address the FERC’s finding that the combined company could have an adverse effect on competition in the North Carolina and South Carolina power markets. Progress Energy and Duke Energy filed a market power mitigation plan with FERC on October 17, 2011. In the October 17, 2011 filing with the FERC, Progress Energy and Duke Energy proposed a “virtual divestiture” under which power up to a certain amount will be offered into the wholesale market rather than the sale or divestiture of physical assets. A virtual divestiture is one option the FERC indicated could be used to mitigate its market power concerns. In the proposal, after native loads have been met, power will be offered to entities serving load in the relevant areas at a price determined by the average incremental cost plus 10 percent. On a day-ahead order confirmation basis, PEC plans to offer 500 megawatt-hours (MWh) during each summer hour, which is less than 4 percent of PEC’s summer net capability. Duke Energy Carolinas plans to offer 300 MWh during each summer hour and 225 MWh during each winter hour. On October 31, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy filed a request for a rehearing of the Merger order without withdrawing the previously submitted market power mitigation plan. In the request for rehearing, Progress Energy and Duke Energy asserted that the FERC had departed from its established merger rules in applying a more stringent analysis to assess whether the Merger will result in market power conditions in the Carolinas. We have requested that the FERC address the mitigation plan no later than December 15, 2011. If the FERC accepts the mitigation proposal, we will withdraw the request for a rehearing .
·  
On April 4, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy made two additional filings with the FERC. The first filing is a Joint Dispatch Agreement, pursuant to which PEC and Duke Energy Carolinas will agree to jointly dispatch their generation facilities in order to achieve certain of the operating efficiencies expected to result from the Merger. The second filing is a joint open access transmission tariff pursuant to which PEC and Duke Energy Carolinas will agree to provide transmission service over their transmission facilities under a single transmission rate.
·  
On March 30, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy made filings with the NRC for approval for indirect transfer of control of licenses for Progress Energy’s nuclear facilities to include Duke Energy as the ultimate parent corporation on these licenses. The period to request a hearing or intervene expired in September 2011, and no such requests were received.
 
State Regulatory Approvals
·  
On April 4, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy filed a merger approval application and an application for approval of a Joint Dispatch Agreement between PEC and Duke Energy Carolinas with the NCUC. On September 2, 2011, the North Carolina Public Staff filed a settlement agreement with the NCUC. On September 6, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy signed the settlement with the South Carolina Office of Regulatory Staff, a party to the proceedings. If the settlement agreement is approved, Progress Energy and Duke Energy will guarantee $650 million in fuel cost savings for customers in North Carolina and South Carolina between 2012 and 2016, maintain their current level of community support for the next four years, and provide $15 million for low-income energy assistance and workforce development. The parties also agreed that direct merger-related expenses would not be recovered from customers. Recovery of merger-related employee severance costs can be requested separately. The NCUC held hearings regarding these applications on September 20-22, 2011, and proposed orders and/or briefs must be filed by November 14, 2011.
 
 
20

 
 
·  
On April 25, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy filed a merger-related filing and an application for approval of a Joint Dispatch Agreement between PEC and Duke Energy Carolinas with the SCPSC. On September 13, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy withdrew the merger-related filing, as the merger of these entities is not likely to occur for several years after the close of the Merger. Hearings before the SCPSC to approve the Joint Dispatch Agreement have been rescheduled for the week of December 12, 2011. The docket will remain open pending the FERC's issuance of its final orders on the merger-related actions before the FERC.
·  
On October 28, 2011, the Kentucky Public Service Commission approved Progress Energy’s and Duke Energy’s merger-related settlement agreement with the Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Kentucky.
 
Certain Progress Energy shareholders have filed class action lawsuits in the state and federal courts in North Carolina against Progress Energy and each of the members of Progress Energy’s board of directors (See Note 15C).
 
In connection with the Merger, we established an employee retention plan for certain eligible employees. Payments under the plan are contingent upon the consummation of the Merger and the employees’ continued employment through a specified time period following the Merger. These payments will be recorded as compensation expense following consummation of the Merger. We estimate the costs of the retention plan to be $14 million.
 
In connection with the Merger, we announced plans to offer a voluntary severance plan (VSP) to certain eligible employees. Payments under the plan are contingent upon the consummation of the Merger. The window for eligible employees to request a voluntary end to their employment under the VSP opened on November 7, 2011 , and will close on November 30, 2011 . If the employee is not required to work for a significant period after the consummation of the Merger, the costs of any benefits paid under the VSP will be measured and recorded upon consummation of the Merger. If a significant retention period exists, the costs of any benefits paid under the VSP will be recorded ratably over the remaining service periods of the affected employees.
 
In addition, we evaluated our business needs for office space after the Merger and formulated an exit plan to vacate one of our corporate headquarters buildings. Under the plan, we will gradually vacate the premises beginning in the fourth quarter of 2011 through January 1, 2013. The estimated exit cost liability associated with this exit plan is $16 million and will be recognized proportionately as we vacate the premises. No exit cost liabilities were recorded at September 30, 2011.
 
In connection with the Merger, we incurred merger and integration-related costs of $15 million and $36 million, net of tax, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively. These costs are included in operation and maintenance (O&M) expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
See Note 25 in the 2010 Form 10-K for additional information regarding the Merger.
 
 
3. NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
      
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT AND DISCLOSURES
 
In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (Topic 820): Improving Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements,” which amends Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820 to clarify certain existing disclosure requirements and to require a number of additional disclosures, including amounts and reasons for significant transfers between the three levels of the fair value hierarchy, and presentation of certain information in the reconciliation of recurring Level 3 measurements on a gross basis. ASU 2010-06 was effective for us on January 1, 2010, with certain disclosures effective January 1, 2011. The adoption of ASU 2010-06 resulted in additional disclosures in the notes to the financial statements but did not have an impact on our or the Utilities’ financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs,” which amends ASC

 
21

 

820 to develop a single, converged fair value framework between U.S. GAAP and IFRS. ASU 2011-04 is effective prospectively for us on January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-04 will result in changes in certain fair value measurement principles, as well as additional disclosure in the notes to the financial statements. However, the impact of adoption is not expected to be significant to our or the Utilities’ financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
GOODWILL IMPAIRMENT TESTING
 
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, “Testing Goodwill for Impairment,” which amends the guidance in ASC 350 on testing goodwill for impairment. Under the revised guidance, we have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of our reporting units. If it is determined in the qualitative assessment that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, we would proceed to the two-step goodwill impairment test. Otherwise, no further impairment testing would be required. ASU 2011-08 is effective for us on January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-08 will give us the option, at our normal goodwill testing date, to perform the qualitative assessment to determine the need for a two-step goodwill impairment test. The impact of the adoption is not expected to be significant to our or the Utilities’ financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
 
 
4. REGULATORY MATTERS
         
On January 8, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy entered into the Merger Agreement. See Note 2 for regulatory information related to the Merger with Duke Energy.
 
A. PEC RETAIL RATE MATTERS
      
COST RECOVERY FILINGS
 
On June 3, 2011, PEC filed with the NCUC for an increase in the fuel rate charged to its North Carolina retail ratepayers, driven by rising fuel prices. On September 15, 2011, PEC filed a settlement agreement for an increase of approximately $85 million in the fuel rate. The settlement agreement updated certain costs from PEC’s original filing and included the impact of a $24 million disallowance of replacement power costs resulting from prior-year performance of PEC’s nuclear plants. If approved, the increase will be effective December 1, 2011, and will increase residential electric bills by $2.75 per 1,000 kilowatt-hours (kWh) for fuel cost recovery. On June 3, 2011, and as subsequently amended on August 23, 2011, PEC also filed for a $24 million increase in the demand-side management (DSM) and energy-efficiency (EE) rate charged to its North Carolina ratepayers which, if approved, will be effective December 1, 2011, and will increase the residential electric bills by $1.08 per 1,000 kWh for DSM and EE cost recovery. On June 3, 2011, and as subsequently amended on September 8, 2011, PEC also requested a $9 million increase for North Carolina Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency Portfolio Standard (NC REPS), which if approved, will be effective December 1, 2011, and will decrease the residential electric bills by $0.02 per 1,000 kWh. The residential NC REPS rate decreased while the total amount to be recovered increased due to the allocation of the NC REPS recovery between customer classes. The net impact of the settlement agreement and filings results in an average increase in residential electric bills of 3.7 percent. We cannot predict the outcome of these matters.
 
On June 29, 2011, the SCPSC approved a $22 million increase in the fuel rate charged to PEC’s South Carolina ratepayers, driven by rising fuel prices. The increase was effective July 1, 2011, and increased residential electric bills by $3.45 per 1,000 kWh. Also on June 20, 2011, the SCPSC provisionally approved a $4 million increase in the DSM and EE rate. The increase was effective July 1, 2011, and increased residential electric bills by $1.25 per 1,000 kWh. The net impact of the two filings resulted in an average increase in residential electric bills of 4.7 percent. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter.
 
 
22

 
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
Construction of Generating Facilities
 
The NCUC has granted PEC permission to construct two new generating facilities: an approximately 950-MW combined cycle natural gas-fueled facility at its Lee generation facility and an approximately 620-MW natural gas-fueled facility at its Sutton generation facility. The facilities are expected to be placed in service in January 2013 and December 2013, respectively.
 
Planned Retirements of Generating Facilities
 
PEC filed a plan with the NCUC and the SCPSC to retire all of its coal-fired generating facilities in North Carolina that do not have scrubbers. These facilities total approximately 1,500 MW at four sites. On October 1, 2011, PEC retired the Weatherspoon coal-fired generating units. PEC expects to retire the remaining coal-fired facilities by the end of 2013.
 
The net carrying value of the four facilities at September 30, 2011, of $171 million is included in other utility plant, net on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Consistent with ratemaking treatment, PEC will continue to depreciate each plant using the current depreciation lives and rates on file with the NCUC and the SCPSC until the earlier of the plant’s retirement or PEC’s completion and filing of a new depreciation study on or before March 31, 2013. The final recovery periods may change in connection with the regulators’ determination of the recovery of the remaining net carrying value.
 
B. PEF RETAIL RATE MATTERS
 
CR3 OUTAGE
 
In September 2009, PEF’s Crystal River Unit No. 3 Nuclear Plant (CR3) began an outage for normal refueling and maintenance as well as an uprate project to increase its generating capability and to replace two steam generators. During preparations to replace the steam generators, workers discovered a delamination (or separation) within the concrete at the periphery of the containment building, which resulted in an extension of the outage. After analysis, PEF determined that the concrete delamination at CR3 was caused by redistribution of stresses in the containment wall that occurred when PEF created an opening to accommodate the replacement of the unit’s steam generators. In March 2011, the work to return the plant to service was suspended after monitoring equipment at the repair site identified a new delamination that occurred in a different section of the outer wall after the repair work was completed and during the late stages of retensioning the containment building. CR3 has remained out of service while PEF conducted an engineering analysis and review of the new delamination and evaluated repair options. Subsequent to March 2011, monitoring equipment has detected additional changes in the partially tensioned containment building and additional cracking or delaminations may have occurred or could occur during the repair process.
 
PEF analyzed multiple repair options as well as early decommissioning and believes, based on the information and analyses conducted to date, that repairing the unit is the best option. PEF engaged outside engineering consultants to perform the analysis of possible repair options for the second delamination. The consultants analyzed 22 potential repair options and ultimately narrowed those to four. PEF, along with other independent consultants, reviewed the four options for technical issues, constructability, and licensing feasibility as well as cost.
 
Based on that initial analysis, PEF selected the best repair option, which would entail systematically removing and replacing concrete in substantial portions of the containment structure walls. The planned option does not include the area where concrete was replaced during the initial repair. The preliminary cost estimate for this repair as filed with the FPSC on June 27, 2011, is between $900 million and $1.3 billion. Engineering design of the final repair is underway. PEF will update the current estimate as this work is completed.
 
PEF is moving forward systematically and will perform additional detailed engineering analyses and designs, which could affect any final repair plan. This process will lead to more certainty for the cost and schedule of the repair. PEF will continue to refine and assess the plan, and the prudence of continuing to pursue it, based on new developments and analyses as the process moves forward. Under this repair plan, PEF estimates that CR3 will return
 
 
23

 
 
to service in 2014. A number of factors could affect the repair plan, the return-to-service date and costs, including regulatory reviews, final engineering designs, contract negotiations, the ultimate work scope completion, testing, weather, the impact of new information discovered during additional testing and analysis and other developments.
 
CR3’s current operating license expires in December 2016, and PEF applied for a 20-year renewal of the license in 2008. PEF understands that the NRC has completed the license extension process with the exception of the containment structure repair. Once the repair design has been completed and evaluated, the NRC can proceed with the review of the containment structure. Assuming the repair is successful, management is not aware of any reasons why CR3 will not satisfy the requirements for the license extension.
 
PEF maintains insurance for property damage and incremental costs of replacement power resulting from prolonged accidental outages through Nuclear Electric Insurance Limited (NEIL). NEIL has confirmed that the CR3 initial delamination is a covered accident but has not yet made a determination as to coverage for the second delamination. Following a 12-week deductible period, the NEIL program provided reimbursement for replacement power costs for 52 weeks at $4.5 million per week, through April 9, 2011. An additional 71 weeks of coverage, which runs through August 2012, is provided at $3.6 million per week. Accordingly, the NEIL program provides replacement power coverage of up to $490 million per event. Actual replacement power costs have exceeded the insurance coverage through September 30, 2011. PEF anticipates that future replacement power costs will continue to exceed the insurance coverage. As discussed below, PEF considers replacement power costs not recoverable through insurance to be recoverable through its fuel cost-recovery clause. PEF also maintains insurance coverage through NEIL’s accidental property damage program, which provides insurance coverage up to $2.25 billion with a $10 million deductible per claim. PEF is continuing to work with NEIL for recovery of applicable repair costs and associated replacement power costs.
 
The following table summarizes the CR3 replacement power and repair costs and recovery through September 30, 2011:
 
  (in millions)
 
Replacement
Power Costs
   
Repair Costs
 
  Spent to date
  $ 457     $ 229  
  NEIL proceeds received to date
    (162 )     (136 )
  Insurance receivable at September 30, 2011
    (162 )     (48 )
Balance for recovery
  $ 133
(a)
  $ 45  
 
(a)
 
As approved by the FPSC on January 1, 2011, PEF began collecting, subject to refund, replacement power costs related to CR3 within the fuel clause (See Note 7C in the 2010 Form 10-K). The replacement power costs to be recovered through the fuel clause during 2011 allow for full recovery of all of 2010’s and 2011’s replacement power costs. The 2011 fuel cost-recovery filing, discussed in “Fuel Cost Recovery,” anticipates full recovery of estimated 2012 replacement power costs.
 
PEF believes the actions taken and costs incurred in response to the CR3 delamination have been prudent and, accordingly, considers replacement power and capital costs not recoverable through insurance to be recoverable through its fuel cost-recovery clause or base rates. PEF has recorded $324 million of NEIL replacement power cost reimbursements subsequent to the deductible period, of which $162 million has been received to date. PEF has received $45 million of replacement power reimbursements from NEIL for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. No replacement power reimbursements have been received from NEIL for the three months ended September 30, 2011. Additional replacement power costs and repair and maintenance costs incurred until CR3 is returned to service could be material. We cannot predict with certainty the future recoverability of these costs. Failure to recover some or all of these costs could have a material adverse effect on our and PEF’s financial results. Additionally, we cannot be assured that CR3 can be repaired and brought back to service until full engineering and other analyses are completed.
 
On October 25, 2010, the FPSC approved PEF’s motion to establish a separate spin-off docket to review the prudence and costs related to the outage and replacement fuel and power costs associated with the CR3 extended outage. This docket will allow the FPSC to evaluate PEF’s actions concerning the concrete delamination and review PEF’s resulting costs associated with the extended outage. On June 27, 2011, PEF filed an updated status report with
 
 
24

 
 
the NRC and FPSC regarding the CR3 outage. The FPSC held subsequent status conferences regarding the CR3 outage on July 14, 2011, and August 8, 2011.
 
On August 23, 2011, the FPSC issued an order dividing the docket into three phases. The first phase will include a prudence review of the events and decisions of PEF leading up to the October 2, 2009 delamination event. A hearing has been scheduled for June 11-15, 2012. The second phase will be a consideration of the prudence of PEF’s decision to repair rather than decommission CR3. The third phase of this docket will include the decisions and events subsequent to the October 2, 2009 delamination leading up to the March 14, 2011 delamination event and the subsequent repair of the containment building. The hearing dates and schedules for the second and third phases will be set in subsequent orders. PEF will file status reports regarding its analysis of the engineering reports, costs, schedule for completion of the repair, along with updated information regarding the decision to repair rather than decommission CR3, and updates regarding the repair of the containment building in accordance with the controlling dates set forth by the FPSC. The first status report is due January 9, 2012.
 
We cannot predict the outcome of these matters.
 
COST OF REMOVAL RESERVE
 
The base rate settlement agreement in effect through the last billing cycle of 2012 provides PEF the discretion to reduce amortization expense (cost of removal component) by up to $150 million in 2010, up to $250 million in 2011, and up to any remaining balance in the cost of removal reserve in 2012 until the earlier of (a) PEF’s applicable cost of removal reserve reaches zero, or (b) the expiration of the settlement agreement at the end of 2012. In the event PEF reduces amortization expense by less than the annual amounts for 2010 or 2011, PEF may carry forward (i.e., increase the annual cap by) any unused cost of removal reserve amounts in subsequent years during the term of the agreement. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, PEF carried an unused balance of $90 million forward from 2010, which is available to reduce future amortization expense. For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, PEF recognized a $205 million reduction in amortization expense. Under the base rate settlement agreement, PEF had eligible cost of removal reserves of $294 million remaining as of September 30, 2011. The balance of the cost of removal reserve is impacted by accruals in accordance with PEF’s latest depreciation study, removal costs expended and reductions in amortization expense as permitted by the settlement agreement.
 
FUEL COST RECOVERY
 
On September 1, 2011, and as subsequently adjusted by the FPSC (see “Nuclear Cost Recovery”), PEF filed its annual fuel-cost recovery filing, requesting to increase the total fuel-cost recovery by $162 million, increasing the residential rate by $3.32 per 1,000 kWh, or 2.78 percent, which will be effective January 1, 2012 if approved. This increase is due to an increase of $3.99 per 1,000 kWh for the projected recovery of fuel costs offset by a decrease of $0.67 per 1,000 kWh for the projected recovery through the Capacity Cost-Recovery Clause (CCRC). The increase in the projected recovery of fuel costs is due to an under-recovery from the prior year. The decrease in the CCRC is primarily due to lower anticipated costs associated with PEF’s proposed Levy Units No. 1 and No. 2 Nuclear Power Plants (Levy), and the deferral of 2011 and 2012 estimated costs associated with PEF’s CR3 uprate project until 2012 (see “Nuclear Cost Recovery”), partially offset by increased capacity costs and a reduction of the refund related to an over-recovery from the prior year. A hearing was held on November 1-2, 2011. An agenda conference has been scheduled for November 22, 2011. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter.
 
NUCLEAR COST RECOVERY
 
Levy Nuclear
 
Major construction activities on Levy have been postponed until after the NRC issues the combined license (COL) for the plants, which is expected in 2013 if the current licensing schedule remains on track. Along with the FPSC’s annual prudence reviews, we will continue to evaluate the project on an ongoing basis based on certain criteria, including, but not limited to cost; potential carbon regulation; fossil fuel prices; the benefits of fuel diversification; public, regulatory and political support; adequate financial cost-recovery mechanisms; appropriate levels of joint owner participation; customer rate impacts; project feasibility; DSM and EE programs; and availability and terms of
 
 
25

 
 
capital financing. Taking into account these criteria, we consider Levy to be PEF’s preferred baseload generation option.
 
CR3 Uprate
 
In 2007, the FPSC issued an order approving PEF’s Determination of Need petition related to a multi-stage uprate of CR3 that will increase CR3’s gross output by approximately 180 MW during its next refueling outage. PEF implemented the first-stage design modifications in 2008. The final stage of the uprate required a license amendment to be filed with the NRC, which was filed by PEF in June 2011.
 
Cost Recovery
 
On October 24, 2011, the FPSC approved a $78 million decrease in the amount charged to PEF’s ratepayers for nuclear cost recovery, which is a component of, and is included in, the fuel cost recovery (See “Fuel Cost Recovery”), including recovery of pre-construction and carrying costs and CCRC recoverable O&M expense anticipated to be incurred during 2012, recovery of $60 million of prior years’ deferrals in 2012, as well as the estimated actual true-up of 2011 costs associated with the Levy and CR3 uprate projects. Also included is the stipulation of PEF’s filed motion with the FPSC to defer until 2012 the approval of the long-term feasibility analysis of completing the CR3 uprate, and the determination of reasonableness on, and recovery of, 2011 and 2012 estimated costs. This results in an estimated decrease in the nuclear cost-recovery charge of $2.67 per 1,000 kWh for residential customers, beginning with the first January 2012 billing cycle. The approved rate did not include PEF’s request to apply the 2011 over-recovery against the prior-years’ deferrals, but rather provides for the refund of $55 million for those prior period over collections. Under the FPSC’s ruling, the prior-years’ deferral will be recovered consistent with the 2009 rate mitigation plan as approved by the FPSC in 2009, which presented the recovery of costs over a five-year period.
 
DEMAND-SIDE MANAGEMENT
 
On July 26, 2011, the FPSC voted to set PEF’s DSM compliance goals to remain at their current level until the next goal setting docket is initiated. An intervener timely filed a protest to the FPSC’s Proposed Agency Action order, asserting legal challenges to the order. The FPSC has approved a briefing schedule for the parties to make legal arguments to the FPSC. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter.
 
On November 1, 2011 , the FPSC approved PEF’s request to decrease the Energy Conservation Cost Recovery Clause (ECCR) residential rate by $0.11 per 1,000 kWh, or 0.1 percent of the total residential rate, effective January 1, 2012. The decrease in the ECCR is primarily due to an increased refund of a prior period over-recovery, partially offset by an increase in conservation program costs.
 
OTHER MATTERS

On August 26, 2011, and as subsequently revised on October 14, 2011, PEF filed its annual Environmental Cost Recovery Clause (ECRC) filing, requesting to increase the ECRC by $24 million, increasing the residential rate by $0.54 per 1,000 kWh, or 0.5 percent, which would be effective January 1, 2012 if approved. The increase in the ECRC is primarily due to the 2011 return of a prior period over-recovery, partially offset by a decrease in the related O&M expense. A hearing was held on November 1-2, 2011. A subsequent agenda conference has been scheduled for November 22, 2011. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter.
 
 
26

 
 
5. EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
A. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
  
There are no material differences between our basic and diluted earnings per share amounts or our basic and diluted weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. The effects of performance share awards and stock options outstanding on diluted earnings per share are immaterial.
 
B. RECONCILIATION OF TOTAL EQUITY
 
PROGRESS ENERGY
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Parent and its majority owned subsidiaries. Noncontrolling interests principally represent minority shareholders’ proportionate share of the equity of a subsidiary and a VIE (See Note 1C).

The following table presents changes in total equity for the year to date:
 
  (in millions)
 
Total Common
Stock Equity
   
Noncontrolling
Interests
   
Total Equity
 
  Balance, December 31, 2010
  $ 10,023     $ 4     $ 10,027  
  Net income (a)
    651       2       653  
  Other comprehensive loss
    (82 )     -       (82 )
  Issuance of shares through offerings and stock-
  based compensation plans (See Note 5D)
    70       -       70  
  Dividends declared
    (550 )     -       (550 )
  Distributions to noncontrolling interests
    -       (3 )     (3 )
  Balance, September 30, 2011
  $ 10,112     $ 3     $ 10,115  
                         
  Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ 9,449     $ 6     $ 9,455  
  Cumulative effect of change in accounting
  principle
    -       (2 )     (2 )
  Net income (a)
    731       1       732  
  Other comprehensive loss
    (77 )     -       (77 )
  Issuance of shares through offerings and stock-
  based compensation plans (See Note 5D)
    461       -       461  
  Dividends declared
    (543 )     -       (543 )
  Distributions to noncontrolling interests
    -       (2 )     (2 )
  Balance, September 30, 2010
  $ 10,021     $ 3     $ 10,024  
 
(a)
For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, consolidated net income of $656 million includes $3 million attributable to preferred shareholders of subsidiaries. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010, consolidated net income of $735 million includes $3 million attributable to preferred shareholders of subsidiaries. Income attributable to preferred shareholders of subsidiaries is not a component of total equity and is excluded from the table above.
 
PEC
 
Interim disclosures of changes in equity are required if the reporting entity has less than wholly owned subsidiaries, of which PEC has none. Therefore, an equity reconciliation for PEC has not been provided.
 
PEF
 
Interim disclosures of changes in equity are required if the reporting entity has less than wholly owned subsidiaries, of which PEF has none. Therefore, an equity reconciliation for PEF has not been provided.
 
 
27

 
 
C. COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
     
PROGRESS ENERGY
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30
 
(in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
 
Net income
  $ 293     $ 365  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
               
Reclassification adjustments included in net income
               
Change in cash flow hedges (net of tax expense of $1 and $1)
    2       1  
Change in unrecognized items for pension and other postretirement benefits
  (net of tax expense of $1 and $-)
    2       1  
Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedges (net of tax benefit of $44 and $19)
    (69 )     (30 )
Net unrecognized items on pension and other postretirement benefits (net of
  tax benefit of $2)
    -       (4 )
Other (net of tax expense of $-)
    -       (1 )
Other comprehensive loss
    (65 )     (33 )
Comprehensive income
    228       332  
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (2 )     (4 )
Comprehensive income attributable to controlling interests
  $ 226     $ 328  
 
 
 
 
 
Nine months ended September 30
 
(in millions)
    2011       2010  
Net income
  $ 656     $ 735  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
               
Reclassification adjustments included in net income
               
Change in cash flow hedges (net of tax expense of $3 and $3)
    5       4  
Change in unrecognized items for pension and other postretirement benefits
  (net of tax expense of $3 and $1)
    4       3  
Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedges (net of tax benefit of $53 and $51)
    (83 )     (80 )
Net unrecognized items on pension and other postretirement benefits (net of
  tax benefit of $5 and $2)
    (8 )     (4 )
Other comprehensive loss
    (82 )     (77 )
Comprehensive income
    574       658  
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    (5 )     (4 )
Comprehensive income attributable to controlling interests
  $ 569     $ 654  
 
PEC
 
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30
 
(in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
 
Net income
  $ 199     $ 236  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
               
Reclassification adjustments included in net income
               
Change in cash flow hedges (net of tax expense of $1 and $1)
    1       1  
Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedges (net of tax benefit of $23 and $7)
    (35 )     (10 )
Other comprehensive loss
    (34 )     (9 )
Comprehensive income
    165       227  
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
    -       (2 )
Comprehensive income attributable to controlling interests
  $ 165     $ 225  

 
28

 


 
 
 
 
 
 
Nine months ended September 30
 
(in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
 
Net income
  $ 437     $ 483  
Other comprehensive income (loss)
               
Reclassification adjustments included in net income
               
Change in cash flow hedges (net of tax expense of $2 and $2)
    3       3  
Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedges (net of tax benefit of $26 and $17)
    (40 )     (26 )
Other comprehensive loss
    (37 )     (23 )
Comprehensive income
    400       460  
Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests
    -       1  
Comprehensive income attributable to controlling interests
  $ 400     $ 461  
 
PEF
 
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30
 
(in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
 
Net income
  $ 203     $ 180  
Other comprehensive loss
               
Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedges (net of tax benefit of $11 and $3)
    (17 )     (6 )
Other comprehensive loss
    (17 )     (6 )
Comprehensive income
  $ 186     $ 174  
 
 
 
 
 
Nine months ended September 30
 
(in millions)
    2011       2010  
Net income
  $ 418     $ 401  
Other comprehensive loss
               
Net unrealized losses on cash flow hedges (net of tax benefit of $14 and $10)
    (22 )     (16 )
Other comprehensive loss
    (22 )     (16 )
Comprehensive income
  $ 396     $ 385  
 
D. COMMON STOCK
 
At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had 500 million shares of common stock authorized under our charter, of which 295 million and 293 million shares were outstanding, respectively. We periodically issue shares of common stock through the Progress Energy 401(k) Savings & Stock Ownership Plan (401(k)), the Progress Energy Investor Plus Plan (IPP) and other benefit plans.
 
The following table presents information for our common stock issuances:
 
   
2011
   
2010
 
  (in millions)
 
Shares
   
Net
Proceeds
   
Shares
   
Net
Proceeds
 
  Three months ended September 30
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Total issuances
    0.3     $ 16       0.3     $ 14  
Issuances through 401(k) and/or IPP
    -       -       0.3       13  
  Nine months ended September 30
                               
Total issuances
    1.7     $ 42       11.8     $ 419  
Issuances through 401(k) and/or IPP
    -       1       11.0       418  


 
29

 

 
6. PREFERRED STOCK OF SUBSIDIARIES
     
All of our preferred stock was issued by the Utilities. The preferred stock is considered temporary equity due to certain provisions that could require us to redeem the preferred stock for cash. In the event dividends payable on PEC or PEF preferred stock are in default for an amount equivalent to or exceeding four quarterly dividend payments, the holders of the preferred stock are entitled to elect a majority of PEC’s or PEF’s respective board of directors until all accrued and unpaid dividends are paid. All classes of preferred stock are entitled to cumulative dividends with preference to the common stock dividends, are redeemable by vote of the Utilities’ respective board of directors at any time, and do not have any preemptive rights. All classes of preferred stock have a liquidation preference equal to $100 per share plus any accumulated unpaid dividends except for PEF’s 4.75%, $100 par value class, which does not have a liquidation preference. Each holder of PEC’s preferred stock is entitled to one vote. The holders of PEF’s preferred stock have no right to vote except for certain circumstances involving dividends payable on preferred stock that are in default or certain matters affecting the rights and preferences of the preferred stock.
 
 
7. DEBT AND CREDIT FACILITIES
      
Material changes, if any, to Progress Energy’s, PEC’s and PEF’s debt and credit facilities and financing activities since December 31, 2010, are as follows.
 
On January 21, 2011, the Parent issued $500 million of 4.40% Senior Notes due January 15, 2021. The net proceeds, along with available cash on hand, were used to retire the $700 million outstanding aggregate principal balance of our 7.10% Senior Notes due March 1, 2011.
 
On May 3, 2011, $22 million of the Parent’s $500 million revolving credit agreement (RCA) expired, leaving the Parent with total credit commitments of $478 million supported by 14 financial institutions. After the $22 million expiration, our combined credit commitments for the Parent, PEC and PEF are $1.978 billion, supported by 23 financial institutions.
 
On July 15, 2011, PEF paid at maturity $300 million of its 6.65% First Mortgage Bonds with proceeds from commercial paper borrowings.
 
On August 18, 2011, PEF issued $300 million 3.10% First Mortgage Bonds due August 15, 2021. The net proceeds were used to repay a portion of outstanding short-term debt, of which $300 million was issued to repay PEF’s July 15, 2011 maturity.
 
On September 15, 2011, PEC issued $500 million 3.00% First Mortgage Bonds due September 15, 2021. A portion of the net proceeds was used to repay outstanding short-term debt and the remainder was placed in temporary investments for general corporate use as needed, including construction expenditures.
 
On September 30, 2011, the current portion of our long-term debt was $950 million (including $500 million at PEC). We expect to fund the current portion of long-term debt with a combination of cash from operations, commercial paper borrowings and/or long-term debt.
 
 
8. FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES
 
A. DEBT AND INVESTMENTS
        
PROGRESS ENERGY
 
DEBT
 
The carrying amount of our long-term debt, including current maturities, was $12.940 billion and $12.642 billion at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The estimated fair value of this debt, as obtained from quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, was $15.1 billion and $14.0 billion at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
 
 
30

 
 
INVESTMENTS
 
Certain investments in debt and equity securities that have readily determinable market values are accounted for as available-for-sale securities at fair value. Our available-for-sale securities include investments in stocks, bonds and cash equivalents held in trust funds, pursuant to NRC requirements, to fund certain costs of decommissioning the Utilities’ nuclear plants as discussed in Note 4C of the 2010   Form 10-K. Nuclear decommissioning trust (NDT) funds are presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. In addition to the NDT funds, we hold other debt investments in certain benefit trusts classified as available-for-sale, which are included in miscellaneous other property and investments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value.
 
The following table summarizes our available-for-sale securities at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:
 
(in millions)
 
Fair Value
   
Unrealized
Losses
   
Unrealized
Gains
 
September 30, 2011
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Common stock equity
  $ 925     $ 41     $ 313  
Preferred stock and other equity
    50       1       8  
Corporate debt
    90       1       6  
U.S. state and municipal debt
    121       2       6  
U.S. and foreign government debt
    289       -       17  
Money market funds and other
    89       -       2  
Total
  $ 1,564     $ 45     $ 352  
 
                       
December 31, 2010
                       
Common stock equity
  $ 1,021     $ 13     $ 408  
Preferred stock and other equity
    28       -       11  
Corporate debt
    90       -       6  
U.S. state and municipal debt
    132       4       3  
U.S. and foreign government debt
    264       2       10  
Money market funds and other
    52       -       1  
Total
  $ 1,587     $ 19     $ 439  
 
The NDT funds and other available-for-sale debt investments held in certain benefit trusts are managed by third-party investment managers who have a right to sell securities without our authorization. Net unrealized gains and losses of the NDT funds that would be recorded in earnings or other comprehensive income by a nonregulated entity are recorded as regulatory assets and liabilities pursuant to ratemaking treatment. Therefore, the preceding table includes the unrealized gains and losses for the NDT funds based on the original cost of the trust investments. All of the unrealized losses and unrealized gains for 2011 and 2010 relate to the NDT funds.
 
The aggregate fair value of investments that related to the September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 unrealized losses was $266 million and $195 million, respectively.
 
At September 30, 2011, the fair value of our available-for-sale debt securities by contractual maturity was:
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 35  
Due after one through five years
    212  
Due after five through 10 years
    127  
Due after 10 years
    140  
Total
  $ 514  
 
 
 
31

 
 
The following table presents selected information about our sales of available-for-sale securities during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. Realized gains and losses were determined on a specific identification basis.
 
 
 
Three months ended
September 30
   
Nine months ended
September 30
 
(in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
Proceeds
  $ 1,062     $ 2,051     $ 4,254     $ 5,743  
Realized gains
    9       7       24       17  
Realized losses
    11       5       20       20  
 
Proceeds were primarily related to NDT funds. Some of our benefit investment trusts are managed by third-party investment managers who have the right to sell securities without our authorization. Losses for investments in those benefit investment trusts were not material. Other securities are evaluated on an individual basis to determine if a decline in fair value below the carrying value is other-than-temporary. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, our other securities had no investments in a continuous loss position for greater than 12 months.
 
PEC
 
DEBT
 
The carrying amount of PEC’s long-term debt, including current maturities, was $4.193 billion and $3.693 billion at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The estimated fair value of this debt, as obtained from quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, was $4.7 billion and $4.0 billion at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
 
INVESTMENTS
 
Certain investments in debt and equity securities that have readily determinable market values are accounted for as available-for-sale securities at fair value. PEC’s available-for-sale securities include investments in stocks, bonds and cash equivalents held in trust funds, pursuant to NRC requirements, to fund certain costs of decommissioning PEC’s nuclear plants as discussed in Note 4C of the 2010   Form 10-K. NDT funds are presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value.
 
The following table summarizes PEC’s available-for-sale securities at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:
 
(in millions)
 
Fair Value
   
Unrealized
Losses
   
Unrealized
Gains
 
September 30, 2011
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Common stock equity
  $ 599     $ 27     $ 198  
Preferred stock and other equity
    15       1       5  
Corporate debt
    72       1       5  
U.S. state and municipal debt
    53       -       3  
U.S. and foreign government debt
    213       -       16  
Money market funds and other
    41       -       1  
Total
  $ 993     $ 29     $ 228  
 
                       
December 31, 2010
                       
Common stock equity
  $ 652     $ 10     $ 256  
Preferred stock and other equity
    14       -       6  
Corporate debt
    72       -       5  
U.S. state and municipal debt
    51       1       1  
U.S. and foreign government debt
    199       1       9  
Money market funds and other
    42       -       1  
Total
  $ 1,030     $ 12     $ 278  
 
 
 
32

 
 
The NDT funds are managed by third-party investment managers who have a right to sell securities without our authorization. Net unrealized gains and losses of the NDT funds that would be recorded in earnings or other comprehensive income by a nonregulated entity are recorded as regulatory assets and liabilities pursuant to ratemaking treatment. Therefore, the preceding table includes the unrealized gains and losses for the NDT funds based on the original cost of the trust investments. All of the unrealized losses and gains for 2011 and 2010 relate to the NDT funds.
 
The aggregate fair value of investments that related to the September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 unrealized losses was $142 million and $104 million, respectively.
 
At September 30, 2011, the fair value of PEC’s available-for-sale debt securities by contractual maturity was:
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 15  
Due after one through five years
    147  
Due after five through 10 years
    77  
Due after 10 years
    110  
Total
  $ 349  
 
The following table presents selected information about PEC’s sales of available-for-sale securities during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. Realized gains and losses were determined on a specific identification basis.
 
 
 
Three months ended
September 30
   
Nine months ended
September 30
 
(in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
Proceeds
  $ 136     $ 88     $ 386     $ 310  
Realized gains
    4       3       10       9  
Realized losses
    4       3       9       15  
 
PEC’s proceeds were primarily related to NDT funds. Other securities are evaluated on an individual basis to determine if a decline in fair value below the carrying value is other-than-temporary. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, PEC did not have any other securities.
 
PEF
 
DEBT
 
The carrying amount of PEF’s long-term debt, including current maturities, was $4.482 billion at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The estimated fair value of this debt, as obtained from quoted market prices for the same or similar issues, was $5.4 billion and $5.0 billion at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.
 
INVESTMENTS
 
Certain investments in debt and equity securities that have readily determinable market values are accounted for as available-for-sale securities at fair value. PEF’s available-for-sale securities include investments in stocks, bonds and cash equivalents held in trust funds, pursuant to NRC requirements, to fund certain costs of decommissioning PEF’s nuclear plant as discussed in Note 4C of the 2010   Form 10-K. The NDT funds are presented on the Balance Sheets at fair value.

 
33

 
 
The following table summarizes PEF’s available-for-sale securities at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:
 
(in millions)
 
Fair Value
   
Unrealized
Losses
   
Unrealized
Gains
 
September 30, 2011
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
Common stock equity
  $ 326     $ 14     $ 115  
Preferred stock and other equity
    35       -       3  
Corporate debt
    18       -       1  
U.S. state and municipal debt
    68       2       3  
U.S. and foreign government debt
    76       -       1  
Money market funds and other
    41       -       1  
Total
  $ 564     $ 16     $ 124  
 
                       
December 31, 2010
                       
Common stock equity
  $ 369     $ 3     $ 152  
Preferred stock and other equity
    14       -       5  
Corporate debt
    14       -       1  
U.S. state and municipal debt
    81       3       2  
U.S. and foreign government debt
    62       1       1  
Money market funds and other
    10       -       -  
Total
  $ 550     $ 7     $ 161  
 
The NDT funds are managed by third-party investment managers who have a right to sell securities without our authorization. Net unrealized gains and losses of the NDT funds that would be recorded in earnings or other comprehensive income by a nonregulated entity are recorded as regulatory assets and liabilities pursuant to ratemaking treatment. Therefore, the preceding table includes unrealized gains and losses for the NDT funds based on the original cost of the trust investments. All of the unrealized losses and gains for 2011 and 2010 relate to the NDT funds.
 
The aggregate fair value of investments that related to the September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 unrealized losses was $124 million and $87 million, respectively.
 
At September 30, 2011, the fair value of PEF’s available-for-sale debt securities by contractual maturity was:
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 20  
Due after one through five years
    65  
Due after five through 10 years
    50  
Due after 10 years
    30  
Total
  $ 165  
 
The following table presents selected information about PEF’s sales of available-for-sale securities during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. Realized gains and losses were determined on a specific identification basis.
 
 
 
Three months ended
September 30
   
Nine months ended
September 30
 
(in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
Proceeds
  $ 926     $ 1,891     $ 3,861     $ 5,305  
Realized gains
    5       3       14       7  
Realized losses
    7       2       11       5  
 
 
34

 
 
PEF’s proceeds were related to NDT funds. Other securities are evaluated on an individual basis to determine if a decline in fair value below the carrying value is other-than-temporary. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, PEF did not have any other securities.
 
B. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
 
GAAP defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (i.e., an exit price). Fair value measurements require the use of market data or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, corroborated by market data, or generally unobservable. Valuation techniques are required to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. A midmarket pricing convention (the midpoint price between bid and ask prices) is permitted for use as a practical expedient.
 
GAAP also establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value, and requires fair value measurements to be categorized based on the observability of those inputs. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 inputs) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
 
Level 1 – The pricing inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments such as exchange-traded derivatives and listed equities.
 
Level 2 – The pricing inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 includes financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation methodologies. These models are primarily industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including quoted forward prices for commodities, time value, volatility factors, and current market and contractual prices for the underlying instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. Substantially all of these assumptions are observable in the marketplace throughout the full term of the instrument, can be derived from observable data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace. Instruments in this category include non-exchange-traded derivatives, such as over-the-counter forwards, swaps and options; certain marketable debt securities; and financial instruments traded in less than active markets.
 
Level 3 – The pricing inputs include significant inputs generally less observable from objective sources. These inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies that result in management’s best estimate of fair value. Level 3 instruments may include longer-term instruments that extend into periods in which quoted prices or other observable inputs are not available.
 
Certain assets and liabilities, including long-lived assets, were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. There were no significant fair value measurement losses recognized for such assets and liabilities in the periods reported. These fair value measurements fall within Level 3 of the hierarchy discussed above.
 
The following tables set forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, our and the Utilities’ financial assets and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input significant to the fair value measurement. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement requires judgment and may affect the valuation of fair value assets and liabilities and their placement within the fair value hierarchy levels.

 
35

 
 
PROGRESS ENERGY
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
(in millions)
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
September 30, 2011
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Assets
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Nuclear decommissioning trust funds
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Common stock equity
  $ 925     $ -     $ -     $ 925  
Preferred stock and other equity
    23       27       -       50  
Corporate debt
    -       90       -       90  
U.S. state and municipal debt
    1       118       -       119  
U.S. and foreign government debt
    100       188       -       288  
Money market funds and other
    -       40       -       40  
Total nuclear decommissioning trust funds
    1,049       463       -       1,512  
Derivatives
                               
Commodity forward contracts
    -       7       -       7  
Other marketable securities
                               
Money market and other
    18       7       -       25  
Total assets
  $ 1,067     $ 477     $ -     $ 1,544  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Derivatives
                               
Commodity forward contracts
  $ -     $ 426     $ 43     $ 469  
Interest rate contracts
    -       86       -       86  
Contingent value obligations
    -       -       74       74  
Total liabilities
  $ -     $ 512     $ 117     $ 629  
 
(in millions)
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
December 31, 2010
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Assets
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Nuclear decommissioning trust funds
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Common stock equity
  $ 1,021     $ -     $ -     $ 1,021  
Preferred stock and other equity
    22       6       -       28  
Corporate debt
    -       86       -       86  
U.S. state and municipal debt
    -       132       -       132  
U.S. and foreign government debt
    79       182       -       261  
Money market funds and other
    1       42       -       43  
Total nuclear decommissioning trust funds
    1,123       448       -       1,571  
Derivatives
                               
Commodity forward contracts
    -       15       -       15  
Interest rate contracts
    -       4       -       4  
Other marketable securities
                               
Corporate debt
    -       4       -       4  
U.S. and foreign government debt
    -       3       -       3  
Money market and other
    18       -       -       18  
Total assets
  $ 1,141     $ 474     $ -     $ 1,615  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Derivatives
                               
Commodity forward contracts
  $ -     $ 458     $ 36     $ 494  
Interest rate contracts
    -       39       -       39  
Contingent value obligations
    -       15       -       15  
Total liabilities
  $ -     $ 512     $ 36     $ 548  

 
36

 


PEC
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
(in millions)
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
September 30, 2011
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Assets
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Nuclear decommissioning trust funds
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Common stock equity
  $ 599     $ -     $ -     $ 599  
Preferred stock and other equity
    15       -       -       15  
Corporate debt
    -       72       -       72  
U.S. state and municipal debt
    1       52       -       53  
U.S. and foreign government debt
    89       124       -       213  
Money market funds and other
    -       40       -       40  
Total nuclear decommissioning trust funds
    704       288       -       992  
Other marketable securities
    3       -       -       3  
Total assets
  $ 707     $ 288     $ -     $ 995  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Derivatives
                               
Commodity forward contracts
  $ -     $ 92     $ 42     $ 134  
Interest rate contracts
    -       43       -       43  
Total liabilities
  $ -     $ 135     $ 42     $ 177  
 
(in millions)
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
December 31, 2010
                               
Assets
                               
Nuclear decommissioning trust funds
                               
Common stock equity
  $ 652     $ -     $ -     $ 652  
Preferred stock and other equity
    14       -       -       14  
Corporate debt
    -       72       -       72  
U.S. state and municipal debt
    -       51       -       51  
U.S. and foreign government debt
    76       123       -       199  
Money market funds and other
    1       28       -       29  
Total nuclear decommissioning trust funds
    743       274       -       1,017  
Derivatives
                               
Commodity forward contracts
    -       2       -       2  
Interest rate contracts
    -       3       -       3  
Other marketable securities
    4       -       -       4  
Total assets
  $ 747     $ 279     $ -     $ 1,026  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Derivatives
                               
Commodity forward contracts
  $ -     $ 87     $ 36     $ 123  
Interest rate contracts
    -       11       -       11  
Total liabilities
  $ -     $ 98     $ 36     $ 134  

 
37

 

PEF
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
(in millions)
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
September 30, 2011
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Assets
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Nuclear decommissioning trust funds
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Common stock equity
  $ 326     $ -     $ -     $ 326  
Preferred stock and other equity
    8       27       -       35  
Corporate debt
    -       18       -       18  
U.S. state and municipal debt
    -       66       -       66  
U.S. and foreign government debt
    11       64       -       75  
Total nuclear decommissioning trust funds
    345       175       -       520  
Derivatives
                               
Commodity forward contracts
    -       7       -       7  
Other marketable securities
    1       -       -       1  
Total assets
  $ 346     $ 182     $ -     $ 528  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Derivatives
                               
Commodity forward contracts
  $ -     $ 334     $ 1     $ 335  
Interest rate contracts
    -       8       -       8  
Total liabilities
  $ -     $ 342     $ 1     $ 343  
 
(in millions)
 
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
   
Total
 
December 31, 2010
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Assets
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Nuclear decommissioning trust funds
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Common stock equity
  $ 369     $ -     $ -     $ 369  
Preferred stock and other equity
    8       6       -       14  
Corporate debt
    -       14       -       14  
U.S. state and municipal debt
    -       81       -       81  
U.S. and foreign government debt
    3       59       -       62  
Money market funds and other
    -       14       -       14  
Total nuclear decommissioning trust funds
    380       174       -       554  
Derivatives
                               
Commodity forward contracts
    -       13       -       13  
Other marketable securities
    1       -       -       1  
Total assets
  $ 381     $ 187     $ -     $ 568  
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Derivatives
                               
Commodity forward contracts
  $ -     $ 371     $ -     $ 371  
Interest rate contracts
    -       7       -       7  
Total liabilities
  $ -     $ 378     $ -     $ 378  
 
The determination of the fair values in the preceding tables incorporates various factors, including risks of nonperformance by us or our counterparties. Such risks consider not only the credit standing of the counterparties involved and the impact of credit enhancements (such as cash deposits or letters of credit), but also the impact of our and the Utilities’ credit risk on our liabilities.
 
Commodity forward contract derivatives and interest rate contract derivatives reflect positions held by us and the Utilities. Most over-the-counter commodity forward contract derivatives and interest rate contract derivatives are valued using financial models which utilize observable inputs for similar instruments and are classified within Level 2. Other derivatives are valued utilizing inputs that are not observable for substantially the full term of the
 
 
38

 
 
contract, or for which the impact of the unobservable period is significant to the fair value of the derivative. Such derivatives are classified within Level 3. See Note 12 for discussion of risk management activities and derivative transactions.
 
NDT funds reflect the assets of the Utilities’ nuclear decommissioning trusts. The assets of the trusts are invested primarily in exchange-traded equity securities (classified within Level 1) and marketable debt securities, most of which are valued using Level 1 inputs for similar instruments and are classified within Level 2.
 
Other marketable securities primarily represent available-for-sale debt securities used to fund certain employee benefit costs.
 
Contingent Value Obligations (CVOs), which are derivatives, are discussed further in Note 10. At September 30, 2011, we determined the fair value of the CVOs based on the purchase price in a negotiated settlement agreement (a Level 3 input) and we have classified CVOs as Level 3. The CVOs were previously recorded at fair value based on quoted prices from a less-than-active market and classified as Level 2.
 
Transfers in (out) of Levels 1, 2 or 3 represent existing assets or liabilities previously categorized as a higher Level for which the inputs to the estimate became less observable or assets and liabilities that were previously classified as Level 2 or 3 for which the lowest significant input became more observable during the period. There were no significant transfers in (out) of Levels 1, 2 and 3 during the period other than the CVO transfer previously discussed. Transfers into and out of each Level are measured at the end of the period.
 
A reconciliation of changes in the fair value of our and the Utilities’ derivative liabilities for CVOs and commodities, as  applicable, classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy for the periods ended September 30 follows:
 
PROGRESS ENERGY
 
 
Three months ended
September 30
 
Nine months ended
September 30
 
(in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
Derivatives, net at beginning of period
  $ 37     $ 62     $ 36     $ 39  
Total losses, realized and unrealized - commodities
                               
deferred as regulatory assets and liabilities, net
    6       23       7       46  
Transfers in (out) of Level 3, net - CVOs
    74       -       74       -  
Derivatives, net at end of period
  $ 117     $ 85     $ 117     $ 85  
 
PEC
 
 
Three months ended
September 30
 
Nine months ended
September 30
 
(in millions)
    2011       2010       2011       2010  
Derivatives, net at beginning of period
  $ 37     $ 42     $ 36     $ 27  
Total losses, realized and unrealized - commodities
                               
deferred as regulatory assets and liabilities, net
    5       13       6       28  
Derivatives, net at end of period
  $ 42     $ 55     $ 42     $ 55  
 
PEF
 
 
Three months ended
September 30
 
Nine months ended
September 30
 
(in millions)
    2011       2010       2011       2010  
Derivatives, net at beginning of period
  $ -     $ 20     $ -     $ 12  
Total losses, realized and unrealized - commodities
                               
deferred as regulatory assets and liabilities, net
    1       10       1       18  
Derivatives, net at end of period
  $ 1     $ 30     $ 1     $ 30  
 
 
39

 
 
Substantially all unrealized gains and losses on the Utilities’ derivatives are deferred as regulatory liabilities or assets consistent with ratemaking treatment. Unrealized losses on the change in fair value of our CVOs are discussed in Note 12. There were no Level 3 purchases, sales, issuances or settlements during the period.
 
 
9. INCOME TAXES
 
PROGRESS ENERGY
 
We and our subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state jurisdictions. Our federal tax years are open for examination from 2007 forward, and our open state tax years in our major jurisdictions are generally from 2003 forward. During the three months ended September 30, 2011, the IRS completed its examination of the 2004 and 2005 tax returns.
 
At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, our liability for unrecognized tax benefits was $176 million. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate for income from continuing operations was $6 million at September 30, 2011.
 
At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had accrued $19 million and $45 million, respectively, for interest and penalties, which were included in interest accrued and other liabilities and deferred credits on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The decrease in interest and penalties was due to the completion of the examination of the 2004 and 2005 tax returns previously discussed.
 
PEC
 
We file consolidated federal and state income tax returns that include PEC. In addition, PEC files stand-alone tax returns in various state jurisdictions. PEC’s federal tax years are open for examination from 2007 forward, and PEC’s open state tax years in our major jurisdictions are generally from 2003 forward. During the three months ended September 30, 2011, the IRS completed its examination of the 2004 and 2005 tax returns.
 
At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, PEC’s liability for unrecognized tax benefits was $79 million and $74 million, respectively. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate for income from continuing operations was $4 million at September 30, 2011.
 
At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, PEC had accrued $8 million and $14 million, respectively, for interest and penalties, which were included in interest accrued and other liabilities and deferred credits on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The decrease in interest and penalties was due to the completion of the examination of the 2004 and 2005 tax returns previously discussed.
 
PEF
 
We file consolidated federal and state income tax returns that include PEF. PEF’s federal tax years are open for examination from 2007 forward and PEF’s open state tax years are generally from 2003 forward. During the three months ended September 30, 2011, the IRS completed its examination of the 2004 and 2005 tax returns.
 
At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, PEF’s liability for unrecognized tax benefits was $87 million and $99 million, respectively. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate for income from continuing operations was $2 million at September 30, 2011.
 
At September 30, 2011, PEF had accrued $7 million for interest and penalties, which were included in other current assets and other liabilities and deferred credits on the Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2010, PEF had accrued $29 million for interest and penalties, which were included in interest accrued and other assets and deferred debits on the Balance Sheets. The decrease in interest and penalties was due to the completion of the examination of the 2004 and 2005 tax returns previously discussed.
 
 
40

 
 
10.  CONTINGENT VALUE OBLIGATIONS
 
In connection with the acquisition of Florida Progress Corporation (Florida Progress) during 2000, the Parent issued 98.6 million CVOs. Each CVO represents the right of the holder to receive contingent payments based on the performance of four coal-based solid synthetic fuels limited liability companies purchased by subsidiaries of Florida Progress in October 1999. All of our synthetic fuels businesses were abandoned and all operations ceased as of December 31, 2007 (See Note 15 of the 2010 Form 10-K).
 
On June 10, 2011, Davidson Kempner Partners, M.H. Davidson & Co., Davidson Kempner Institutional Partners, L.P., and Davidson Kempner International, Ltd. (jointly, Davidson Kempner) filed a lawsuit against us (see Note 15C) related to their ownership of CVOs. On October 3, 2011, we entered a settlement agreement and release with Davidson Kempner under which the parties mutually released all claims related to the CVOs and we purchased all of Davidson Kempner’s CVOs at a negotiated purchase price of $0.75 per CVO. The settlement agreement also contemplated a tender offer to remaining CVO holders at the same purchase price. Accordingly, we determined the purchase price included in the settlement agreement represented the fair value of the CVOs at September 30, 2011 (see Note 8). We commenced the tender offer in early November . The unrealized loss due to the change in fair value is recorded in other, net on the Consolidated Statements of Income. At September 30, 2011, the CVO liability included in other current liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheets was $74 million, and at December 31, 2010, the CVO liability included in other liabilities and deferred credits on our Consolidated Balance Sheets was $15 million .
 
 
11. BENEFIT PLANS
      
We have noncontributory defined benefit retirement plans that provide pension benefits for substantially all full-time employees. We also have supplementary defined benefit pension plans that provide benefits to higher-level employees. In addition to pension benefits, we provide contributory other postretirement benefits (OPEB), including certain health care and life insurance benefits, for retired employees who meet specified criteria.
 
The components of the net periodic benefit cost for the respective Progress Registrants for the three months ended September 30 were:
 
  PROGRESS ENERGY
 
 
   
 
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
OPEB
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Service cost
  $ 13     $ 12     $ 3     $ 3  
  Interest cost
    35       35       10       13  
  Expected return on plan assets
    (45 )     (40 )     -       (1 )
  Amortization of actuarial loss (a)
    16       13       3       6  
  Other amortization, net (a)
    2       2       1       1  
Net periodic cost
  $ 21     $ 22     $ 17     $ 22  
 
(a)
Adjusted to reflect PEF’s rate treatment. See Note 16B in the 2010 Form 10-K.
 
  PEC
 
 
   
 
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
OPEB
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Service cost
  $ 5     $ 5     $ 2     $ 1  
  Interest cost
    16       16       5       6  
  Expected return on plan assets
    (23 )     (20 )     -       -  
  Amortization of actuarial loss
    7       4       1       3  
  Other amortization, net
    1       1       -       -  
Net periodic cost
  $ 6     $ 6     $ 8     $ 10  

 
41

 

  PEF
 
 
   
 
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
OPEB
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Service cost
  $ 6     $ 6     $ 1     $ 1  
  Interest cost
    15       15       4       6  
  Expected return on plan assets
    (19 )     (17 )     -       -  
  Amortization of actuarial loss
    8       8       2       3  
  Other amortization, net
    -       -       1       1  
Net periodic cost
  $ 10     $ 12     $ 8     $ 11  
 
The components of the net periodic benefit cost for the respective Progress Registrants for the nine months ended September 30 were:
 
  PROGRESS ENERGY
 
 
   
 
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
OPEB
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Service cost
  $ 40     $ 36     $ 8     $ 7  
  Interest cost
    105       105       30       29  
  Expected return on plan assets
    (136 )     (119 )     (1 )     (3 )
  Amortization of actuarial loss (a)
    49       38       9       6  
  Other amortization, net (a)
    5       5       4       4  
Net periodic cost
  $ 63     $ 65     $ 50     $ 43  
 
(a)
Adjusted to reflect PEF’s rate treatment. See Note 16B in the 2010 Form 10-K.
 
  PEC
 
 
   
 
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
OPEB
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Service cost
  $ 16     $ 14     $ 3     $ 4  
  Interest cost
    47       48       15       14  
  Expected return on plan assets
    (68 )     (58 )     -       (1 )
  Amortization of actuarial loss
    19       12       4       3  
  Other amortization, net
    4       4       1       1  
Net periodic cost
  $ 18     $ 20     $ 23     $ 21  
 
  PEF
 
 
   
 
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
OPEB
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Service cost
  $ 18     $ 16     $ 3     $ 2  
  Interest cost
    45       44       13       12  
  Expected return on plan assets
    (59 )     (51 )     (1 )     (1 )
  Amortization of actuarial loss
    25       23       6       3  
  Other amortization, net
    -       -       3       3  
Net periodic cost
  $ 29     $ 32     $ 24     $ 19  
 
In 2011, we expect to make contributions directly to pension plan assets of approximately $325 million to $350 million for us, including $215 million to $225 million for PEC and $110 million to $125 million for PEF. We contributed $313 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2011, including $207 million for PEC and $105 million for PEF.
 
As a result of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the related Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, which were enacted in March 2010, we recognized an additional tax expense of $22 million, including $12 million for PEC and $10 million for PEF, during the nine months ended September 30, 2010. See Note 16A in the 2010 Form 10-K.
 
 
42

 
 
12. RISK MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES AND DERIVATIVE TRANSACTIONS
      
We are exposed to various risks related to changes in market conditions. We have a risk management committee that includes senior executives from various business groups. The risk management committee is responsible for administering risk management policies and monitoring compliance with those policies by all subsidiaries. Under our risk policy, we may use a variety of instruments, including swaps, options and forward contracts, to manage exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices and interest rates. Such instruments contain credit risk if the counterparty fails to perform under the contract. We minimize such risk by performing credit and financial reviews using a combination of financial analysis and publicly available credit ratings of such counterparties. Potential nonperformance by counterparties is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.
 
A.  COMMODITY DERIVATIVES
     
GENERAL
 
Most of our physical commodity contracts are not derivatives or qualify as normal purchases or sales. Therefore, such contracts are not recorded at fair value.
 
ECONOMIC DERIVATIVES
 
Derivative products, primarily natural gas and oil contracts, may be entered into from time to time for economic hedging purposes. While management believes the economic hedges mitigate exposures to fluctuations in commodity prices, these instruments are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes and are monitored consistent with trading positions.
 
The Utilities have financial derivative instruments with settlement dates through 2015 related to their exposure to price fluctuations on fuel oil and natural gas purchases. The majority of our financial hedge agreements will settle in 2011 and 2012. Substantially all of these instruments receive regulatory accounting treatment. Related unrealized gains and losses are recorded in regulatory liabilities and regulatory assets, respectively, on the Balance Sheets until the contracts are settled. After settlement of the derivatives and the fuel is consumed, any realized gains or losses are passed through the fuel cost-recovery clause.
 
Certain hedge agreements may result in the receipt of, or posting of, derivative collateral with our counterparties, depending on the daily derivative position. Fluctuations in commodity prices that lead to our return of collateral received and/or our posting of collateral with our counterparties negatively impact our liquidity. We manage open positions with strict policies that limit our exposure to market risk and require daily reporting to management of potential financial exposures.
 
Certain counterparties have posted or held cash collateral in support of these instruments. Progress Energy had a cash collateral asset included in derivative collateral posted of $112 million and $164 million on the Progress Energy Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. At September 30, 2011, Progress Energy had 339.4 million MMBtu notional of natural gas and 12.3 million gallons notional of fuel oil related to outstanding commodity derivative swaps that were entered into to hedge forecasted natural gas and oil purchases.
 
PEC had a cash collateral asset included in prepayments and other current assets of $14 million and $24 million on the PEC Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. At September 30, 2011, PEC had 98.4 million MMBtu notional of natural gas related to outstanding commodity derivative swaps that were entered into to hedge forecasted natural gas purchases.
 
PEF’s cash collateral asset included in derivative collateral posted was $98 million and $140 million on the PEF Balance Sheets at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. At September 30, 2011, PEF had 241.0 million MMBtu notional of natural gas and 12.3 million gallons notional of oil related to outstanding commodity derivative swaps that were entered into to hedge forecasted natural gas and oil purchases.
 
 
43

 
 
B.  INTEREST RATE DERIVATIVES – FAIR VALUE OR CASH FLOW HEDGES
 
We use cash flow hedging strategies to reduce exposure to changes in cash flow due to fluctuating interest rates. We use fair value hedging strategies to reduce exposure to changes in fair value due to interest rate changes. Our cash flow hedging strategies are primarily accomplished through the use of forward starting swaps and our fair value hedging strategies are primarily accomplished through the use of fixed-to-floating swaps. The notional amounts of interest rate derivatives are not exchanged and do not represent exposure to credit loss. In the event of default by the counterparty, the exposure in these transactions is the cost of replacing the agreements at current market rates.
 
CASH FLOW HEDGES
 
At September 30, 2011, all open interest rate hedges will reach their mandatory termination dates in approximately two years. At September 30, 2011, including amounts related to terminated hedges, we had $140 million of after-tax losses, including $70 million and $26 million of after-tax losses at PEC and PEF, respectively, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (OCI) related to forward starting swaps. It is expected that in the next twelve months losses of $12 million, net of tax, primarily related to terminated hedges, will be reclassified to interest expense at Progress Energy, including $6 million and $2 million at PEC and PEF, respectively. The actual amounts that will be reclassified to earnings may vary from the expected amounts as a result of changes in interest rates, changes in the timing of debt issuances at the Parent and the Utilities and changes in market value of currently open forward starting swaps.
 
At December 31, 2010, including amounts related to terminated hedges, we had $63 million of after-tax losses, including $33 million and $4 million of after-tax losses at PEC and PEF, respectively, recorded in accumulated OCI related to forward starting swaps.
 
At December 31, 2010, Progress Energy had $1.050 billion notional of open forward starting swaps, including $350 million at PEC and $200 million at PEF. At September 30, 2011, Progress Energy had $500 million notional of open forward starting swaps, including $250 million at PEC and $50 million at PEF.
 
FAIR VALUE HEDGES
 
For interest rate fair value hedges, the change in the fair value of the hedging derivative is recorded in net interest charges and is offset by the change in the fair value of the hedged item. At September 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, neither we nor the Utilities had any outstanding positions in such contracts.
 
C. CONTINGENT FEATURES
 
Certain of our commodity derivative instruments contain provisions defining fair value thresholds requiring the posting of collateral for hedges in a liability position greater than such threshold amounts. The thresholds are tiered and based on the individual company’s credit rating with Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (Moody’s), Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (S&P) and/or Fitch Ratings (Fitch). Higher credit ratings have a higher threshold requiring a lower amount of the outstanding liability position to be covered by posted collateral. Conversely, lower credit ratings require a higher amount of the outstanding liability position to be covered by posted collateral. If our credit ratings were to be downgraded, we may have to post additional collateral on certain hedges in liability positions.
 
In addition, certain of our commodity derivative instruments contain provisions that require our debt to maintain an investment grade credit rating from Moody’s, S&P and/or Fitch. If our debt were to fall below investment grade, we would be in violation of these provisions, and the counterparties to the commodity derivative instruments could request immediate payment or demand immediate and ongoing full overnight collateralization on commodity derivative instruments in net liability positions.
 
The aggregate fair value of all commodity derivative instruments at Progress Energy with credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position was $377 million at September 30, 2011, for which Progress Energy has posted collateral of $112 million in the normal course of business. If the credit risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements were triggered at September 30, 2011, Progress Energy would have been required to post an additional $265 million of collateral with its counterparties.
 
 
44

 
 
The aggregate fair value of all commodity derivative instruments at PEC with credit risk-related contingent features that are in a liability position was $116 million at September 30, 2011, for which PEC has posted collateral of $14 million in the normal course of business. If the credit risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements were triggered at September 30, 2011, PEC would have been required to post an additional $102 million of collateral with its counterparties.
 
The aggregate fair value of all commodity derivative instruments at PEF with credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position was $261 million at September 30, 2011, for which PEF has posted collateral of $98 million in the normal course of business. If the credit risk-related contingent features underlying these agreements were triggered on September 30, 2011, PEF would have been required to post an additional $163 million of collateral with its counterparties.
 
D. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENT AND HEDGING ACTIVITY INFORMATION
 
PROGRESS ENERGY
 
The following table presents the fair value of derivative instruments at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:
 
  Instrument / Balance sheet location
 
September 30, 2011
   
December 31, 2010
 
  (in millions)
 
Asset
 
Liability
   
Asset
 
Liability
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 
  Commodity cash flow derivatives
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Derivative liabilities, current
 
 
    $ 1    
 
    $ -  
  Interest rate derivatives
 
 
           
 
         
Prepayments and other current assets
  $ -             $ 1          
Other assets and deferred debits
    -               3          
Derivative liabilities, current
            70               32  
Derivative liabilities, long-term
            16               7  
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
    -       87       4       39  
                                 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
  Commodity derivatives (a)
                               
Prepayments and other current assets
    6               11          
Other assets and deferred debits
    1               4          
Derivative liabilities, current
            231               226  
Derivative liabilities, long-term
            237               268  
  CVOs (b)
                               
Other current liabilities             74               -  
Other liabilities and deferred credits
            -               15  
Fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging  instruments
    7       542       15       509  
  Fair value loss transition adjustment (c)
                               
Derivative liabilities, current
            1               1  
Derivative liabilities, long-term
            2               3  
Total derivatives not designated as hedging  instruments
    7       545       15       513  
Total derivatives
  $ 7     $ 632     $ 19     $ 552  
 
(a)
Substantially all of these contracts receive regulatory treatment.
(b)
As discussed in Note 10, the Parent issued 98.6 million CVOs in connection with the acquisition of Florida Progress during 2000.
(c)
In 2003, PEC recorded a $38 million pre-tax ($23 million after-tax) fair value loss transition adjustment pursuant to the adoption of new accounting guidance for derivatives. The related liability is being amortized to earnings over the term of the related contracts.

 
45

 
 
The following tables present the effect of derivative instruments on OCI (See Note 5C) and the Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:
 
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
  Instrument
 
Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized in
OCI, Net of Tax on
Derivatives (a)
   
Amount of Gain or
(Loss), Net of Tax
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (a)
   
Amount of Pre-tax Gain
or (Loss) Recognized in
Income on
Derivatives (b)
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Commodity cash flow derivatives (d)
  $ (1 )   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
  Interest rate derivatives (c) (e)
    (68 )     (30 )     (2 )     (1 )     (1 )     -  
Total
  $ (69 )   $ (30 )   $ (2 )   $ (1 )   $ (1 )   $ -  
 
(a)
Effective portion.
(b)
Related to ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing.
(c)
Amounts in accumulated OCI related to terminated hedges are reclassified to earnings as the interest expense is recorded. The effective portion of the hedges will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt.
(d)
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income are classified in fuel used in electric generation.
(e)
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income are classified in interest charges.

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
  Instrument
Realized Gain or (Loss) (a)
 
Unrealized Gain or (Loss) (b)
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Commodity derivatives
  $ (91 )   $ (114 )   $ (157 )   $ (181 )
 
(a)
After settlement of the derivatives and the fuel is consumed, gains or losses are passed through the fuel cost-recovery clause.
(b)
Amounts are recorded in regulatory liabilities and assets, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets until derivatives are settled.

  Instrument
 
Amount of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivatives
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
 
  Fair value loss transition adjustment (a)
  $ 1     $ 1  
  CVOs (a)
    (63 )     -  
Total
  $ (62 )   $ 1  
 
(a)
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income are classified in other, net.
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
46

 

The following tables present the effect of derivative instruments on OCI (See Note 5C) and the Consolidated Statements of Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:
 
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
  Instrument
 
Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized in
OCI, Net of Tax on
Derivatives (a)
   
Amount of Gain or
(Loss), Net of Tax
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (a)
   
Amount of Pre-tax Gain
or (Loss) Recognized in
ncome on
Derivatives (b)
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Commodity cash flow derivatives (d)
  $ (1 )   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
  Interest rate derivatives (c) (e)
    (82 )     (80 )     (5 )     (4 )     (3 )     -  
Total
  $ (83 )   $ (80 )   $ (5 )   $ (4 )   $ (3 )   $ -  
 
(a)
Effective portion.
(b)
Related to ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing.
(c)
Amounts in accumulated OCI related to terminated hedges are reclassified to earnings as the interest expense is recorded. The effective portion of the hedges will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt.
(d)
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income are classified in fuel used in electric generation.
(e)
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income are classified in interest charges.

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
  Instrument
Realized Gain or (Loss) (a)
 
Unrealized Gain or (Loss) (b)
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Commodity derivatives
  $ (219 )   $ (264 )   $ (201 )   $ (417 )
 
(a)
After settlement of the derivatives and the fuel is consumed, gains or losses are passed through the fuel cost-recovery clause.
(b)
Amounts are recorded in regulatory liabilities and assets, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets until derivatives are settled.

  Instrument
 
Amount of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivatives
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
 
  Commodity derivatives (a)
  $ 1     $ -  
  Fair value loss transition adjustment (a)
    1       1  
  CVOs (a)
    (59 )     -  
Total
  $ (57 )   $ 1  
 
(a)
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income are classified in other, net.
 
 
47

 

PEC
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the fair value of derivative instruments at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:
 
  Instrument / Balance sheet location
September 30, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
  (in millions)
 
Asset
 
Liability
   
Asset
 
Liability
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 
  Interest rate derivatives
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Other assets and deferred debits
  $ -    
 
    $ 3    
 
 
Derivative liabilities, current
          $ 35             $ 7  
Other liabilities and deferred credits
            8               4  
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
    -       43       3       11  
                                 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
  Commodity derivatives (a)
                               
Prepayments and other current assets
    -               1          
Other assets and deferred debits
    -               1          
Derivative liabilities, current
            57               45  
Other liabilities and deferred credits
            77               78  
Fair value of derivatives not designated as hedging  instruments
    -       134       2       123  
  Fair value loss transition adjustment (b)
                               
Derivative liabilities, current
            1               1  
Other liabilities and deferred credits
            2               3  
Total derivatives not designated as hedging  instruments
    -       137       2       127  
Total derivatives
  $ -     $ 180     $ 5     $ 138  
 
(a)
Substantially all of these contracts receive regulatory treatment.
(b)
In 2003, PEC recorded a $38 million pre-tax ($23 million after-tax) fair value loss transition adjustment pursuant to the adoption of new accounting guidance for derivatives. The related liability is being amortized to earnings over the term of the related contracts.

The following tables present the effect of derivative instruments on OCI (See Note 5C) and the Consolidated Statements of Income for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:
 
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
  Instrument
Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized in
OCI, Net of Tax on
Derivatives (a)
 
Amount of Gain or
(Loss), Net of Tax
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (a)
 
Amount of Pre-tax Gain
or (Loss) Recognized in
Income on
Derivatives (b)
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Interest rate derivatives (c) (d)
  $ (35 )   $ (10 )   $ (1 )   $ (1 )   $ (1 )   $ -  
 
(a)
Effective portion.
(b)
Related to ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing.
(c)
Amounts in accumulated OCI related to terminated hedges are reclassified to earnings as the interest expense is recorded. The effective portion of the hedges will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt.
(d)
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income are classified in interest charges.


 
48

 
 
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
  Instrument
Realized Gain or (Loss) (a)
 
Unrealized Gain or (Loss) (b)
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Commodity derivatives
  $ (20 )   $ (17 )   $ (42 )   $ (38 )
 
(a)
After settlement of the derivatives and the fuel is consumed, gains or losses are passed through the fuel cost-recovery clause.
(b)
Amounts are recorded in regulatory liabilities and assets, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets until derivatives are settled.
 
  Instrument
 
Amount of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivatives
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
 
  Fair value loss transition adjustment (a)
  $ 1     $ 1  
 
(a)
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income are classified in other, net.

The following tables present the effect of derivative instruments on OCI (See Note 5C) and the Consolidated Statements of Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:
 
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
  Instrument
 
Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized
in OCI, Net of Tax
on Derivatives (a)
   
Amount of Gain or
(Loss), Net of Tax
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI
into Income (a)
   
Amount of Pre-tax
 Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on
Derivatives (b)
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Interest rate derivatives (c) (d)
  $ (40 )   $ (26 )   $ (3 )   $ (3 )   $ (1 )   $ -  
 
(a)
Effective portion.
(b)
Related to ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing.
(c)
Amounts in accumulated OCI related to terminated hedges are reclassified to earnings as the interest expense is recorded. The effective portion of the hedges will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt.
(d)
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income are classified in interest charges.

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
  Instrument
Realized Gain or (Loss) (a)
 
Unrealized Gain or (Loss) (b)
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Commodity derivatives
  $ (42 )   $ (36 )   $ (55 )   $ (82 )
 
(a)
After settlement of the derivatives and the fuel is consumed, gains or losses are passed through the fuel cost-recovery clause.
(b)
Amounts are recorded in regulatory liabilities and assets, respectively, on the Consolidated Balance Sheets until derivatives are settled.

 
49

 


  Instrument
 
Amount of Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivatives
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
 
  Commodity derivatives (a)
  $ 1     $ -  
  Fair value loss transition adjustment (a)
    1       1  
Total
  $ 2     $ 1  
 
(a)
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income are classified in other, net.

PEF
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the fair value of derivative instruments at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:
 
  Instrument / Balance sheet location
September 30, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
  (in millions)
 
Asset
 
Liability
   
Asset
 
Liability
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 
  Commodity cash flow derivatives
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Derivative liabilities, current
 
 
    $ 1    
 
    $ -  
  Interest rate derivatives
 
 
           
 
         
Derivative liabilities, current
 
 
      -    
 
      7  
Derivative liabilities, long-term
 
 
      8    
 
      -  
Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments
 
 
      9    
 
      7  
   
 
           
 
         
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
 
  Commodity derivatives (a)
 
 
           
 
         
Prepayments and other current assets
  $ 6             $ 10          
Other assets and deferred debits
    1               3          
Derivative liabilities, current
            174               181  
Derivative liabilities, long-term
            160               190  
Total derivatives not designated as hedging  instruments
    7       334       13       371  
Total derivatives
  $ 7     $ 343     $ 13     $ 378  
 
(a)
Substantially all of these contracts receive regulatory treatment.
 
 
50

 
 
The following tables present the effect of derivative instruments on OCI (See Note 5C) and the Statements of Income for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:
 
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
  Instrument
 
Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized in
OCI, Net of Tax on
Derivatives (a)
   
Amount of Gain or
(Loss), Net of Tax
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (a)
   
Amount of Pre-tax Gain
or (Loss) Recognized in
Income on
Derivatives (b)
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Commodity cash flow derivatives (d)
  $ (1 )   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
  Interest rate derivatives (c) (e)
    (16 )     (6 )     -       -       -       -  
Total
  $ (17 )   $ (6 )   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
 
(a)
Effective portion.
(b)
Related to ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing.
(c)
Amounts in accumulated OCI related to terminated hedges are reclassified to earnings as the interest expense is recorded. The effective portion of the hedges will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt.
(d)
Amounts recorded in the Statements of Income are classified in fuel used in electric generation.
(e)
Amounts recorded in the Statements of Income are classified in interest charges.

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
  Instrument
Realized Gain or (Loss) (a)
 
Unrealized Gain or (Loss) (b)
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Commodity derivatives
  $ (71 )   $ (97 )   $ (115 )   $ (143 )
 
(a)
After settlement of the derivatives and the fuel is consumed, gains or losses are passed through the fuel cost-recovery clause.
(b)
Amounts are recorded in regulatory liabilities and assets, respectively, on the Balance Sheets until derivatives are settled.

  The following tables present the effect of derivative instruments on OCI (See Note 5C) and the Statements of Income for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:
 
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
  Instrument
 
Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized in
OCI, Net of Tax on
Derivatives (a)
   
Amount of Gain or
(Loss), Net of Tax
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (a)
   
Amount of Pre-tax Gain
or (Loss) Recognized in
Income on
Derivatives (b)
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Commodity cash flow derivatives (d)
  $ (1 )   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
  Interest rate derivatives (c) (e)
    (21 )     (16 )     -       -       -       -  
Total
  $ (22 )   $ (16 )   $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
 
(a)
Effective portion.
(b)
Related to ineffective portion and amount excluded from effectiveness testing.
(c)
Amounts in accumulated OCI related to terminated hedges are reclassified to earnings as the interest expense is recorded. The effective portion of the hedges will be amortized to interest expense over the term of the related debt.
(d)
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income are classified in fuel used in electric generation.
(e)
Amounts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income are classified in interest charges.
 
 
51

 

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
 
  Instrument
Realized Gain or (Loss) (a)
 
Unrealized Gain or (Loss) (b)
 
  (in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
  Commodity derivatives
  $ (177 )   $ (228 )   $ (146 )   $ (335 )
 
(a)
After settlement of the derivatives and the fuel is consumed, gains or losses are passed through the fuel cost-recovery clause.
(b)
Amounts are recorded in regulatory liabilities and assets, respectively, on the Balance Sheets until derivatives are settled.
 
 
13.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION BY BUSINESS SEGMENT
   
Our reportable segments are PEC and PEF, both of which are primarily engaged in the generation, transmission, distribution and sale of electricity in portions of North Carolina and South Carolina and in portions of Florida, respectively. These electric operations also distribute and sell electricity to other utilities, primarily on the east coast of the United States.
 
In addition to the reportable operating segments, the Corporate and Other segment includes the operations of the Parent and PESC and other miscellaneous nonregulated businesses that do not separately meet the quantitative thresholds for disclosure as separate reportable business segments.
 
Products and services are sold between the various reportable segments. All intersegment transactions are at cost.
 
(in millions)
 
PEC
   
PEF
 
Corporate
and Other
   
Eliminations
   
Totals
 
At and for the three months ended September 30, 2011
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Revenues
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Unaffiliated
  $ 1,332     $ 1,413     $ 2     $ -     $ 2,747  
Intersegment
    -       1       69       (70 )     -  
Total revenues
    1,332       1,414       71       (70 )     2,747  
Ongoing Earnings
    202       202       (60 )     -       344  
Total Assets
    15,543       14,014       20,954       (16,834 )     33,677  
 
                                       
For the three months ended September 30, 2010
                               
Revenues
                                       
Unaffiliated
  $ 1,414     $ 1,543     $ 5     $ -     $ 2,962  
Intersegment
    -       -       66       (66 )     -  
Total revenues
    1,414       1,543       71       (66 )     2,962  
Ongoing Earnings
    233       177       (49 )     -       361  
 
 
 
                 
For the nine months ended September 30, 2011
                         
Revenues
                                       
Unaffiliated
  $ 3,525     $ 3,637     $ 8     $ -     $ 7,170  
Intersegment
    -       2       203       (205 )     -  
Total revenues
    3,525       3,639       211       (205 )     7,170  
Ongoing Earnings
    453       454       (150 )     -       757  
 
                                       
For the nine months ended September 30, 2010
                               
Revenues
                                       
Unaffiliated
  $ 3,794     $ 4,064     $ 11     $ -     $ 7,869  
Intersegment
    -       1       179       (180 )     -  
Total revenues
    3,794       4,065       190       (180 )     7,869  
Ongoing Earnings
    493       409       (146 )     -       756  
 
 
52

 
 
Management uses the non-GAAP financial measure “Ongoing Earnings” as a performance measure to evaluate the results of our segments and operations. Ongoing Earnings is computed as GAAP net income attributable to controlling interests less discontinued operations and the effects of certain identified gains and charges, which are considered Ongoing Earnings adjustments. Some of the excluded gains and charges have occurred in more than one reporting period but are not considered representative of fundamental core earnings. Management has identified the following Ongoing Earnings adjustments: tax levelization, which increases or decreases the tax expense recorded in the reporting period to reflect the annual projected tax rate, because it has no impact on annual earnings; CVO mark-to-market adjustments because we are unable to predict changes in their fair value; CR3 indemnification charge (and subsequent adjustments, if any) for estimated future years’ joint owner replacement power costs (through the expiration of the indemnification provisions of the joint owner agreement) because GAAP requires that the charge be accounted for in the period in which it becomes probable and estimable rather than the periods to which it relates; and the impact from changes in the tax treatment of the Medicare Part D subsidy because GAAP requires that the impact of the tax law change be accounted for in the period of enactment rather than the affected tax year. Additionally, management does not consider impairments, charges (and subsequent adjustments, if any) recognized for the retirement of generating units prior to the end of their estimated useful lives, merger and integration costs, and operating results of discontinued operations to be representative of our ongoing operations and excluded these items in computing Ongoing Earnings.
 
Reconciliations of consolidated Ongoing Earnings to net income attributable to controlling interests follow:
 
 
For the three months ended September 30
 
(in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
 
Ongoing Earnings
  $ 344     $ 361  
Tax levelization
    8       4  
CVO mark-to-market, net of tax benefit of $13 (Note 10)
    (50 )     -  
Impairment, net of tax benefit of $1
    -       (2 )
Merger and integration costs, net of tax benefit of $7 (Note 2)
    (15 )     -  
CR3 indemnification adjustment, net of tax expense of $2 (Note 15B)
    4       -  
Continuing income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax
    2       2  
Income from continuing operations before cumulative effect of change in
  accounting principle
    293       365  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    -       (2 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
    -       2  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax
    (2 )     (4 )
Net income attributable to controlling interests
  $ 291     $ 361  
 
               
 
For the nine months ended September 30
 
(in millions)
    2011       2010  
Ongoing Earnings
  $ 757     $ 756  
Tax levelization
    2       3  
CVO mark-to-market, net of tax benefit of $13 (Note 10)
    (46 )     -  
Impairment, net of tax benefit of $3
    -       (5 )
Plant retirement adjustment, net of tax expense of $1
    -       1  
Change in tax treatment of the Medicare Part D subsidy (Note 11)
    -       (22 )
Merger and integration costs, net of tax benefit of $11 (Note 2)
    (36 )     -  
CR3 indemnification charge, net of tax benefit of $16 (Note 15B)
    (22 )     -  
Continuing income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax
    5       4  
Income from continuing operations
    660       737  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    (4 )     (2 )
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax
    (5 )     (4 )
Net income attributable to controlling interests
  $ 651     $ 731  

 
53

 
 
14. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
    
We are subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in the areas of air quality, water quality, control of toxic substances and hazardous and solid wastes, and other environmental matters. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with those environmental regulations currently applicable to our business and operations and believe we have all necessary permits to conduct such operations. Environmental laws and regulations frequently change and the ultimate costs of compliance cannot always be precisely estimated.
 
A.  HAZARDOUS AND SOLID WASTE
     
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and a number of states are considering additional regulatory measures that may affect management, treatment, marketing and disposal of coal combustion residues, primarily ash, from each of the Utilities’ coal-fired plants. Revised or new laws or regulations under consideration may impose changes in solid waste classifications or groundwater protection environmental controls. In June 2010, the EPA proposed two options for new rules to regulate coal combustion residues. The first option would create a comprehensive program of federally enforceable requirements for coal combustion residues management and disposal as hazardous waste. The other option would have the EPA set performance standards for coal combustion residues management facilities and regulate disposal of coal combustion residues as nonhazardous waste. The EPA did not identify a preferred option. Under both options, the EPA may leave in place a regulatory exemption for approved beneficial uses of coal combustion residues that are recycled. A final rule is expected in 2012. Compliance plans and estimated costs to meet the requirements of new regulations will be determined when any new regulations are finalized. We are also evaluating the effect on groundwater quality from past and current operations, which may result in operational changes and additional measures under existing regulations. These issues are also under evaluation by state agencies. Certain regulated chemicals have been measured in wells near our ash ponds at levels above groundwater quality standards. Additional monitoring and investigation will be conducted. Detailed plans and cost estimates will be determined if these evaluations reveal that corrective actions are necessary. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter.
 
The provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (CERCLA), authorize the EPA to require the cleanup of hazardous waste sites. This statute imposes retroactive joint and several liabilities. Some states, including North Carolina, South Carolina and Florida, have similar types of statutes. We are periodically notified by regulators, including the EPA and various state agencies, of our involvement or potential involvement in sites that may require investigation and/or remediation. There are presently several sites with respect to which we have been notified of our potential liability by the EPA, the state of North Carolina, the state of Florida, or potentially responsible party (PRP) groups as described below in greater detail. Various organic materials associated with the production of manufactured gas, generally referred to as coal tar, are regulated under federal and state laws. PEC and PEF are each PRPs at several manufactured gas plant (MGP) sites. We are also currently in the process of assessing potential costs and exposures at other sites. These costs are eligible for regulatory recovery through either base rates or cost-recovery clauses. Both PEC and PEF evaluate potential claims against other PRPs and insurance carriers and plan to submit claims for cost recovery where appropriate. The outcome of potential and pending claims cannot be predicted.
 
We measure our liability for environmental sites based on available evidence, including our experience in investigating and remediating environmentally impaired sites. The process often involves assessing and developing cost-sharing arrangements with other PRPs. For all sites, as assessments are developed and analyzed, we will accrue costs for the sites in O&M expense on the Income Statements to the extent our liability is probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Because the extent of environmental impact, allocation among PRPs for all sites, remediation alternatives (which could involve either minimal or significant efforts), and concurrence of the regulatory authorities have not yet reached the stage where a reasonable estimate of the remediation costs can be made, we cannot determine the total costs that may be incurred in connection with the remediation of all sites at this time. It is probable that current estimates will change and additional losses, which could be material, may be incurred in the future.
 
 
54

 
 
The following tables contain information about accruals for probable and estimable costs related to various environmental sites, which were included in other current liabilities and other liabilities and deferred credits on the Balance Sheets:
 
  PROGRESS ENERGY
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  (in millions)
 
MGP and
Other Sites
   
Remediation
of Distribution
and Substation Transformers
   
Total
 
  Balance, December 31, 2010
  $ 20     $ 15     $ 35  
  Amount accrued for environmental loss contingencies (a)
    1       6       7  
  Expenditures for environmental loss contingencies (b)
    (4 )     (13 )     (17 )
  Balance, September 30, 2011 (c)
  $ 17     $ 8     $ 25  
                         
  Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ 22     $ 20     $ 42  
  Amount accrued for environmental loss contingencies (a)
    7       11       18  
  Expenditures for environmental loss contingencies (b)
    (8 )     (14 )     (22 )
  Balance, September 30, 2010 (c)
  $ 21     $ 17     $ 38  
 
(a)
Amounts accrued are for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. For the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, our accruals for environmental loss contingencies were not material.
(b)
Expenditures are for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. For the three months ended September 30, 2011, our expenditures for environmental loss contingencies were not material. For the three months ended September 30, 2010, our expenditures were not material for the remediation of MGP and other sites and were $5 million for the remediation of distribution and substation transformers.
(c)
Expected to be paid out over one to 15 years.
 
  PEC
 
 
 
  (in millions)
 
MGP and
Other Sites
 
  Balance, December 31, 2010
  $ 12  
  Amount accrued for environmental loss contingencies (a)
    -  
  Expenditures for environmental loss contingencies (b)
    (1 )
  Balance, September 30, 2011 (c)
  $ 11  
         
  Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ 13  
  Amount accrued for environmental loss contingencies (a)
    3  
  Expenditures for environmental loss contingencies (b)
    (4 )
  Balance, September 30, 2010 (c)
  $ 12  
 
(a)
Amounts accrued are for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. For the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, PEC's accruals for the remediation of MGP and other sites were not material.
(b)
Expenditures are for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. For the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, PEC's expenditures for the remediation of MGP and other sites were not material.
(c)
Expected to be paid out over one to five years.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
55

 

  PEF
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
  (in millions)
 
MGP and
Other Sites
   
Remediation
of Distribution
and Substation Transformers
   
Total
 
  Balance, December 31, 2010
  $ 8     $ 15     $ 23  
  Amount accrued for environmental loss contingencies (a)
    1       6       7  
  Expenditures for environmental loss contingencies (b)
    (3 )     (13 )     (16 )
  Balance, September 30, 2011 (c)
  $ 6     $ 8     $ 14  
                         
  Balance, December 31, 2009
  $ 9     $ 20     $ 29  
  Amount accrued for environmental loss contingencies (a)
    4       11       15  
  Expenditures for environmental loss contingencies (b)
    (4 )     (14 )     (18 )
  Balance, September 30, 2010 (c)
  $ 9     $ 17     $ 26  
 
(a)
Amounts accrued are for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. For the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, PEF's accruals for environmental loss contingencies were not material.
(b)
Expenditures are for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. For the three months ended September 30, 2011, PEF's expenditures were not material for the remediation of MGP and other sites and were $4 million for the remediation of distribution and substation transformers. For the three months ended September 30, 2010, PEF's expenditures were not material for the remediation of MGP and other sites and were $5 million for the remediation of distribution and substation transformers.
(c)
Expected to be paid out over one to 15 years.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROGRESS ENERGY
 
In addition to the Utilities’ sites discussed under “PEC” and “PEF” below, we incurred indemnity obligations related to certain pre-closing liabilities of divested subsidiaries, including certain environmental matters (See discussion under Guarantees in Note 15B).
 
PEC
 
PEC has recorded a minimum estimated total remediation cost for its remaining MGP sites based upon its historical experience with remediation of its MGP sites remediated to date. The maximum amount of the range for all the sites cannot be determined at this time. Actual experience may differ from current estimates, and it is probable that estimates will continue to change in the future.
 
In 2004, the EPA advised PEC that it had been identified as a PRP at the Ward Transformer site in Raleigh, N.C. (Ward). The EPA offered PEC and a number of other PRPs the opportunity to negotiate the removal action for the Ward site and reimbursement to the EPA for the EPA’s past expenditures in addressing conditions at the Ward site. Subsequently, PEC and other PRPs signed a settlement agreement, which requires the participating PRPs to remediate the Ward site. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, PEC’s recorded liability for the site was approximately $5 million. In 2008 and 2009, PEC filed civil actions against PRPs seeking contribution for and recovery of costs incurred in remediating the Ward site, as well as a declaratory judgment that defendants are jointly and severally liable for response costs at the site. PEC has settled with a number of the PRPs and is in active settlement negotiations with others. In March 2010, the federal district court in which this matter is pending denied motions to dismiss filed by a number of defendants, but granted several other motions filed by state agencies and successor entities. In June 2010, the court entered a case management order and discovery is proceeding. The court also set a trial date for May 7, 2012. The outcome of these matters cannot be predicted.
 
In 2008, the EPA issued a Record of Decision for the operable unit for stream segments downstream from the Ward site (Ward OU1) and advised 61 parties, including PEC, of their identification as PRPs for Ward OU1 and for the operable unit for further investigation at the Ward facility and certain adjacent areas (Ward OU2). The EPA’s estimate for the selected remedy for Ward OU1 is approximately $6 million. The EPA offered PEC and the other PRPs the opportunity to negotiate implementation of a response action for Ward OU1 and a remedial investigation and feasibility study for Ward OU2, as well as reimbursement to the EPA of approximately $1 million for the EPA’s
 
 
56

 
 
past expenditures in addressing conditions at the site. On September 29, 2011, the EPA issued unilateral administrative orders to certain parties, which did not include PEC, directing the performance of remedial activities with regard to Ward OU1. It is not possible at this time to reasonably estimate the total amount of PEC’s obligation, if any, for Ward OU1 and Ward OU2.
 
PEF
 
The accruals for PEF’s MGP and other sites relate to two former MGP sites and other sites associated with PEF that have required, or are anticipated to require, investigation and/or remediation. The maximum amount of the range for all the sites cannot be determined at this time. Actual experience may differ from current estimates, and it is probable that estimates will continue to change in the future.
 
PEF has received approval from the FPSC for recovery through the ECRC of the majority of costs associated with the remediation of a population of distribution and substation transformers. Under agreements with the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP), PEF has reviewed these distribution transformer sites and substation sites for mineral oil-impacted soil caused by equipment integrity issues. Should additional distribution transformer sites be identified outside of this population, the distribution O&M expense will not be recoverable through the ECRC.
 
B. AIR AND WATER QUALITY
      
We are subject to various current federal, state and local environmental compliance laws and regulations governing air and water quality, resulting in capital expenditures and increased O&M expense. These compliance laws and regulations include the Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR), the Clean Air Visibility Rule (CAVR), the North Carolina Clean Smokestacks Act, enacted in June 2002 (Clean Smokestacks Act) and mercury air regulation. PEC has installed environmental compliance controls that meet the emission reduction requirements under the first phase of the Clean Smokestacks Act. The air quality controls installed to comply with nitrogen oxides (NOx) requirements under certain sections of the Clean Air Act and the Clean Smokestacks Act, as well as PEC’s plan to replace a portion of its coal-fired generation with natural gas-fueled generation, largely address the CAIR requirements for NOx for our North Carolina units at PEC. PEF has installed environmental compliance controls that meet the emission reduction requirements under the first phase of the CAIR.
 
In 2008, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia (D.C. Court of Appeals) initially vacated the CAIR in its entirety and subsequently remanded the rule without vacating it for the EPA to conduct further proceedings consistent with the court’s prior opinion. In 2010, the EPA published the proposed Clean Air Transport Rule, which was the regulatory program proposed to replace the CAIR. On July 7, 2011, the EPA issued the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule (CSAPR) as the final version of the proposed Clean Air Transport Rule. The CSAPR replaces the CAIR effective January 1, 2012. The CSAPR contains new emissions trading programs for NOx and sulfur dioxide (SO 2 ) emissions as well as more stringent overall emissions targets in 27 states, including North Carolina, South Carolina and Florida. The EPA issued the CSAPR as four separate programs, including the NOx annual trading program, the NOx ozone season trading program, the SO 2 Group 1 trading program and the SO 2 Group 2 trading program. North Carolina and South Carolina are included in the NOx and SO 2 annual trading programs, as well as the NOx ozone season program. North Carolina remains classified as a Group 1 state, which will require additional NOx and SO 2 emission reductions beginning in January 2014. South Carolina remains classified as a Group 2 state with no additional reductions required. Florida is subject only to the NOx ozone season program. Due to significant investments in NOx and SO 2 emissions controls and fleet modernization projects completed or under way, we believe both PEC and PEF are relatively well positioned to comply with the CSAPR. Because of the D.C. Court of Appeals’ decision that remanded the CAIR, implementation of the CAIR fulfilled best available retrofit technology (BART) for NOx and SO 2 for BART-affected units under the CAVR. Under subsequent implementation of CSAPR, CAVR compliance eventually will require consideration of NOx and SO 2 emissions in addition to particulate matter emissions for PEF’s BART-eligible units, because Florida will no longer be subject to the annual emissions provisions. We are assessing the potential impact of BART and its implications with respect to our plans and estimated costs to comply with the CAVR. We are currently evaluating the impacts of the CSAPR.
 
In 2008, the D.C. Court of Appeals vacated the Clean Air Mercury Rule (CAMR). As a result, the EPA subsequently announced that it would develop a maximum achievable control technology (MACT) standard. The
 
 
57

 
 
U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia issued an order requiring the EPA to issue a final MACT standard for power plants by November 16, 2011. On October 21, 2011, the EPA requested the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia to extend the deadline for the final rule to December 16, 2011. On March 16, 2011, the EPA issued its proposed MACT standards for coal-fired and oil-fired electric steam generating units (EGU MACT), and the proposed EGU MACT was formally published in the Federal Register on May 3, 2011. The proposed EGU MACT contains stringent emission limits for mercury, non-mercury metals, and acid gases from coal-fired units and hazardous air pollutant metals, acid gases, and hydrogen fluoride from oil-fired units. Following the conclusion of the 90-day public comment period, the EPA has requested to issue a final rule in December 2011. In addition, North Carolina adopted a state-specific mercury requirement. The North Carolina mercury rule contains a requirement that all coal-fired units in the state install mercury controls by December 31, 2017, and requires compliance plan applications to be submitted in 2013. We are currently evaluating the impact of the EPA’s proposed EGU MACT standard and the North Carolina state-specific requirement. The outcome of these matters cannot be predicted.
 
To date, expenditures at PEF for CAIR regulation primarily relate to environmental compliance projects at Crystal River Units No. 4 and No. 5 (CR4 and CR5), which have both been completed and placed in service. Under an agreement with the FDEP, PEF will retire Crystal River Units No. 1 and No. 2 (CR1 and CR2) as coal-fired units and operate emission control equipment at CR4 and CR5. CR1 and CR2 will be retired after the second proposed nuclear unit at Levy completes its first fuel cycle, which was originally anticipated to be around 2020. As discussed in Note 4B, major construction activities for Levy are being postponed until after the NRC issues the Levy COL. As required, PEF has advised the FDEP of these developments that will delay the retirement of CR1 and CR2 beyond the originally anticipated date. We are currently evaluating the impacts of the Levy schedule on PEF’s compliance with environmental regulations. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter.
 
We account for emission allowances as inventory using the average cost method. Emission allowances are included on the Balance Sheets in inventory and in other assets and deferred debits. We value inventory of the Utilities at historical cost consistent with ratemaking treatment. As previously discussed, the CSAPR establishes new NOx annual and seasonal ozone programs and a new SO 2 trading program. NOx and SO 2 emission allowances applicable to the current CAIR cannot be used to satisfy the new CSAPR programs effective January 1, 2012. SO 2 emission allowances will be utilized by the Utilities to comply with existing Clean Air Act requirements. NOx allowances cannot be utilized to comply with other requirements. Therefore, NOx allowances that are not expected to be used in 2011 have been classified as obsolete inventory. PEC had an immaterial amount of NOx emission allowances. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, PEF reduced the value of its NOx allowance inventory by $23 million, which is the remaining amount of NOx allowances that are not expected to be used in 2011. PEF believes the purchases of NOx emission allowances to meet the requirements of the CAIR were prudent and expects to recover the retail portion of the costs of these allowances through its ECRC. Accordingly, PEF recorded a $22 million regulatory asset for the retail portion of its NOx allowances. Therefore, there was no material impact to PEF’s results of operations for the reduction in value of its NOx allowance inventory.
 
 
15.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
     
Contingencies and significant changes to the commitments discussed in Note 22 in the 2010 Form 10-K are described below.
 
A.  PURCHASE OBLIGATIONS
     
As part of our ordinary course of business, we and the Utilities enter into various long- and short-term contracts for fuel requirements at our generating plants. Significant changes from the commitment amounts reported in Note 22A in the 2010 Form 10-K can result from new contracts, changes in existing contracts along with the impact of fluctuations in current estimates of future market prices for those contracts that are market price indexed. In most cases, these contracts contain provisions for price adjustments, minimum purchase levels, and other financial commitments. Additional commitments for fuel and related transportation will be required to supply the Utilities’ future needs. At September 30, 2011, our and the Utilities’ contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments have not changed materially from what was reported in the 2010 Form 10-K other than as follows:
 
 
58

 
 
PEC
 
As described in Note 22A in the 2010 Form 10-K, PEC entered into conditional agreements for firm pipeline transportation capacity to support PEC’s gas supply needs. As the transactions are subject to several conditions precedent, the estimated costs associated with these agreements were not included in PEC’s fuel commitments at December 31, 2010. The estimated total cost to PEC associated with these agreements at December 31, 2010,   was approximately $2.042 billion, which pertain to the period from May 2011 through May 2033. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the conditions precedent for one of the agreements were satisfied. The agreement is for the period May 2011 through April 2031 and has an estimated total cost of approximately $487 million, including $16 million, $49 million, $49 million and $373 million, respectively, for less than one year, one to three years, three to five years and more than five years from December 31, 2010.
 
PEF
 
As described in Note 22A in the 2010 Form 10-K, PEF entered into conditional agreements for firm pipeline transportation capacity to support PEF’s gas supply needs. As the transactions were subject to several conditions precedent, the estimated costs associated with these agreements were not included in PEF’s fuel commitments at December 31, 2010. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the conditions precedent for these agreements were satisfied. These agreements are for the period April 2011 through April 2036 and have an estimated total cost of approximately $1.171 billion, including $36 million, $95 million, $95 million and $945 million, respectively, for less than one year, one to three years, three to five years and more than five years from December 31, 2010.
 
B.  GUARANTEES
     
As a part of normal business, we enter into various agreements providing future financial or performance assurances to third parties. Such agreements include guarantees, standby letters of credit and surety bonds. At September 30, 2011, we do not believe conditions are likely for significant performance under these guarantees. To the extent liabilities are incurred as a result of the activities covered by the guarantees, such liabilities are included in the accompanying Balance Sheets.
 
At September 30, 2011, we have issued guarantees and indemnifications of and for certain asset performance, legal, tax and environmental matters to third parties, including indemnifications made in connection with sales of businesses. At September 30, 2011, our estimated maximum exposure for guarantees and indemnifications for which a maximum exposure is determinable was $351 million, including $75 million at PEF. Related to the sales of businesses, the latest specified notice period extends until 2013 for the majority of legal, tax and environmental matters provided for in the indemnification provisions. Indemnifications for the performance of assets extend to 2016. For certain matters for which we receive timely notice, our indemnity obligations may extend beyond the notice period. Certain indemnifications have no limitations as to time or maximum potential future payments. As part of settlement agreements entered into in 2002, PEF is responsible for providing the joint owners of CR3 a specified amount of generating capacity through the expiration of the indemnification provisions of the joint owner agreement in 2013. Due to the CR3 outage (See Note 4B), PEF has been unable to meet the required generating capacity and has provided replacement power from other generation sources or purchased power. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we and PEF recorded indemnification charges totaling $56 million for estimated joint owner replacement power costs for 2011 and future years, and provided replacement power totaling $17 million. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, we had recorded liabilities related to guarantees and indemnifications to third parties of $77 million and $31 million, respectively. These amounts included $50 million and $6 million for PEF at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively. As current estimates change, additional losses related to guarantees and indemnifications to third parties, which could be material, may be recorded in the future.
 
In addition, the Parent has issued $300 million in guarantees for certain payments of two wholly owned indirect subsidiaries (See Note 16).
 
 
59

 
 
C.
OTHER COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
MERGER
 
During January and February 2011, Progress Energy and its directors were named as defendants in eleven purported class action lawsuits with ten lawsuits brought in the Superior Court, Wake County, N.C. and one lawsuit filed in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of North Carolina, each in connection with the Merger (we refer to these lawsuits as the “actions”). The complaints in the actions allege, among other things, that the Merger Agreement was the product of breaches of fiduciary duty by the individual defendants, in that it allegedly does not provide for full and fair value for Progress Energy’s shareholders; that the Merger Agreement contains coercive deal protection measures; and that the Merger Agreement and the Merger were approved as a result, allegedly, of improper self-dealing by certain defendants who would receive certain alleged employment compensation benefits and continued employment pursuant to the Merger Agreement. The complaints in the actions also allege that Progress Energy aided and abetted the individual defendants’ alleged breaches of fiduciary duty. As relief, the plaintiffs in the actions seek, among other things, to enjoin completion of the Merger. The defendants believe that the allegations of the complaints in the actions are without merit and that they have substantial meritorious defenses to the claims made in the actions.
 
Additionally, the complaint in the federal action was amended in early April 2011 to include allegations that the defendants violated federal securities laws in connection with statements contained in the Registration Statement. Given the new allegations invoking federal securities laws, the defendants intend to move, plead, or otherwise respond to the amended federal complaint consistent with the provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act, which now governs the federal action.
 
On March 31, 2011, counsel for the federal action plaintiff sent a derivative demand letter to Mr. William D. Johnson, Chairman, President and CEO of Progress Energy, demanding that the Progress Energy board of directors desist from moving forward with the Merger, make certain disclosures, and engage in an auction of the company. Also on March 31, 2011, the same counsel sent Mr. Johnson a substantially identical derivative demand letter on behalf of two other purported Progress Energy shareholders.
 
On April 13, 2011, counsel for the federal action plaintiff sent another derivative demand letter to Mr. Johnson further demanding that the Progress Energy board of directors desist from moving forward with the Merger unless certain changes are made to the Merger Agreement and additional disclosures are made. Also on April 13, 2011, the same counsel sent Mr. Johnson a substantially identical derivative demand letter on behalf of two other purported Progress Energy shareholders.
 
On April 25, 2011, the Progress Energy board of directors established a special committee of disinterested directors to conduct a review and evaluation of the allegations and legal claims set forth in the derivative demand letters. The special committee investigated the allegations and legal claims and determined there was no basis to pursue the claims.
 
By order dated June 17, 2011, the court consolidated the state court cases. On June 21, 2011, the plaintiffs in the state court actions filed a verified consolidated amended complaint in the consolidated state court actions alleging breach of fiduciary duty by the individual defendants, and that Progress Energy aided and abetted the individual defendants’ alleged breaches of fiduciary duty. The verified consolidated amended complaint further alleges that the Registration Statement and amendments filed on April 8, April 25, and May 13, 2011, failed to disclose material facts, giving rise to plaintiffs’ claims.
 
On July 11, 2011, solely to avoid the costs, risks and uncertainties inherent in litigation and to allow its shareholders to vote on the proposals required in connection with the Merger at its special meeting of its shareholders, Progress Energy entered into a memorandum of understanding with plaintiffs in the consolidated state court actions and other named defendants to settle the consolidated action and all related claims that were or could have been asserted in other actions, subject to court approval. If the court approves the settlement contemplated in the memorandum of understanding, the claims will be released and the consolidated amended complaint will be dismissed with prejudice. Pursuant to the terms of the memorandum of understanding, Progress Energy agreed to make available additional information to its shareholders in advance of the special meeting of shareholders of Progress Energy held on
 
 
60

 
 
August 23, 2011, in Raleigh, N.C. to vote upon the proposal to approve the plan of merger contained in the Merger Agreement. The additional information was contained in a Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 11, 2011 and filed by Progress Energy with the SEC on July 15, 2011. In addition, Progress Energy has agreed to pay the legal fees and expenses of plaintiffs’ counsel not to exceed $550,000 and ultimately determined by the court. At a hearing on July 29, 2011, the court indicated that it would provide preliminary approval of the settlement so that the special meeting of the shareholders to vote on the merger could proceed as scheduled on August 23, 2011.
 
On October 27, 2011, a final hearing was held to consider the settlement and plaintiffs’ application to the court for attorneys’ fees and expenses. A court order is expected by the end of November. The details of the settlement were set forth in a notice sent to Progress Energy’s shareholders of record that were members of the class as of July 5, 2011. There can be no assurance that the parties will ultimately enter into a stipulation of settlement or that the court will approve the settlement even if the parties were to enter into such stipulation. In such event, the proposed settlement as contemplated by the memorandum of understanding may be terminated. The settlement will not affect the merger consideration to be paid to shareholders of Progress Energy in connection with the proposed Merger.
 
We cannot predict the outcome of these matters.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL
 
We are subject to federal, state and local regulations regarding environmental matters (See Note 14).
 
Hurricane Katrina
 
In May 2011, PEC and PEF were named in a complaint of a class action lawsuit filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of Mississippi. Plaintiffs claim that PEC and PEF, along with numerous other utility, oil, coal and chemical companies, are liable for damages relating to losses suffered by victims of Hurricane Katrina. Plaintiffs claim that defendants’ greenhouse gas emissions contributed to the frequency and intensity of storms such as Hurricane Katrina. We believe the plaintiffs’ claim is without merit; however, we cannot predict the outcome of this matter.
 
Water Discharge Permit
 
On October 5, 2011, Earthjustice, on behalf of the Sierra Club and Florida Wildlife Federation, filed a petition seeking review of the water discharge permit issued to CR1, CR2 and CR3. The petition raises a number of technical and legal issues with respect to the permit, all of which PEF disputes. The FDEP advised PEF that it intends to accept the petition for hearing. If the petitioners are successful in their challenge, additional controls could be required, the cost of which could be material. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter.
 
SPENT NUCLEAR FUEL MATTERS
 
Pursuant to the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, the Utilities entered into contracts with the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) under which the DOE agreed to begin taking spent nuclear fuel by no later than January 31, 1998. All similarly situated utilities were required to sign the same standard contract.
 
The DOE failed to begin taking spent nuclear fuel by January 31, 1998. In January 2004, the Utilities filed a complaint in the U.S. Court of Federal Claims against the DOE, claiming that the DOE breached the Standard Contract for Disposal of Spent Nuclear Fuel by failing to accept spent nuclear fuel from our various facilities on or before January 31, 1998. The Utilities have asserted over $90 million in damages incurred between January 31, 1998, and December 31, 2005, the time period set by the court for damages in this case. The Utilities may file subsequent damage claims as they incur additional costs.
 
In 2008, the Utilities received a ruling from the United States Court of Federal Claims awarding $83 million in the claim against the DOE for failure to abide by a contract for federal disposition of spent nuclear fuel. A request for reconsideration filed by the DOJ resulted in an immaterial reduction of the award. Substantially all of the award relates to costs incurred by PEC. On August 15, 2008, the DOJ appealed the U.S. Court of Federal Claims ruling to the D.C. Court of Appeals. On July 21, 2009, the D.C. Court of Appeals vacated and remanded the calculation of damages back to the Trial Court but affirmed the portion of damages awarded that were directed to overhead costs
 
 
61

 
 
and other indirect expenses. The DOJ requested a rehearing en banc but the D.C. Court of Appeals denied the motion on November 3, 2009. The U.S. Court of Federal Claims held the remand hearing on the calculation of damages on February 16, 2011. On June 14, 2011, the judge issued a ruling to award the Utilities substantially all their asserted damages. In September 2011, after the government dismissed its notice of appeal, the judgment became final. As a result, during the three months ended September 30, 2011, PEC recorded the $92 million award as an offset for past spent fuel storage costs incurred, of which $27 million was O&M expense.
 
SYNTHETIC FUELS MATTERS
 
On October 21, 2009, a jury delivered a verdict in a lawsuit against Progress Energy and a number of our subsidiaries and affiliates arising out of an Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 19, 1999, and amended as of August 23, 2000 (the Asset Purchase Agreement) by and among U.S. Global, LLC (Global); Earthco; certain affiliates of Earthco; EFC Synfuel LLC (which was owned indirectly by Progress Energy, Inc.) and certain of its affiliates, including Solid Energy LLC; Solid Fuel LLC; Ceredo Synfuel LLC; Gulf Coast Synfuel LLC (renamed Sandy River Synfuel LLC) (collectively, the Progress Affiliates), as amended by an amendment to the Asset Purchase Agreement. In a case filed in the Circuit Court for Broward County, Fla., in March 2003 (the Florida Global Case), Global requested an unspecified amount of compensatory damages, as well as declaratory relief. Global asserted (1) that pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement, it was entitled to an interest in two synthetic fuels facilities previously owned by the Progress Affiliates and an option to purchase additional interests in the two synthetic fuels facilities and (2) that it was entitled to damages because the Progress Affiliates prohibited it from procuring purchasers for the synthetic fuels facilities. As a result of the expiration of the Internal Revenue Code Section 29 tax credit program on December 31, 2007, all of our synthetic fuels businesses were abandoned and we reclassified our synthetic fuels businesses as discontinued operations.
 
The jury awarded Global $78 million. On October 23, 2009, Global filed a motion to assess prejudgment interest on the award. On November 20, 2009, the court granted the motion and assessed $55 million in prejudgment interest and entered judgment in favor of Global in a total amount of $133 million. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded an after-tax charge of $74 million to discontinued operations. On December 18, 2009, we appealed the Broward County judgment to the Florida Fourth District Court of Appeals. Also in December 2009, we made a $154 million payment, which represents payment of the total judgment and a required premium equivalent to two years of interest, to the Broward County Clerk of Court bond account. The appellate briefing process has been completed. Oral argument was held on September 27, 2011. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter.
 
In a second suit filed in the Superior Court for Wake County, N.C., Progress Synfuel Holdings, Inc. et al. v. U.S. Global, LLC (the North Carolina Global Case), the Progress Affiliates seek declaratory relief consistent with our interpretation of the Asset Purchase Agreement. Global was served with the North Carolina Global Case on April 17, 2003.
 
On May 15, 2003, Global moved to dismiss the North Carolina Global Case for lack of personal jurisdiction over Global. In the alternative, Global requested that the court decline to exercise its discretion to hear the Progress Affiliates’ declaratory judgment action. On August 7, 2003, the Wake County Superior Court denied Global’s motion to dismiss, but stayed the North Carolina Global Case, pending the outcome of the Florida Global Case. The Progress Affiliates appealed the superior court’s order staying the case. By order dated September 7, 2004, the North Carolina Court of Appeals dismissed the Progress Affiliates’ appeal. Based upon the verdict in the Florida Global Case, we anticipate dismissal of the North Carolina Global Case.
 
FLORIDA NUCLEAR COST RECOVERY
 
On February 8, 2010, a lawsuit was filed against PEF in state circuit court in Sumter County, Fla., alleging that the Florida nuclear cost-recovery statute (Section 366.93, Florida Statutes) violates the Florida Constitution, and seeking a refund of all monies with interest collected by PEF pursuant to that statute. The complaint also requests that the court grant class action status to the plaintiffs. On April 6, 2010, PEF filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. The trial judge issued an order on May 3, 2010, dismissing the complaint. The plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on June 1, 2010. PEF believes the lawsuit is without merit and filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint on July 12, 2010. On October 1, 2010, the plaintiffs filed an appeal of the trial court’s order dismissing the complaint. The court issued a per curiam affirmed opinion on May 17, 2011, which affirmed the trial court’s dismissal of the
 
 
62

 
 
lawsuit. The appellants filed a motion for written opinion on May 20, 2011, which was denied by the appellate court on June 20, 2011. With this final ruling from the appellate court, the plaintiffs have no further appellate rights; therefore this ruling ends this class action litigation against PEF.
 
CLAIM OF HOLDER OF CONTINGENT VALUE OBLIGATIONS
 
On June 10, 2011, Davidson Kempner Partners, M.H. Davidson & Co., Davidson Kempner Institutional Partners, L.P., and Davidson Kempner International, Ltd. (jointly, Davidson Kempner) filed a lawsuit against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, County of New York. Davidson Kempner is a holder of CVOs (See Note 10) and alleged that we improperly deducted escrow deposits in 2005 in determining net after-tax cash flow under the agreement governing the CVOs and that by taking this position, we breached our obligation under the agreement to exercise good faith and fair dealing. The plaintiffs alleged that this breach caused injury to the holders of CVOs in the approximate amount of $42 million. The plaintiffs requested declaratory judgment to require that we deduct the escrowed payments in 2006.
 
On August 2, 2011, the parties filed a Stipulation of Discontinuance without Prejudice to dismiss the state lawsuit so that certain of the plaintiffs could file a federal lawsuit against us. On August 9, 2011, M.H. Davidson & Co. and Davidson Kempner International, Ltd. filed a lawsuit against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York with the same allegations and seeking the same relief as the prior state lawsuit. On October 3, 2011, we entered a settlement agreement and release with Davidson Kempner under which the parties mutually released all claims related to the CVOs and we purchased all of Davidson Kempner’s CVOs at a negotiated purchase price of $0.75 per CVO. The parties to the federal lawsuit filed a Stipulation of Discontinuance with Prejudice dismissing the lawsuit on October 12, 2011.
 
OTHER LITIGATION MATTERS
 
We and our subsidiaries are involved in various litigation matters in the ordinary course of business, some of which involve substantial amounts. While the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe the reasonably possible losses of such matters, individually and in the aggregate, are not material. Additionally, we believe the final outcome of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial position or cash flows.

 
16. CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS
 
As discussed in Note 23 in the 2010 Form 10-K, we have guaranteed certain payments of two 100 percent owned indirect subsidiaries, FPC Capital I (the Trust) and Florida Progress Funding Corporation (Funding Corp.). Our guarantees are joint and several, full and unconditional and are in addition to the joint and several, full and unconditional guarantees issued to the Trust and Funding Corp. by Florida Progress. Our subsidiaries have provisions restricting the payment of dividends to the Parent in certain limited circumstances, and as disclosed in Note 11B in the 2010 Form 10-K, there were no restrictions on PEC’s or PEF’s retained earnings.
 
The Trust is a VIE of which we are not the primary beneficiary. Separate financial statements and other disclosures concerning the Trust have not been presented because we believe that such information is not material to investors.
 
Presented below are the condensed consolidating Statements of Income, Balance Sheets and Statements of Cash Flows as required by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X. In these condensed consolidating statements, the Parent column includes the financial results of the parent holding company only. The Subsidiary Guarantor column includes the consolidated financial results of Florida Progress only, which is primarily comprised of its wholly owned subsidiary PEF. The Non-guarantor Subsidiaries column includes the consolidated financial results of all non-guarantor subsidiaries, which is primarily comprised of our wholly owned subsidiary PEC. The Other column includes elimination entries for all intercompany transactions and other consolidation adjustments. Financial statements for PEC and PEF are separately presented elsewhere in this Form 10-Q. All applicable corporate expenses have been allocated appropriately among the guarantor and non-guarantor subsidiaries. The financial information may not necessarily be indicative of results of operations or financial position had the Subsidiary Guarantor or other non-guarantor subsidiaries operated as independent entities.

 
63

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income
 
Three months ended September 30, 2011
 
(in millions)
 
Parent
   
Subsidiary
Guarantor
   
Non-
Guarantor Subsidiaries
   
Other
   
Progress
Energy,
Inc.
 
Operating revenues
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Operating revenues
  $ -     $ 1,415     $ 1,332     $ -     $ 2,747  
Affiliate revenues
    -       -       69       (69 )     -  
Total operating revenues
    -       1,415       1,401       (69 )     2,747  
Operating expenses
                                       
Fuel used in electric generation
    -       456       388       -       844  
Purchased power
    -       232       117       -       349  
Operation and maintenance
    2       221       332       (68 )     487  
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    -       39       136       -       175  
Taxes other than on income
    -       106       58       (1 )     163  
Other
    -       1       38       -       39  
Total operating expenses
    2       1,055       1,069       (69 )     2,057  
Operating (loss) income
    (2 )     360       332       -       690  
Other income (expense)
                                       
Interest income
    -       -       1       -       1  
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    -       7       15       -       22  
Other, net
    (63 )     (1 )     (5 )     (1 )     (70 )
Total other (expense) income, net
    (63 )     6       11       (1 )     (47 )
Interest charges
                                       
Interest charges
    80       56       45       (1 )     180  
Allowance for borrowed funds used during  construction
    -       (4 )     (4 )     -       (8 )
Total interest charges, net
    80       52       41       (1 )     172  
(Loss) income from continuing operations before
  income tax and equity in earnings of consolidated
  subsidiaries
    (145 )     314       302       -       471  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (45 )     116       103       4       178  
Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
    391       -       -       (391 )     -  
Income from continuing operations
    291       198       199       (395 )     293  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    -       1       (1 )     -       -  
Net income
    291       199       198       (395 )     293  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling
  interests, net of tax
    -       (1 )     -       (1 )     (2 )
Net income attributable to controlling interests
  $ 291     $ 198     $ 198     $ (396 )   $ 291  
 
                                       

 
64

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income
 
Three months ended September 30, 2010
 
(in millions)
 
Parent
   
Subsidiary
Guarantor
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Other
   
Progress
Energy,
Inc.
 
Operating revenues
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Operating revenues
  $ -     $ 1,548     $ 1,414     $ -     $ 2,962  
Affiliate revenues
    -       -       66       (66 )     -  
Total operating revenues
    -       1,548       1,480       (66 )     2,962  
Operating expenses
                                       
Fuel used in electric generation
    -       471       464       -       935  
Purchased power
    -       309       109       -       418  
Operation and maintenance
    2       234       301       (63 )     474  
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    -       77       124       -       201  
Taxes other than on income
    -       102       60       (1 )     161  
Other
    -       10       10       -       20  
Total operating expenses
    2       1,203       1,068       (64 )     2,209  
Operating (loss) income
    (2 )     345       412       (2 )     753  
Other income (expense)
                                       
Interest income
    2       1       2       (2 )     3  
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    -       5       17       -       22  
Other, net
    -       (3 )     (3 )     1       (5 )
Total other income, net
    2       3       16       (1 )     20  
Interest charges
                                       
Interest charges
    71       74       53       (1 )     197  
Allowance for borrowed funds used during  construction
    -       (3 )     (5 )     -       (8 )
Total interest charges, net
    71       71       48       (1 )     189  
(Loss) income from continuing operations before
  income tax and equity in earnings of consolidated
  subsidiaries
    (71 )     277       380       (2 )     584  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (25 )     99       147       (2 )     219  
Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
    406       -       -       (406 )     -  
Income from continuing operations before
   cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    360       178       233       (406 )     365  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    1       (1 )     (2 )     -       (2 )
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle,
  net of tax
    -       -       2       -       2  
Net income
    361       177       233       (406 )     365  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling
  interests, net of tax
    -       (1 )     (2 )     (1 )     (4 )
Net income attributable to controlling interests
  $ 361     $ 176     $ 231     $ (407 )   $ 361  

 
65

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income
 
Nine months ended September 30, 2011
 
(in millions)
 
Parent
   
Subsidiary
Guarantor
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Other
   
Progress
Energy,
Inc.
 
Operating revenues
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Operating revenues
  $ -     $ 3,645     $ 3,525     $ -     $ 7,170  
Affiliate revenues
    -       -       204       (204 )     -  
Total operating revenues
    -       3,645       3,729       (204 )     7,170  
Operating expenses
                                       
Fuel used in electric generation
    -       1,159       1,077       -       2,236  
Purchased power
    -       641       257       -       898  
Operation and maintenance
    6       655       1,026       (196 )     1,491  
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    -       112       396       -       508  
Taxes other than on income
    -       274       168       (5 )     437  
Other
    -       (7 )     38       -       31  
Total operating expenses
    6       2,834       2,962       (201 )     5,601  
Operating (loss) income
    (6 )     811       767       (3 )     1,569  
Other income (expense)
                                       
Interest income
    -       1       1       -       2  
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    -       24       53       -       77  
Other, net
    (59 )     5       (7 )     1       (60 )
Total other (expense) income, net
    (59 )     30       47       1       19  
Interest charges
                                       
Interest charges
    216       204       149       (1 )     568  
Allowance for borrowed funds used during  construction
    -       (11 )     (15 )     -       (26 )
Total interest charges, net
    216       193       134       (1 )     542  
(Loss) income from continuing operations before
  income tax and equity in earnings of consolidated
  subsidiaries
    (281 )     648       680       (1 )     1,046  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (100 )     240       243       3       386  
Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
    832       -       -       (832 )     -  
Income from continuing operations
    651       408       437       (836 )     660  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    -       (2 )     (2 )     -       (4 )
Net income
    651       406       435       (836 )     656  
Net income attributable to noncontrolling
  interests, net of tax
    -       (3 )     -       (2 )     (5 )
Net income attributable to controlling interests
  $ 651     $ 403     $ 435     $ (838 )   $ 651  

 
66

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income
 
Nine months ended September 30, 2010
 
(in millions)
 
Parent
   
Subsidiary
Guarantor
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Other
   
Progress
Energy,
Inc.
 
Operating revenues
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Operating revenues
  $ -     $ 4,075     $ 3,794     $ -     $ 7,869  
Affiliate revenues
    -       -       179       (179 )     -  
Total operating revenues
    -       4,075       3,973       (179 )     7,869  
Operating expenses
                                       
Fuel used in electric generation
    -       1,252       1,322       -       2,574  
Purchased power
    -       761       235       -       996  
Operation and maintenance
    5       647       977       (170 )     1,459  
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    -       311       369       -       680  
Taxes other than on income
    -       278       175       (5 )     448  
Other
    -       15       10       -       25  
Total operating expenses
    5       3,264       3,088       (175 )     6,182  
Operating (loss) income
    (5 )     811       885       (4 )     1,687  
Other income (expense)
                                       
Interest income
    6       1       5       (6 )     6  
Allowance for equity funds used during construction
    -       23       45       -       68  
Other, net
    (1 )     -       (7 )     3       (5 )
Total other income, net
    5       24       43       (3 )     69  
Interest charges
                                       
Interest charges
    214       219       159       (5 )     587  
Allowance for borrowed funds used during  construction
    -       (10 )     (14 )     -       (24 )
Total interest charges, net
    214       209       145       (5 )     563  
(Loss) income from continuing operations before
  income tax and equity in earnings of consolidated
  subsidiaries
    (214 )     626       783       (2 )     1,193  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (83 )     235       301       3       456  
Equity in earnings of consolidated subsidiaries
    861       -       -       (861 )     -  
Income from continuing operations
    730       391       482       (866 )     737  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
    1       -       (3 )     -       (2 )
Net income
    731       391       479       (866 )     735  
Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling
  interests, net of tax
    -       (3 )     1       (2 )     (4 )
Net income attributable to controlling interests
  $ 731     $ 388     $ 480     $ (868 )   $ 731  

 
67

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
 
September 30, 2011
 
(in millions)
 
Parent
   
Subsidiary
Guarantor
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Other
   
Progress
Energy,
Inc.
 
ASSETS
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Utility plant, net
  $ -     $ 10,351     $ 11,578     $ 86     $ 22,015  
Current assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
    -       34       69       -       103  
Receivables, net
    -       630       577       -       1,207  
Notes receivable from affiliated companies
    97       27       138       (262 )     -  
Regulatory assets
    -       128       52       -       180  
Derivative collateral posted
    -       98       14       -       112  
Prepayments and other current assets
    131       816       1,062       (186 )     1,823  
Total current assets
    228       1,733       1,912       (448 )     3,425  
Deferred debits and other assets
                                       
Investment in consolidated subsidiaries
    14,196       -       -       (14,196 )     -  
Regulatory assets
    -       1,305       1,029       (1 )     2,333  
Goodwill
    -       -       -       3,655       3,655  
Nuclear decommissioning trust funds
    -       520       992       -       1,512  
Other assets and deferred debits
    94       215       907       (479 )     737  
Total deferred debits and other assets
    14,290       2,040       2,928       (11,021 )     8,237  
Total assets
  $ 14,518     $ 14,124     $ 16,418     $ (11,383 )   $ 33,677  
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
                                       
Equity
                                       
Common stock equity
  $ 10,112     $ 4,874     $ 5,650     $ (10,524 )   $ 10,112  
Noncontrolling interests
    -       3       -       -       3  
Total equity
    10,112       4,877       5,650       (10,524 )     10,115  
Preferred stock of subsidiaries
    -       34       59       -       93  
Long-term debt, affiliate
    -       309       -       (36 )     273  
Long-term debt, net
    3,542       4,482       3,693       -       11,717  
Total capitalization
    13,654       9,702       9,402       (10,560 )     22,198  
Current liabilities
                                       
Current portion of long-term debt
    450       -       500       -       950  
Short-term debt
    45       -       -       -       45  
Notes payable to affiliated companies
    -       259       3       (262 )     -  
Derivative liabilities
    35       175       93       -       303  
Other current liabilities
    318       1,015       1,104       (187 )     2,250  
Total current liabilities
    848       1,449       1,700       (449 )     3,548  
Deferred credits and other liabilities
                                       
Noncurrent income tax liabilities
    -       863       1,902       (455 )     2,310  
Regulatory liabilities
    -       796       1,443       87       2,326  
Other liabilities and deferred credits
    16       1,314       1,971       (6 )     3,295  
Total deferred credits and other liabilities
    16       2,973       5,316       (374 )     7,931  
Total capitalization and liabilities
  $ 14,518     $ 14,124     $ 16,418     $ (11,383 )   $ 33,677  

 
68

 

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet
 
December 31, 2010
 
(in millions)
 
Parent
   
Subsidiary
Guarantor
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Other
   
Progress
Energy,
Inc.
 
ASSETS
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Utility plant, net
  $ -     $ 10,189     $ 10,961     $ 90     $ 21,240  
Current assets
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
    110       270       231       -       611  
Receivables, net
    -       497       536       -       1,033  
Notes receivable from affiliated companies
    14       48       115       (177 )     -  
Regulatory assets
    -       105       71       -       176  
Derivative collateral posted
    -       140       24       -       164  
Prepayments and other current assets
    30       751       984       (273 )     1,492  
Total current assets
    154       1,811       1,961       (450 )     3,476  
Deferred debits and other assets
                                       
Investment in consolidated subsidiaries
    14,316       -       -       (14,316 )     -  
Regulatory assets
    -       1,387       987       -       2,374  
Goodwill
    -       -       -       3,655       3,655  
Nuclear decommissioning trust funds
    -       554       1,017       -       1,571  
Other assets and deferred debits
    75       238       894       (469 )     738  
Total deferred debits and other assets
    14,391       2,179       2,898       (11,130 )     8,338  
Total assets
  $ 14,545     $ 14,179     $ 15,820     $ (11,490 )   $ 33,054  
CAPITALIZATION AND LIABILITIES
                                       
Equity
                                       
Common stock equity
  $ 10,023     $ 4,957     $ 5,686     $ (10,643 )   $ 10,023  
Noncontrolling interests
    -       4       -       -       4  
Total equity
    10,023       4,961       5,686       (10,643 )     10,027  
Preferred stock of subsidiaries
    -       34       59       -       93  
Long-term debt, affiliate
    -       309       -       (36 )     273  
Long-term debt, net
    3,989       4,182       3,693       -       11,864  
Total capitalization
    14,012       9,486       9,438       (10,679 )     22,257  
Current liabilities
                                       
Current portion of long-term debt
    205       300       -       -       505  
Notes payable to affiliated companies
    -       175       3       (178 )     -  
Derivative liabilities
    18       188       53       -       259  
Other current liabilities
    278       1,002       1,184       (273 )     2,191  
Total current liabilities
    501       1,665       1,240       (451 )     2,955  
Deferred credits and other liabilities
                                       
Noncurrent income tax liabilities
    3       528       1,608       (443 )     1,696  
Regulatory liabilities
    -       1,084       1,461       90       2,635  
Other liabilities and deferred credits
    29       1,416       2,073       (7 )     3,511  
Total deferred credits and other liabilities
    32       3,028       5,142       (360 )     7,842  
Total capitalization and liabilities
  $ 14,545     $ 14,179     $ 15,820     $ (11,490 )   $ 33,054  

 
69

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
 
Nine months ended September 30, 2011
 
(in millions)
 
Parent
   
Subsidiary
Guarantor
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Other
   
Progress
Energy,
Inc.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 659     $ 664     $ 909     $ (928 )   $ 1,304  
Investing activities
                                       
Gross property additions
    -       (624 )     (911 )     -       (1,535 )
Nuclear fuel additions
    -       (13 )     (121 )     -       (134 )
Purchases of available-for-sale securities and other
  investments
    -       (4,099 )     (437 )     -       (4,536 )
Proceeds from available-for-sale securities and other
  investments
    -       4,101       408       -       4,509  
Changes in advances to affiliated companies
    (83 )     22       (23 )     84       -  
Contributions to consolidated subsidiaries
    (11 )     -       -       11       -  
Other investing activities
    (6 )     113       14       -       121  
Net cash used by investing activities
    (100 )     (500 )     (1,070 )     95       (1,575 )
Financing activities
                                       
Issuance of common stock, net
    42       -       -       -       42  
Dividends paid on common stock
    (550 )     -       -       -       (550 )
Dividends paid to parent
    -       (478 )     (450 )     928       -  
Net increase in short-term debt
    45       -       -       -       45  
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net
    494       296       496       -       1,286  
Retirement of long-term debt
    (700 )     (300 )     -       -       (1,000 )
Changes in advances from affiliated companies
    -       84       -       (84 )     -  
Contributions from parent
    -       10       1       (11 )     -  
Other financing activities
    -       (12 )     (48 )     -       (60 )
Net cash used by financing activities
    (669 )     (400 )     (1 )     833       (237 )
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
    (110 )     (236 )     (162 )     -       (508 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    110       270       231       -       611  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ -     $ 34     $ 69     $ -     $ 103  

 
70

 

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows
 
Nine months ended September 30, 2010
 
(in millions)
 
Parent
   
Subsidiary
Guarantor
   
Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   
Other
   
Progress
Energy,
Inc.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 23     $ 872     $ 1,205     $ (196 )   $ 1,904  
Investing activities
                                       
Gross property additions
    -       (775 )     (893 )     25       (1,643 )
Nuclear fuel additions
    -       (32 )     (132 )     -       (164 )
Purchases of available-for-sale securities and other
  investments
    -       (5,461 )     (466 )     -       (5,927 )
Proceeds from available-for-sale securities and other
  investments
    -       5,464       451       -       5,915  
Changes in advances to affiliated companies
    (24 )     (13 )     242       (205 )     -  
Return of investment in consolidated subsidiaries
    54       -       -       (54 )     -  
Contributions to consolidated subsidiaries
    (56 )     -       -       56       -  
Other investing activities
    -       16       -       (1 )     15  
Net cash used by investing activities
    (26 )     (801 )     (798 )     (179 )     (1,804 )
Financing activities
                                       
Issuance of common stock, net
    419       -       -       -       419  
Dividends paid on common stock
    (535 )     -       -       -       (535 )
Dividends paid to parent
    -       (102 )     (75 )     177       -  
Dividends paid to parent in excess of retained earnings
    -       -       (54 )     54       -  
Net decrease in short-term debt
    (140 )     -       -       -       (140 )
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net
    -       591       -       -       591  
Retirement of long-term debt
    (100 )     (300 )     -       -       (400 )
Changes in advances from affiliated companies
    -       (205 )     -       205       -  
Contributions from parent
    -       33       37       (70 )     -  
Other financing activities
    -       (9 )     (69 )     9       (69 )
Net cash (used) provided by financing activities
    (356 )     8       (161 )     375       (134 )
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (359 )     79       246       -       (34 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    606       72       47       -       725  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 247     $ 151     $ 293     $ -     $ 691  

 
71

 

ITEM 2.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
The following combined Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (MD&A) is separately filed by Progress Energy, Inc. (Progress Energy), Carolina Power & Light Company d/b/a Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc. (PEC) and Florida Power Corporation d/b/a Progress Energy Florida, Inc. (PEF). As used in this report, Progress Energy, which includes Progress Energy, Inc. holding company (the Parent) and its regulated and nonregulated subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, is at times referred to as “we,” “us” or “our.” When discussing Progress Energy’s financial information, it necessarily includes the results of PEC and PEF (collectively, the Utilities). The term “Progress Registrants” refers to each of the three separate registrants: Progress Energy, PEC and PEF. Information contained herein relating to PEC and PEF individually is filed by such company on its own behalf. Neither of the Utilities makes any representation as to information related solely to Progress Energy or the subsidiaries of Progress Energy other than itself.
 
The following MD&A contains forward-looking statements that involve estimates, projections, goals, forecasts, assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Please review “Safe Harbor for Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” found within Part II of this Form 10-Q and Item 1A, “Risk Factors” to the Progress Registrants’ annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 (2010 Form 10-K) for a discussion of the factors that may impact any such forward-looking statements made herein.
 
Amounts reported in the interim statements of income are not necessarily indicative of amounts expected for the respective annual or future periods due to the effects of weather variations, the impact of regulatory orders received and the timing of outages of electric generating units, especially nuclear-fueled units, among other factors.
 
MD&A includes financial information prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP), as well as certain non-GAAP financial measures, “Ongoing Earnings” and “Base Revenues,” discussed below. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of financial performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes (or includes) amounts that are included in (or excluded from) the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. The non-GAAP financial measures should be viewed as a supplement to, and not a substitute for, financial measures presented in accordance with GAAP. Non-GAAP measures as presented herein may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.
 
MD&A should be read in conjunction with the accompanying financial statements found elsewhere in this report and in conjunction with the 2010 Form 10-K.
 
PENDING MERGER
 
On January 8, 2011, Duke Energy Corporation (Duke Energy) and Progress Energy entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the Merger Agreement). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Progress Energy will be acquired by Duke Energy in a stock-for-stock transaction (the Merger) and continue as a wholly owned subsidiary of Duke Energy.
 
Under the terms of the Merger Agreement, each share of Progress Energy common stock will be cancelled and converted into the right to receive 2.6125 shares of Duke Energy common stock. Each outstanding option to acquire, and each outstanding equity award relating to, one share of Progress Energy common stock will be converted into an option to acquire, or an equity award relating to, 2.6125 shares of Duke Energy common stock. The board of directors of Duke Energy approved a reverse stock split, at a ratio of 1-for-3, subject to completion of the Merger. Accordingly, the adjusted exchange ratio is expected to be 0.87083 of a share of Duke Energy common stock, options and equity awards for each Progress Energy common share, option and equity award.
 
The combined company, to be called Duke Energy, will have an 18-member board of directors. The board will be comprised of, subject to their ability and willingness to serve, all 11 current directors of Duke Energy and seven current directors of Progress Energy. At the time of the Merger, William D. Johnson, Chairman, President and CEO of Progress Energy, will be President and CEO of Duke Energy and James E. Rogers, Chairman, President and CEO
 
 
72

 
 
of Duke Energy, will be the Executive Chairman of the board of directors of Duke Energy, subject to their ability and willingness to serve.
 
Consummation of the Merger is subject to customary conditions, including, among others things, approval of the shareholders of each company, expiration or termination of the applicable Hart-Scott-Rodino Act waiting period, and receipt of approvals, to the extent required, from the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC), the Federal Communications Commission, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC), the North Carolina Utilities Commission (NCUC), the Kentucky Public Service Commission, and the Public Service Commission of South Carolina (SCPSC). Although there are no merger-specific regulatory approvals required in Indiana, Ohio or Florida, the companies will continue to update the public service commissions in those states on the Merger, as applicable and as required. The status of these matters is as follows, and we cannot predict the outcome of pending approvals:
 
Shareholder Approval
·  
On August 23, 2011, the Merger was approved by the shareholders of Progress Energy and Duke Energy.
 
Federal Regulatory Approvals
·  
On March 28, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy submitted their Hart-Scott-Rodino filing with the U.S. Department of Justice (DOJ) for review under U.S. antitrust laws. The 30-day waiting period required by the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act expired without Progress Energy or Duke Energy having received requests for additional information. Progress Energy and Duke Energy have met their obligations under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Act.
·  
On July 27, 2011, the Federal Communications Commission approved the Assignment of Authorization filings to transfer control of certain licenses. The approval is effective for 180 days.
·  
On September 30, 2011, the FERC, which assesses market power-related issues, conditionally approved the merger application filed by Progress Energy and Duke Energy. The approval is subject to the FERC’s acceptance of market power mitigation measures to address the FERC’s finding that the combined company could have an adverse effect on competition in the North Carolina and South Carolina power markets. Progress Energy and Duke Energy filed a market power mitigation plan with FERC on October 17, 2011. In the October 17, 2011 filing with the FERC, Progress Energy and Duke Energy proposed a “virtual divestiture” under which power up to a certain amount will be offered into the wholesale market rather than the sale or divestiture of physical assets. A virtual divestiture is one option the FERC indicated could be used to mitigate its market power concerns. In the proposal, after native loads have been met, power will be offered to entities serving load in the relevant areas at a price determined by the average incremental cost plus 10 percent. On a day-ahead order confirmation basis, PEC plans to offer 500 megawatt-hours (MWh) during each summer hour, which is less than 4 percent of PEC’s summer net capability. Duke Energy Carolinas plans to offer 300 MWh during each summer hour and 225 MWh during each winter hour. On October 31, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy filed a request for a rehearing of the Merger order without withdrawing the previously submitted market power mitigation plan. In the request for rehearing, Progress Energy and Duke Energy asserted that the FERC had departed from its established merger rules in applying a more stringent analysis to assess whether the Merger will result in market power conditions in the Carolinas. We have requested that the FERC address the mitigation plan no later than December 15, 2011. If the FERC accepts the mitigation proposal, we will withdraw the request for a rehearing.
·  
On April 4, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy made two additional filings with the FERC. The first filing is a Joint Dispatch Agreement, pursuant to which PEC and Duke Energy Carolinas will agree to jointly dispatch their generation facilities in order to achieve certain of the operating efficiencies expected to result from the Merger. The second filing is a joint open access transmission tariff pursuant to which PEC and Duke Energy Carolinas will agree to provide transmission service over their transmission facilities under a single transmission rate.
·  
On March 30, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy made filings with the NRC for approval for indirect transfer of control of licenses for Progress Energy’s nuclear facilities to include Duke Energy as the ultimate parent corporation on these licenses. The period to request a hearing or intervene expired in September 2011, and no such requests were received.
 
 
73

 
 
State Regulatory Approvals
·  
On April 4, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy filed a merger approval application and an application for approval of a Joint Dispatch Agreement between PEC and Duke Energy Carolinas with the NCUC. On September 2, 2011, the North Carolina Public Staff filed a settlement agreement with the NCUC. On September 6, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy signed the settlement with the South Carolina Office of Regulatory Staff, a party to the proceedings. If the settlement agreement is approved, Progress Energy and Duke Energy will guarantee $650 million in fuel cost savings for customers in North Carolina and South Carolina between 2012 and 2016, maintain their current level of community support for the next four years, and provide $15 million for low-income energy assistance and workforce development. The parties also agreed that direct merger-related expenses would not be recovered from customers. Recovery of merger-related employee severance costs can be requested separately. The NCUC held hearings regarding these applications on September 20-22, 2011, and proposed orders and/or briefs must be filed by November 14, 2011.
·  
On April 25, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy filed a merger-related filing and an application for approval of a Joint Dispatch Agreement between PEC and Duke Energy Carolinas with the SCPSC. On September 13, 2011, Progress Energy and Duke Energy withdrew the merger-related filing as the merger of these entities is not likely to occur for several years after the close of the Merger. Hearings before the SCPSC to approve the joint dispatch agreement have been rescheduled for the week of December 12, 2011. The docket will remain open pending the FERC's issuance of its final orders on the merger-related actions before the FERC.
·  
On October 28, 2011, the Kentucky Public Service Commission approved Progress Energy’s and Duke Energy’s merger-related settlement agreement with the Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Kentucky. 
 
The Merger Agreement includes certain restrictions, limitations and prohibitions as to actions we may or may not take in the period prior to consummation of the Merger. Among other restrictions, the Merger Agreement limits our total capital spending, limits the extent to which we can obtain financing through long-term debt and equity, and we may not, without the prior approval of Duke Energy, increase our quarterly common stock dividend of $0.62 per share.
 
Certain substantial changes in ownership of Progress Energy, including the Merger, can impact the timing of the utilization of tax credit carry forwards and net operating loss carry forwards (See Note 14 in the 2010 Form 10-K).
 
The Merger Agreement contains certain termination rights for both companies and under specified circumstances we may be required to pay Duke Energy $400 million and Duke Energy may be required to pay us $675 million. In addition, under specified circumstances each party may be required to reimburse the other party for up to $30 million of merger-related expenses.
 
Certain Progress Energy shareholders have filed class action lawsuits in the state and federal courts in North Carolina against Progress Energy and each of the members of Progress Energy’s board of directors (See Note 15C).
 
In connection with the Merger, we established an employee retention plan for certain eligible employees. Payments under the plan are contingent upon the consummation of the Merger and the employees’ continued employment through a specified time period following the Merger. These payments will be recorded as compensation expense following consummation of the Merger. We estimate the costs of the retention plan to be $14 million.
 
In connection with the Merger, we announced plans to offer a voluntary severance plan (VSP) to certain eligible employees. Payments under the plan are contingent upon the consummation of the Merger. The window for eligible employees to request a voluntary end to their employment under the VSP opened on November 7, 2011 , and will close on November 30, 2011 . If the employee is not required to work for a significant period after the consummation of the Merger, the costs of any benefits paid under the VSP will be measured and recorded upon consummation of the Merger. If a significant retention period exists, the costs of any benefits paid under the VSP will be recorded ratably over the remaining service periods of the affected employees.
 
In addition, we evaluated our business needs for office space after the Merger and formulated an exit plan to vacate one of our corporate headquarters buildings. Under the plan, we will gradually vacate the premises beginning in the
 
 
74

 
 
fourth quarter of 2011 through January 1, 2013. The estimated exit cost liability associated with this exit plan is $16 million and will be recognized proportionately as we vacate the premises. No exit cost liabilities were recorded at September 30, 2011.
 
In connection with the Merger, we incurred merger and integration-related costs of $15 million and $36 million, net of tax, for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively. These costs are included in operation and maintenance (O&M) expense in our Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
PROGRESS ENERGY
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
In this section, we provide analysis and discussion of earnings and the factors affecting earnings on both a GAAP and non-GAAP basis. We introduce our results of operations in an overview section followed by a more detailed analysis and discussion by business segment.
 
We compute our non-GAAP financial measurement “Ongoing Earnings” as GAAP net income attributable to controlling interests less discontinued operations and the effects of certain identified gains and charges, which are considered Ongoing Earnings adjustments. Some of the excluded gains and charges have occurred in more than one reporting period but are not considered representative of fundamental core earnings. Ongoing Earnings is not a measure calculated in accordance with GAAP, and should be viewed as a supplement to, and not a substitute for, our results of operations presented in accordance with GAAP.
 
 
75

 
 
A reconciliation of Ongoing Earnings to GAAP net income attributable to controlling interests follows:
 
  (in millions except per share data)
 
PEC
   
PEF
   
Corporate
and Other
   
Total
   
Per
Share
 
  Three months ended September 30, 2011
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  Ongoing Earnings
  $ 202     $ 202     $ (60 )   $ 344     $ 1.16  
  Tax levelization
    4       4       -       8       0.03  
  CVO mark-to-market, net of tax (a)
    -       -       (50 )     (50 )     (0.17 )
  Merger and integration costs, net of tax (a)
    (8 )     (7 )     -       (15 )     (0.05 )
  CR3 indemnification adjustment, net of tax (a)
    -       4       -       4       0.01  
  Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests (b)
  $ 198     $ 203     $ (110 )   $ 291     $ 0.98  
                                         
  Three months ended September 30, 2010
                                       
  Ongoing Earnings
  $ 233     $ 177     $ (49 )   $ 361     $ 1.23  
  Tax levelization
    1       4       (1 )     4       0.01  
  Impairment, net of tax (a)
    (1 )     (1 )     -       (2 )     (0.01 )
  Discontinued operations attributable to controlling
  interests, net of tax
    -       -       (2 )     (2 )     -  
  Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests (b)
  $ 233     $ 180     $ (52 )   $ 361     $ 1.23  
   
                                       
  Nine months ended September 30, 2011
                                       
  Ongoing Earnings
  $ 453     $ 454     $ (150 )   $ 757     $ 2.56  
  Tax levelization
    1       2       (1 )     2       0.01  
  CVO mark-to-market, net of tax (a)
    -       -       (46 )     (46 )     (0.15 )
  Merger and integration costs, net of tax (a)
    (19 )     (17 )     -       (36 )     (0.12 )
  CR3 indemnification charge, net of tax (a)
    -       (22 )     -       (22 )     (0.08 )
  Discontinued operations attributable to controlling
  interests, net of tax
    -       -       (4 )     (4 )     (0.02 )
  Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests (b)
  $ 435     $ 417     $ (201 )   $ 651     $ 2.20  
                                         
  Nine months ended September 30, 2010
                                       
  Ongoing Earnings
  $ 493     $ 409     $ (146 )   $ 756     $ 2.61  
  Tax levelization
    4       2       (3 )     3       0.01  
  Impairment, net of tax (a)
    (4 )     (1 )     -       (5 )     (0.01 )
  Plant retirement adjustment, net of tax (a)
    1       -       -       1       -  
  Change in the tax treatment of the Medicare Part D  subsidy
    (12 )     (10 )     -       (22 )     (0.08 )
  Discontinued operations attributable to controlling
  interests, net of tax
    -       -       (2 )     (2 )     -  
  Net income (loss) attributable to controlling interests (b)
  $ 482     $ 400     $ (151 )   $ 731     $ 2.53  
 
(a)
Calculated using assumed tax rate of 40 percent to the extent items are tax deductible.
(b)
Net income attributable to controlling interests is shown net of preferred stock dividend requirement of $(1) million at PEC for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 and $(2) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. Net income attributable to controlling interests is shown net of preferred stock dividend requirement of $(1) million at PEF for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.
 
Management uses the non-GAAP financial measure Ongoing Earnings (i) as a measure of operating performance to assist in comparing performance from period to period on a consistent basis and to readily view operating trends; (ii) as a measure for planning and forecasting overall expectations and for evaluating actual results against such expectations; (iii) as a measure for determining levels of incentive compensation; and (iv) in communications with our board of directors, employees, shareholders, analysts and investors concerning our financial performance. Management believes this non-GAAP measure is appropriate for understanding the business and assessing our potential future performance, because excluded items are limited to those that management believes are not representative of our fundamental core earnings (See Note 13).
 
 
76

 
 
OVERVIEW
 
For the three months ended September 30, 2011, our net income attributable to controlling interests was $291 million, or $0.98 per share, compared to net income attributable to controlling interests of $361 million, or $1.23 per share, for the same period in 2010. The decrease as compared to prior year was primarily due to:
 
·  
unrealized loss recorded due to mark-to-market change in fair value of contingent value obligations (CVOs) (Ongoing Earnings adjustment) and
·  
retail disallowance of replacement power costs in 2011 resulting from the prior-year performance of nuclear plants at PEC.
 
For the nine months ended September 30, 2011, our net income attributable to controlling interests was $651 million, or $2.20 per share, compared to net income attributable to controlling interests of $731 million, or $2.53 per share, for the same period in 2010. The decrease as compared to prior year was primarily due to:
 
·  
less favorable impact of weather at the Utilities;
·  
unrealized loss recorded due to mark-to-market change in fair value on CVOs (Ongoing Earnings adjustment); and
·  
merger and integration costs related to the Merger (Ongoing Earnings adjustment).
 
Offsetting these items was:
 
·  
lower depreciation and amortization expense at PEF.

PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS
 
PEC contributed net income available to parent totaling $198 million and $233 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in net income available to parent was primarily due to the retail disallowance of replacement power costs resulting from the prior-year performance of nuclear plants and the less favorable impact of weather. PEC contributed Ongoing Earnings of $202 million and $233 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. The 2011 Ongoing Earnings adjustments to net income available to parent were a $4 million tax levelization benefit and an $8 million charge, net of tax, for merger and integration costs. The 2010 Ongoing Earnings adjustments to net income available to parent were a $1 million charge, net of tax, for the impairment of other assets and a $1 million tax levelization benefit. Management does not consider these items to be representative of PEC’s fundamental core earnings and excluded these items in computing PEC’s Ongoing Earnings.
 
PEC contributed net income available to parent totaling $435 million and $482 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in net income available to parent was primarily due to the less favorable impact of weather. PEC contributed Ongoing Earnings of $453 million and $493 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The 2011 Ongoing Earnings adjustments to net income available to parent were a $19 million charge, net of tax, for merger and integration costs and a $1 million tax levelization benefit. The 2010 Ongoing Earnings adjustments to net income available to parent were a $12 million charge for the change in the tax treatment of the Medicare Part D subsidy, a $4 million impairment, net of tax, of certain miscellaneous investments and other assets, a $4 million tax levelization benefit and a $1 million adjustment, net of tax, for plant retirements. Management does not consider these items to be representative of PEC’s fundamental core earnings and excluded these items in computing PEC’s Ongoing Earnings.
 
Three Months Ended September 30, 2011, Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2010
 
REVENUES
 
The revenue tables that follow present the total amount and percentage change of total operating revenues and its components. “Base Revenues" is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as operating revenues excluding clause recoverable regulatory returns, miscellaneous revenues and fuel and other pass-through revenues. We and PEC consider Base Revenues a useful measure to evaluate PEC’s electric operations because fuel and other pass-through
 
 
77

 
 
revenues primarily represent the recovery of fuel, applicable portions of purchased power expenses and other pass-through expenses through cost-recovery clauses and, therefore, do not have a material impact on earnings. PEC’s clause-recoverable regulatory returns include renewable energy clause revenues and the return on asset component of demand-side management (DSM) and energy-efficiency (EE). The reconciliation and analysis that follows is a complement to the financial information provided in accordance with GAAP.
 
A reconciliation of PEC’s Base Revenues to GAAP operating revenues, including the percentage change by customer class, for the three months ended September 30 follows:
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
Customer Class
 
2011
   
Change
   
% Change
   
2010
 
Residential
  $ 360     $ (25 )     (6.5 )   $ 385  
Commercial
    205       (9 )     (4.2 )     214  
Industrial
    108       (1 )     (0.9 )     109  
Governmental
    20       (2 )     (9.1 )     22  
Unbilled
    2       25    
NM
      (23 )
Total retail base revenues
    695       (12 )     (1.7 )     707  
Wholesale base revenues
    74       (10 )     (11.9 )     84  
Total Base Revenues
    769       (22 )     (2.8 )     791  
Clause-recoverable regulatory returns
    8       4       100.0       4  
Miscellaneous
    37       -       -       37  
Fuel and other pass-through revenues
    518       (64 )  
NM
      582  
Total operating revenues
  $ 1,332     $ (82 )     (5.8 )   $ 1,414  
NM - not meaningful
                               
 
PEC’s total Base Revenues were $769 million and $791 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The $22 million decrease in Base Revenues was due primarily to the $16 million unfavorable impact of weather. The unfavorable impact of weather was driven by 5 percent lower cooling-degree days than 2010. Cooling-degree days were 17 percent higher than normal in 2011 and 28 percent higher than normal in 2010. See Item 1, “Business – Seasonality and the Impact of Weather,” to the 2010 Form 10-K for a summary of degree days and weather estimation.
 
PEC’s electric energy sales in kilowatt-hours (kWh) and the percentage change by customer class for the three months ended September 30 were as follows:
 
(in millions of kWh)
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Customer Class
 
2011
   
Change
   
% Change
   
2010
 
Residential
    5,134       (366 )     (6.7 )     5,500  
Commercial
    3,917       (247 )     (5.9 )     4,164  
Industrial
    2,870       (69 )     (2.3 )     2,939  
Governmental
    476       16       3.5       460  
Unbilled
    (31 )     480    
NM
      (511 )
Total retail kWh sales
    12,366       (186 )     (1.5 )     12,552  
Wholesale
    3,662       (135 )     (3.6 )     3,797  
Total kWh sales
    16,028       (321 )     (2.0 )     16,349  
 
The decrease in retail kWh sales in 2011 was primarily due to less favorable weather compared to 2010, as previously discussed.
 
Wholesale kWh sales decreased primarily due to a contract that expired in early 2011.
 
 
78

 
 
EXPENSES
 
Fuel and Purchased Power
 
Fuel and purchased power costs represent the costs of generation, which include fuel purchases for generation and energy purchased in the market to meet customer load. Fuel and a portion of purchased power expenses are recovered primarily through cost-recovery clauses, and as such, changes in these expenses do not have a material impact on earnings. The difference between fuel and purchased power costs incurred and associated fuel revenues that are subject to recovery is deferred for future collection from or refund to customers and is recorded as deferred fuel expense, which is included in fuel used in electric generation on the Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
Fuel and purchased power expenses were $505 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $68 million decrease compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease was primarily due to lower deferred fuel expense resulting from the impact of lower rates.
 
Operation and Maintenance
 
O&M expense was $271 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $15 million increase compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was primarily due to $24 million of higher storm costs, $13 million of merger and integration costs, $13 million higher nuclear plant maintenance costs and $3 million higher employee benefits expense, partially offset by the $27 million non-capital portion of a judgment from spent fuel litigation (See Note 15C), $12 million lower nuclear plant outage costs and $2 million prior-year impairment of other assets. The higher nuclear plant maintenance costs are primarily due to increased spending to improve the performance of PEC’s Robinson Nuclear Plant (Robinson) and higher dry storage costs in 2011 as compared to 2010. The lower nuclear plant outage costs are primarily due to a decrease in the number of outages in 2011 as compared to 2010. Management does not consider impairments and merger and integration costs to be representative of PEC’s fundamental core earnings. Therefore, the impacts of these items are excluded in computing PEC’s Ongoing Earnings. Certain O&M expenses are recoverable through cost-recovery clauses and therefore have no material impact on earnings. In aggregate, O&M expense primarily recoverable through base rates increased $13 million compared to the same period in 2010.
 
Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion
 
Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense was $132 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $12 million increase compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was primarily due to higher depreciable asset base.
 
Other
 
Other operating expense was $38 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $33 million increase compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was primarily due to the $28 million retail disallowance of replacement power costs resulting from the prior-year performance of nuclear plants (See Note 4A).
 
Total Other Income, Net
 
Total other income, net was $11 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $5 million decrease compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease was primarily due to unfavorable AFUDC equity resulting from decreased construction project costs.
 
Total Interest Charges, Net
 
Total interest charges, net was $41 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $5 million decrease compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease primarily resulted from the 2011 settlement of 2004 and 2005 income tax audits.
 
 
79

 
 
Income Tax Expense
 
Income tax expense decreased $38 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, primarily due to the $29 million tax impact of lower pre-tax income and the $3 million impact of tax levelization. GAAP requires companies to apply a levelized effective income tax rate to interim periods that is consistent with the estimated annual effective tax rate. Fluctuations in estimated annual earnings and the timing of various permanent items of income or deduction can cause fluctuations in the effective tax rate for interim periods. Because this adjustment will vary each quarter, but will have no effect on net income for the year, management does not consider this adjustment to be representative of PEC’s fundamental core earnings. Therefore, the impact of this item is excluded in computing PEC’s Ongoing Earnings.
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011, Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010
 
REVENUES
 
A reconciliation of PEC’s Base Revenues to GAAP operating revenues, including the percentage change by customer class, for the nine months ended September 30 follows:
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
Customer Class
 
2011
   
Change
   
% Change
   
2010
 
Residential
  $ 940     $ (38 )     (3.9 )   $ 978  
Commercial
    546       (10 )     (1.8 )     556  
Industrial
    279       1       0.4       278  
Governmental
    50       -       -       50  
Unbilled
    (26 )     (12 )  
NM
      (14 )
Total retail base revenues
    1,789       (59 )     (3.2 )     1,848  
Wholesale base revenues
    218       (10 )     (4.4 )     228  
Total Base Revenues
    2,007       (69 )     (3.3 )     2,076  
Clause-recoverable regulatory returns
    22       14       175.0       8  
Miscellaneous
    100       (2 )     (2.0 )     102  
Fuel and other pass-through revenues
    1,396       (212 )  
NM
      1,608  
Total operating revenues
  $ 3,525     $ (269 )     (7.1 )   $ 3,794  
 
PEC’s total Base Revenues were $2.007 billion and $2.076 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The $69 million decrease in Base Revenues was due primarily to the $59 million unfavorable impact of weather and $5 million impact of a wholesale contract that expired in early 2011. The unfavorable impact of weather was driven by 13 percent lower heating-degree days and 4 percent lower cooling-degree days than 2010. Furthermore, in 2011, cooling-degree days were 22 percent higher than normal and heating-degree days were 5 percent lower than normal whereas in 2010, cooling-degree days were 32 percent higher than normal and heating-degree days were 11 percent higher than normal. See Item 1, “Business – Seasonality and the Impact of Weather,” to the 2010 Form 10-K for a summary of degree days and weather estimation.
 
Clause-recoverable regulatory returns were $22 million and $8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The $14 million increase in clause-recoverable returns was due primarily to increased spending on DSM programs.
 
 
80

 
 
PEC’s electric energy sales in kWh and the percentage change by customer class for the nine months ended September 30 were as follows:
 
(in millions of kWh)
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Customer Class
 
2011
   
Change
   
% Change
   
2010
 
Residential
    14,480       (615 )     (4.1 )     15,095  
Commercial
    10,644       (277 )     (2.5 )     10,921  
Industrial
    8,040       (19 )     (0.2 )     8,059  
Governmental
    1,236       32       2.7       1,204  
Unbilled
    (626 )     (198 )  
NM
      (428 )
Total retail kWh sales
    33,774       (1,077 )     (3.1 )     34,851  
Wholesale
    9,840       (926 )     (8.6 )     10,766  
Total kWh sales
    43,614       (2,003 )     (4.4 )     45,617  
 
The decrease in retail kWh sales in 2011 was primarily due to the less favorable impact of weather, as previously discussed.
 
Wholesale kWh sales decreased primarily due to lower excess generation sales driven by favorable market dynamics in the prior year and a contract that expired in early 2011.
 
EXPENSES
 
Fuel and Purchased Power
 
Fuel and purchased power expenses were $1.334 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $223 million decrease compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease was primarily due to lower deferred fuel expense, the $51 million impact of lower system requirements resulting from unfavorable weather compared to 2010 and the $42 million impact of generation mix, which was driven by nuclear plant outages in 2010. The lower deferred fuel expense is primarily due to the $139 million impact of lower rates.
 
Operation and Maintenance
 
O&M expense was $859 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which represents an $18 million increase compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was primarily due to $31 million higher nuclear maintenance costs, $31 million of merger and integration costs, $21 million higher storm costs, $12 million higher employee benefits expense, $4 million higher vegetation management expense and a $2 million prior-year plant retirement adjustment, partially offset by $60 million lower nuclear plant outage costs, the $27 million non-capital portion of a judgment from spent fuel litigation (See Note 15C) and the $2 million prior-year impairment of other assets. The higher nuclear plant maintenance costs are primarily due to increased spending to improve the performance of Robinson and higher dry storage costs in 2011 as compared to 2010. The lower nuclear plant outage costs are primarily due to a decrease in the number of outages in 2011 as compared to 2010. Management does not consider impairments, merger and integration costs and adjustments recognized for the retirement of generating units prior to the end of their estimated useful lives to be representative of PEC’s fundamental core earnings. Therefore, the impacts of these items are excluded in computing PEC’s Ongoing Earnings. Certain O&M expenses are recoverable through cost-recovery clauses and therefore have no material impact on earnings. In aggregate, O&M expense primarily recoverable through base rates increased $12 million compared to the same period in 2010.
 
Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion
 
Depreciation, amortization and accretion was $382 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $24 million increase compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was primarily due to higher depreciable asset base.

 
81

 

Other
 
Other operating expense was $38 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $33 million increase compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was primarily due to the $28 million previously discussed retail disallowance for replacement power costs and a $4 million prior-year impairment of certain miscellaneous investments. Management does not consider impairments to be representative of PEC’s fundamental core earnings. Therefore, the impact of this item is excluded in computing PEC’s Ongoing Earnings.
 
Total Other Income, Net
 
Total other income, net was $49 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $6 million increase compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was primarily due to favorable AFUDC equity resulting from increased construction project costs.
 
Income Tax Expense
 
Income tax expense decreased $57 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010, primarily due to the $41 million tax impact of lower pre-tax income and the $12 million impact of the change in the tax treatment of the Medicare Part D subsidy resulting from federal health care reform enacted in 2010 (See Note 11), partially offset by the $3 million impact of tax levelization. As previously discussed, management does not consider this adjustment to be representative of PEC’s fundamental core earnings. Additionally, management does not consider the change in the tax treatment of the Medicare Part D subsidy to be representative of PEC’s fundamental core earnings. Accordingly, the impacts of these items are excluded in computing PEC’s Ongoing Earnings.
 
PROGRESS ENERGY FLORIDA
 
PEF contributed net income available to parent totaling $203 million and $180 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in net income available to parent was primarily due to lower depreciation and amortization expense and lower interest charges. PEF contributed Ongoing Earnings of $202 million and $177 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The 2011 Ongoing Earnings adjustments to net income available to parent were a $4 million tax levelization benefit; a $4 million adjustment, net of tax, for indemnification for the estimated future years’ joint owner replacement power costs for Crystal River Unit No. 3 Nuclear Plant (CR3); and a $7 million charge, net of tax, for merger and integration costs. The 2010 Ongoing Earnings adjustments to net income available to parent were a $4 million tax levelization benefit and a $1 million charge, net of tax, for the impairment of other assets. Management does not consider these items to be representative of PEF’s fundamental core earnings and excluded these items in computing PEF’s Ongoing Earnings.
 
PEF contributed net income available to parent totaling $417 million and $400 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The increase in net income available to parent was primarily due to lower depreciation and amortization expense, lower interest charges, lower income tax expense due to the change in the tax treatment of the Medicare Part D subsidy in 2010 and a favorable litigation judgment, partially offset by the less favorable impact of weather, CR3 indemnification charge for the estimated future years’ joint owner replacement power costs, lower wholesale base revenues and merger and integration costs. PEF contributed Ongoing Earnings of $454 million and $409 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The 2011 Ongoing Earnings adjustments to net income available to parent were a $22 million charge, net of tax, for indemnification for the estimated future years’ joint owner replacement power costs for CR3; a $17 million charge, net of tax, for merger and integration costs; and a $2 million tax levelization benefit. The 2010 Ongoing Earnings adjustments to net income available to parent were a $10 million charge for the change in the tax treatment of the Medicare Part D subsidy, a $1 million charge, net of tax for the impairment of other assets and a $2 million tax levelization benefit. Management does not consider these items to be representative of PEF’s fundamental core earnings and excluded these items in computing PEF’s Ongoing Earnings.

 
82

 

Three Months Ended September 30, 2011, Compared to Three Months Ended September 30, 2010
 
REVENUES
 
The revenue tables that follow present the total amount and percentage change of total operating revenues and its components. “Base Revenues” is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as operating revenues excluding clause recoverable regulatory returns, miscellaneous revenues and fuel and other pass-through revenues. We and PEF consider Base Revenues a useful measure to evaluate PEF’s electric operations because fuel and other pass-through revenues primarily represent the recovery of fuel, applicable portions of purchased power and other pass-through expenses through cost-recovery clauses and, therefore, do not have a material impact on earnings. PEF’s clause-recoverable regulatory returns include the revenues associated with the return on asset component of nuclear cost-recovery and environmental cost recovery clause (ECRC) revenues. The reconciliation and analysis that follows is a complement to the financial information we provide in accordance with GAAP.
 
A reconciliation of PEF’s Base Revenues to GAAP operating revenues, including the percentage change by customer class, for the three months ended September 30 follows:
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
Customer Class
 
2011
   
Change
   
% Change
   
2010
 
Residential
  $ 312     $ 1       0.3     $ 311  
Commercial
    102       -       -       102  
Industrial
    19       (1 )     (5.0 )     20  
Governmental
    24       (1 )     (4.0 )     25  
Unbilled
    (6 )     (2 )  
NM
      (4 )
Total retail base revenues
    451       (3 )     (0.7 )     454  
Wholesale base revenues
    30       (11 )     (26.8 )     41  
Total Base Revenues
    481       (14 )     (2.8 )     495  
Clause-recoverable regulatory returns
    46       -       -       46  
Miscellaneous
    55       (5 )     (8.3 )     60  
Fuel and other pass-through revenues
    832       (110 )  
NM
      942  
Total operating revenues
  $ 1,414     $ (129 )     (8.4 )   $ 1,543  
 
PEF’s total Base Revenues were $481 million and $495 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The $14 million decrease in Base Revenues was due primarily to the $11 million lower wholesale base revenues and the $8 million unfavorable impact of weather, partially offset by the $5 million favorable impact of retail customer growth and usage. The $11 million decrease in wholesale base revenues was due primarily to decreased revenues from contracts that expired in 2010. The unfavorable impact of weather was driven by 3 percent lower cooling-degree days than 2010. Cooling-degree days were 5 percent higher than normal in 2011 and were 9 percent higher than normal in 2010. The favorable impact of retail customer growth and usage was driven by an increase in the average usage per customer and a net 8,000 increase in the average number of customers for 2011 compared to 2010.
 
PEF’s electric energy sales in kWh and the percentage change by customer class for the three months ended September 30 were as follows:
 
(in millions of kWh)
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Customer Class
 
2011
   
Change
   
% Change
   
2010
 
Residential
    6,181       (1 )     -       6,182  
Commercial
    3,459       4       0.1       3,455  
Industrial
    838       2       0.2       836  
Governmental
    869       (24 )     (2.7 )     893  
Unbilled
    (193 )     (70 )  
NM
      (123 )
Total retail kWh sales
    11,154       (89 )     (0.8 )     11,243  
Wholesale
    846       (336 )     (28.4 )     1,182  
Total kWh sales
    12,000       (425 )     (3.4 )     12,425  
 
 
83

 
 
Wholesale kWh sales have decreased primarily due to decreased sales from contracts that expired in 2010, as previously discussed.
 
EXPENSES
 
Fuel and Purchased Power
 
Fuel and purchased power costs represent the costs of generation, which include fuel purchases for generation and energy purchased in the market to meet customer load. Fuel and the majority of purchased power expenses are recovered primarily through cost-recovery clauses and, as such, changes in these expenses do not have a material impact on earnings. The difference between fuel and purchased power costs incurred and associated fuel revenues that are subject to recovery is deferred for future collection from or refund to customers and is recorded as deferred fuel expense, which is included in fuel used in electric generation on the Consolidated Statements of Income.
 
Fuel and purchased power expenses were $688 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $92 million decrease compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease was primarily due to a $54 million decrease in fuel costs and a $49 million decrease in the recovery of deferred capacity costs. These decreases were partially offset by a $6 million reduction of the CR3 indemnification charge for the estimated joint owner replacement power costs for future years (through the expiration of the indemnification provisions of the joint owner agreement) that was recorded during the second quarter of 2011 (See Note 4B for a discussion of the CR3 outage and Note 15B for a discussion of the related indemnification). The decrease in fuel costs was due to lower coal and natural gas prices. The decrease in the recovery of deferred capacity costs was due to decreased current year rates. Management does not consider the CR3 indemnification of future years’ joint owner replacement power costs to be representative of PEF’s fundamental core earnings. Therefore, the impact of this item is excluded in computing PEF’s Ongoing Earnings.
 
Operation and Maintenance
 
O&M expense was $221 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $13 million decrease compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease was primarily due to a $15 million reduction driven by lower ECRC costs, lower environmental remediation expense, lower employee benefits expense, lower workers’ compensation expense and the $2 million prior-year impairment of other assets, partially offset by $11 million of merger and integration costs. Management does not consider impairments and merger and integration costs to be representative of PEF’s fundamental core earnings. Therefore, the impacts of these items are excluded in computing PEF’s Ongoing Earnings. The ECRC costs and certain other O&M expenses are recoverable through cost-recovery clauses and therefore have no material impact on earnings. In aggregate, O&M expenses primarily recoverable through base rates decreased $11 million compared to the same period in 2010.
 
Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion
 
Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense was $39 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $38 million decrease compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease was primarily due to the $21 million increase in the reduction in the cost of removal component of amortization expense in accordance with the 2010 base rate settlement agreement (See Note 4B) and $12 million lower nuclear cost-recovery amortization. The decrease in nuclear cost-recovery amortization is due to lower nuclear revenues in 2011. The nuclear cost-recovery amortization is recovered through a cost-recovery clause and therefore, has no material impact on earnings. In aggregate, depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses recoverable through base rates or the ECRC decreased $21 million compared to the same period in 2010.
 
Total Other Income, Net
 
Total other income, net was $7 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $5 million increase compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was primarily due to a $5 million prior-year donation.
 
 
84

 
 
Total Interest Charges, Net
 
Total interest charges, net was $46 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $19 million decrease compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease primarily resulted from the 2011 settlement of 2004 and 2005 income tax audits.
 
Income Tax Expense
 
Income tax expense increased $18 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011, compared to the same period in 2010, primarily due to the $16 million tax impact of higher pre-tax income. PEF’s income tax expense decreased by $4 million related to the impact of tax levelization for the three months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010. GAAP requires companies to apply a levelized effective income tax rate to interim periods that is consistent with the estimated annual effective tax rate. Fluctuations in estimated annual earnings and the timing of various permanent items of income or deduction can cause fluctuations in the effective tax rate for interim periods. Because this adjustment will vary each quarter, but will have no effect on net income for the year, management does not consider this adjustment to be representative of PEF’s fundamental core earnings. Therefore, the impact of this item is excluded in computing PEF’s Ongoing Earnings.
 
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2011, Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010
 
REVENUES
 
A reconciliation of PEF’s Base Revenues to GAAP operating revenues, including the percentage change by customer class, for the nine months ended September 30 follows:
 
(in millions)
 
 
 
Customer Class
 
2011
   
Change
   
% Change
   
2010
 
Residential
  $ 771     $ (37 )     (4.6 )   $ 808  
Commercial
    270       -       -       270  
Industrial
    56       (2 )     (3.4 )     58  
Governmental
    68       (1 )     (1.4 )     69  
Unbilled
    6       (18 )  
NM
      24  
Total retail base revenues
    1,171       (58 )     (4.7 )     1,229  
Wholesale base revenues
    85       (36 )     (29.8 )     121  
Total Base Revenues
    1,256       (94 )     (7.0 )     1,350  
Clause-recoverable regulatory returns
    137       11       8.7       126  
Miscellaneous
    162       (5 )     (3.0 )     167  
Fuel and other pass-through revenues
    2,084       (338 )  
NM
      2,422  
Total operating revenues
  $ 3,639     $ (426 )     (10.5 )   $ 4,065  
 
PEF’s total Base Revenues were $1.256 billion and $1.350 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The $94 million decrease in Base Revenues was due primarily to the $56 million unfavorable impact of weather and $36 million lower wholesale base revenues. The unfavorable impact of weather was driven by 55 percent lower heating degree days than 2010. Heating-degree days were 2 percent higher than normal in 2011 and were 127 percent higher than normal in 2010. See Item 1, “Business – Seasonality and the Impact of Weather,” to the 2010 Form 10-K for a summary of degree days and weather estimation. The $36 million decrease in wholesale base revenues was due primarily to decreased revenues from contracts that expired in 2010.
 
PEF’s clause-recoverable regulatory returns were $137 million and $126 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The $11 million higher revenues primarily relate to higher returns on ECRC assets due to placing approximately $230 million of Clean Air Interstate Rule (CAIR) projects into service in the second quarter of 2010.
 
 
85

 
 
PEF’s electric energy sales in kWh and the percentage change by customer class for the nine months ended September 30 were as follows:
 
(in millions of kWh)
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
Customer Class
 
2011
   
Change
   
% Change
   
2010
 
Residential
    15,144       (762 )     (4.8 )     15,906  
Commercial
    9,037       46       0.5       8,991  
Industrial
    2,459       (12 )     (0.5 )     2,471  
Governmental
    2,418       (32 )     (1.3 )     2,450  
Unbilled
    116       (492 )  
NM
      608  
Total retail kWh sales
    29,174       (1,252 )     (4.1 )     30,426  
Wholesale
    2,132       (1,085 )     (33.7 )     3,217  
Total kWh sales
    31,306       (2,337 )     (6.9 )     33,643  
 
The decrease in retail kWh sales in 2011 was primarily due to the unfavorable impact of weather, as previously discussed.
 
The decrease in wholesale kWh sales in 2011 was primarily due to decreased sales from contracts that expired in 2010, as previously discussed.
 
EXPENSES
 
Fuel and Purchased Power
 
Fuel and purchased power expenses were $1.800 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $213 million decrease compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease was primarily due to lower current year fuel and purchased power costs of $242 million and a decrease in the recovery of deferred capacity costs of $117 million, partially offset by an increase in deferred fuel expense of $147 million. The lower fuel and purchased power costs were driven by the $286 million impact of lower system requirements in 2011 as a result of the unfavorable impact of weather as previously discussed and lower natural gas and coal prices in 2011, partially offset by the previously discussed $38 million CR3 indemnification charge. The decrease in the recovery of deferred capacity costs was due to decreased current year rates. Deferred fuel expense increased due to the higher under-recovered fuel costs in 2010 as a result of higher system requirements due to extreme weather. Management does not consider the CR3 indemnification of future years’ joint owner replacement power costs to be representative of PEF’s fundamental core earnings. Therefore, the impact of this item is excluded in computing PEF’s Ongoing Earnings.
 
Operation and Maintenance
 
O&M expense was $655 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which represents an $8 million increase compared to the same period in 2010. This increase was primarily due to $28 million of merger and integration costs and $14 million higher plant outage costs resulting from the increased number and scope of maintenance outages, partially offset by $15 million lower ECRC costs resulting from a refund of the 2010 over-recovery, $6 million lower workers’ compensation expense, $6 million lower uncollectible account expense, $4 million lower environmental remediation expense and the $2 million prior-year impairment of other assets. Management does not consider impairments and merger and integration costs to be representative of PEF’s fundamental core earnings. Therefore, the impacts of these items are excluded in computing PEF’s Ongoing Earnings. The ECRC costs and certain other O&M expenses are recoverable through cost-recovery clauses and therefore, have no material impact on earnings. In aggregate, O&M expenses primarily recoverable through base rates increased $19 million compared to the same period in 2010.
 
Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion
 
Depreciation, amortization and accretion expense was $112 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $199 million decrease compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease was primarily due to the $145 million increase in the reduction of the cost of removal component of amortization expense in accordance
 
 
86

 
 
with the 2010 base rate settlement agreement (See Note 4B) and $34 million lower nuclear cost-recovery amortization. The decrease in nuclear cost-recovery amortization is due to lower nuclear revenues in 2011. The nuclear cost-recovery amortization is recovered through a cost-recovery clause and therefore, has no material impact on earnings. In aggregate, depreciation, amortization and accretion expenses recoverable through base rates or the ECRC decreased $138 million compared to the same period in 2010.
 
Other
 
Other operating expense was a gain of $13 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, primarily due to a favorable litigation judgment.
 
Total Interest Charges, Net
 
Total interest charges, net was $176 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, which represents a $16 million decrease compared to the same period in 2010. This decrease primarily resulted from the 2011 settlement of 2004 and 2005 income tax audits.
 
Income Tax Expense
 
Income tax expense increased $4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, compared to the same period in 2010, primarily due to the $8 million tax impact of higher pre-tax income and the $3 million impact of the prior-year deduction for domestic production activities, partially offset by the $10 million prior-year impact of the change in the tax treatment of the Medicare Part D subsidy resulting from enacted federal health care reform (See Note 11). PEF’s income tax expense was decreased by $2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, related to the impact of tax levelization. As previously discussed, management does not consider this adjustment to be representative of PEF’s fundamental core earnings. Additionally, management does not consider the change in the tax treatment of the Medicare Part D subsidy to be representative of PEF’s fundamental core earnings. Accordingly, the impacts of these items are excluded in computing PEF’s Ongoing Earnings.
 
CORPORATE AND OTHER
 
The Corporate and Other segment primarily includes the operations of the Parent, Progress Energy Service Company, LLC (PESC) and other miscellaneous nonregulated businesses (Corporate and Other) that do not separately meet the quantitative disclosure requirements as a reportable business segment. A discussion of the items excluded from Corporate and Other’s Ongoing Earnings is included in the detailed discussion and analysis below. Management believes the excluded items are not representative of our fundamental core earnings. The following table reconciles Corporate and Other’s Ongoing Earnings to GAAP net income attributable to controlling interests:
 
 
 
Three months ended September 30,
   
Nine months ended September 30,
 
(in millions)
 
2011
   
2010
   
2011
   
2010
 
Other interest expense
  $ (86 )   $ (75 )   $ (232 )   $ (225 )
Other income tax benefit
    30       30       89       88  
Other expense
    (4 )     (4 )     (7 )     (9 )
Ongoing Earnings
    (60 )     (49 )     (150 )     (146 )
Tax levelization
    -       (1 )     (1 )     (3 )
CVO mark-to-market, net of tax
    (50 )     -       (46 )     -  
Discontinued operations attributable to
  controlling interests, net of tax
    -       (2 )     (4 )     (2 )
Net loss attributable to controlling interests
  $ (110 )   $ (52 )   $ (201 )   $ (151 )
 
OTHER INTEREST EXPENSE
 
Other interest expense increased $11 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010, primarily due to the corporate impact of the 2011 settlement of 2004 and 2005 income tax audits.
 
 
87

 
 
ONGOING EARNINGS ADJUSTMENTS
 
Tax Levelization
 
GAAP requires companies to apply a levelized effective income tax rate to interim periods that is consistent with the estimated annual effective tax rate. Income tax expense was not impacted for the three months ended September 30, 2011, compared to an increase of $1 million for the same period in 2010, and was increased by $1 million and $3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, in order to maintain an effective tax rate consistent with the estimated annual rate. Fluctuations in estimated annual earnings and the timing of various permanent items of income or deduction can cause fluctuations in the effective tax rate for interim periods. Because this adjustment will vary each quarter, but will have no effect on net income for the year, management does not consider this adjustment to be representative of our fundamental core earnings.
 
CVO Mark-to-Market
 
At September 30, 2011 and 2010, the CVOs had fair values of approximately $74 million and $15 million, respectively. The unrealized gain/loss recognized due to changes in fair value is recorded in other, net on the Consolidated Statements of Income. There was no change in the fair value of the CVOs for the three months ended September 30, 2010. Progress Energy recorded a pre-tax unrealized loss of $63 million for the three months ended September 30, 2011 to record the change in fair value of the CVOs, which had average unit prices of $0.75 and $0.16 at September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. There was no change in the fair value of the CVOs for the nine months ended September 30, 2010. Progress Energy recorded a pre-tax unrealized loss of $59 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 to record the change in fair value of the CVOs. See Notes 8B and 10 herein and Note 15 in the 2010 Form 10-K for further information. Because Progress Energy is unable to predict the changes in the fair value of the CVOs, management does not consider this adjustment to be representative of our fundamental core earnings.
 
Discontinued Operations Attributable to Controlling Interests, Net of Tax
 
We completed our business strategy of divesting of nonregulated businesses to reduce our business risk and focus on core operations of the Utilities. We recognized $2 million of loss from discontinued operations attributable to controlling interests, net of tax, for the three months ended September 30, 2010 and $4 million and $2 million of loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Management does not consider operating results of discontinued operations to be representative of our fundamental core earnings.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
OVERVIEW
 
Our significant cash requirements arise primarily from the capital-intensive nature of the Utilities’ operations, including expenditures for environmental compliance. We typically rely upon our operating cash flow, substantially all of which is generated by the Utilities, commercial paper and credit facilities, and our ability to access the long-term debt and equity capital markets for sources of liquidity. As discussed in “Future Liquidity and Capital Resources” below, synthetic fuels tax credits will provide an additional source of liquidity as those credits are realized.
 
The majority of our operating costs are related to the Utilities. Most of these costs are recovered from ratepayers in accordance with various rate plans. We are allowed to recover certain fuel, purchased power and other costs incurred by PEC and PEF through their respective recovery clauses. The types of costs recovered through clauses vary by jurisdiction. Fuel price volatility and plant performance can lead to over- or under-recovery of fuel costs, as changes in fuel expense are not immediately reflected in fuel surcharges due to regulatory lag in setting the surcharges. As a result, fuel price volatility and plant performance can be both a source of and a use of liquidity resources, depending on what phase of the cycle of price volatility we are experiencing and/or how our plants are performing. Changes in the Utilities’ fuel and purchased power costs may affect the timing of cash flows, but not materially affect net income. In addition, as discussed in “Future Liquidity and Capital Resources” below, the timing of applicable CR3 repair and the associated replacement power cost recovery from NEIL could impact short-term borrowing needs.
 
 
88

 
 
As a registered holding company, our establishment of intercompany extensions of credit is subject to regulation by the FERC. Our subsidiaries participate in internal money pools, administered by PESC, to more effectively utilize cash resources and reduce external short-term borrowings. The utility money pool allows the Utilities to lend to and borrow from each other. A non-utility money pool allows our nonregulated operations to lend to and borrow from each other. The Parent can lend money to the utility and non-utility money pools but cannot borrow funds.
 
The Parent is a holding company and, as such, has no revenue-generating operations of its own. The primary cash needs at the Parent level are our common stock dividend, interest and principal payments on the Parent’s $4.0 billion of senior unsecured debt and potentially funding the Utilities’ capital expenditures through equity contributions. The Parent’s ability to meet these needs is typically funded with dividends from the Utilities generated from their earnings and cash flows, and to a lesser extent, dividends from other subsidiaries; the Parent’s credit facility; and/or the Parent’s ability to access the short-term and long-term debt and equity capital markets. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, PEC paid dividends of $450 million and PEF paid dividends of $475 million to the Parent. There are a number of factors that impact the Utilities’ decision or ability to pay dividends to the Parent or to seek equity contributions from the Parent, including capital expenditure decisions and the timing of recovery of fuel and other pass-through costs. Therefore, we cannot predict the level of dividends or equity contributions between the Utilities and the Parent from year to year. The Parent could change its existing common stock dividend policy based upon these and other business factors.
 
Cash from operations, commercial paper issuance, borrowings under our credit facilities and/or long-term debt financings are expected to fund capital expenditures, long-term debt maturities and common stock dividends for 2011. Through the nine months ended September 30, 2011 we have realized approximately $42 million in equity proceeds primarily through our equity incentive plans, but do not expect to realize a material amount of proceeds from the sale of equity during the remainder of 2011 (See “Financing Activities”).
 
We have 23 financial institutions supporting our combined $1.978 billion revolving credit agreements (RCAs) for the Parent, PEC and PEF. The credit facilities serve as back-ups to our commercial paper programs. To the extent amounts are reserved for commercial paper or letters of credit outstanding, they are not available for additional borrowings. At September 30, 2011, the Parent had no outstanding borrowings under its credit facility, $45 million of outstanding commercial paper and had issued $31 million of letters of credit, which were supported by the revolving credit facility. At September 30, 2011, PEC and PEF had no outstanding borrowings under their respective credit facilities and no outstanding commercial paper balances. Based on these outstanding amounts at September 30, 2011, there was a combined $1.902 billion available for additional borrowings.
 
At September 30, 2011, PEC and PEF had limited counterparty mark-to-market exposure for financial commodity hedges (primarily gas and oil hedges) due to spreading our concentration risk over a number of counterparties. In the event of default by a counterparty, the exposure in the transaction is the cost of replacing the agreements at current market rates. At September 30, 2011, the majority of the Utilities’ open financial commodity hedges were in net mark-to-market liability positions. See Note 12A for additional information with regard to our commodity derivatives.
 
At September 30, 2011, we had limited mark-to-market exposure to certain financial institutions under pay-fixed forward starting swaps to hedge cash flow risk with regard to future financing transactions for the Parent, PEC and PEF. In the event of default by a counterparty, the exposure in the transaction is the cost of replacing the agreements at current market rates. At September 30, 2011, the sums of the Parent’s, PEC’s and PEF’s open pay-fixed forward starting swaps were each in a net mark-to-market liability position. See Note 12B for additional information with regard to our interest rate derivatives.
 
In 2010, the Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act was signed into law. Among other things, the law includes provisions related to the swaps and over-the-counter derivatives markets. Under the law, we expect to be exempt from mandatory clearing and exchange trading requirements for our commodity and interest rate hedges because we are an end user of these products. Capital and margin requirements for these hedges are currently in the process of being determined as detailed rules and regulations are published. At this time, we do not expect the law to have a material impact on our financial condition. However, we cannot determine the impact until the final regulations are issued.
 
 
89

 
 
Our pension trust funds and nuclear decommissioning trust funds are managed by a number of financial institutions, and the assets being managed are diversified in order to limit concentration risk in any one institution or business sector.
 
We believe our internal and external liquidity resources will be sufficient to fund our current business plans. We will continue to monitor the credit markets to maintain an appropriate level of liquidity. Our ability to access the capital markets on favorable terms may be negatively impacted by credit rating actions. Risk factors associated with the capital markets and credit ratings are discussed below and in Item 1A, “Risk Factors” to the 2010 Form 10-K.
 
The following discussion of our liquidity and capital resources is on a consolidated basis.
 
HISTORICAL FOR 2011 AS COMPARED TO 2010
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATIONS
 
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $600 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, when compared to the same period in the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to $263 million higher cash used for inventory, a $194 million increase in pension plan funding, the $115 million less favorable impact of weather at the Utilities as previously discussed and $86 million paid for interest rate locks terminated in conjunction with the issuance of long-term debt in 2011, partially offset by $52 million of net cash refunds of collateral to counterparties on derivative contracts in 2011 compared to $83 million of net cash payments of collateral in 2010. The increase in cash used for inventory was primarily due to the impact of changes in coal inventory in 2011 compared to 2010 due to higher purchases reflecting anticipated winter consumption and higher prices in 2011 combined with higher 2010 consumption of existing inventory levels to meet system requirements resulting from favorable weather.
 
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
Net cash used by investing activities decreased by $229 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, when compared to the same period in the prior year. This decrease was primarily due to a $108 million decrease in gross property additions, primarily due to lower spending for environmental compliance and nuclear projects at PEF; the $54 million increase in receipt of NEIL insurance proceeds for repairs at CR3 (See “Future Liquidity and Capital Resources – Regulatory Matters and Recovery of Costs – CR3 Outage”); and $27 million of litigation judgment proceeds.
 
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
Net cash used by financing activities increased by $103 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, when compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase was primarily due to a $377 million net decrease in issuances of common stock, primarily related to the Parent’s 2010 common stock sales under the Progress Energy Investor Plus Plan (IPP), partially offset by the $280 million increase in proceeds from short-term and long-term debt, net of retirements.
 
A discussion of our 2011 financing activities follows:
 
On January 21, 2011, the Parent issued $500 million of 4.40% Senior Notes due January 15, 2021. The net proceeds, along with available cash on hand, were used to retire the $700 million outstanding aggregate principal balance of our 7.10% Senior Notes due March 1, 2011.
 
On May 3, 2011, $22 million of the Parent’s $500 million RCA expired, leaving the Parent with total credit commitments of $478 million supported by 14 financial institutions. After the $22 million expiration, our combined credit commitments for the Parent, PEC and PEF are $1.978 billion, supported by 23 financial institutions.
 
On July 15, 2011, PEF paid at maturity $300 million of its 6.65% First Mortgage Bonds with proceeds from commercial paper borrowings.
 
 
90

 
 
On August 18, 2011, PEF issued $300 million 3.10% First Mortgage Bonds due August 15, 2021. The net proceeds were used to repay a portion of outstanding short-term debt, of which $300 million was borrowed to repay PEF’s July 15, 2011 maturity.
 
On September 15, 2011, PEC issued $500 million 3.00% First Mortgage Bonds due September 15, 2021. A portion of the net proceeds was used to repay outstanding short-term debt and the remainder was placed in temporary investments for general corporate use as needed, including construction expenditures.
 
At December 31, 2010, we had 500 million shares of common stock authorized under our charter, of which 293 million shares were outstanding. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011, respectively, we issued approximately 0.3 million and 1.7 million shares of common stock through the IPP and equity incentive plans resulting in approximately $16 million and $42 million in net proceeds. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2010, respectively, we issued approximately 0.3 million and 11.8 million shares of common stock resulting in approximately $14 million and $419 million in net proceeds.
 
SHORT-TERM DEBT
 
At September 30, 2011, Progress Energy had outstanding short-term debt consisting of commercial paper borrowings totaling $45 million at a weighted average interest rate of 0.34%. At the end of each month during the three months ended September 30, 2011, Progress Energy had a maximum short-term debt balance of $603 million and an average short-term debt balance of $415 million at a weighted average interest rate of 0.37%. Short-term debt balances were lower at September 30, 2011 compared to the maximum and average balances due to the repayment of commercial paper borrowings following the issuance of $500 million and $300 million of long-term debt at PEC and PEF, respectively. See “Financing Activities” above for more information on the long-term debt issuances at PEC and PEF during the three months ended September 30, 2011.
 
FUTURE LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
At September 30, 2011, there were no material changes in our discussion under “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Item 7 to the 2010 Form 10-K, other than as described below and in “Historical for 2011 as Compared to 2010 – Financing Activities.”
 
The Utilities produce substantially all of our consolidated cash from operations. We anticipate that the Utilities will continue to produce substantially all of the consolidated cash flows from operations over the next several years. Our discontinued synthetic fuels operations historically produced significant net earnings from the generation of tax credits (See “Other Matters – Synthetic Fuels Tax Credits”). A portion of these tax credits has yet to be realized in cash due to the difference in timing of when tax credits are recognized for financial reporting purposes and realized for tax purposes. At September 30, 2011, we have carried forward $850 million of deferred tax credits that do not expire. Realization of these tax credits is dependent upon our future taxable income, which is expected to be generated primarily by the Utilities.
 
We expect to be able to meet our future liquidity needs through cash from operations, availability under our credit facilities and issuances of commercial paper and long-term debt, which are dependent on our ability to successfully access capital markets.
 
Credit rating downgrades could negatively impact our ability to access the capital markets and respond to major events such as hurricanes. Our cost of capital could also be higher, which could ultimately increase prices for our customers. It is important for us to maintain our credit ratings and have access to the capital markets in order to reliably serve customers, invest in capital improvements and prepare for our customers’ future energy needs (See Item 1A, “Risk Factors” to 2010 Form 10-K).
 
We typically issue commercial paper to meet short-term liquidity needs. If liquidity conditions deteriorate and negatively impact the commercial paper market, we will need to evaluate other, potentially more expensive, options for meeting our short-term liquidity needs, which may include borrowing under our RCAs, issuing short-term notes, and/or issuing long-term debt.
 
 
91

 
 
The Parent’s RCA will expire in May 2012. We are currently evaluating options to address this expiration. In the event we enter into a new RCA for the Parent, we cannot predict the terms, prices, durations or participants in such facility.
 
Progress Energy and its subsidiaries have approximately $12.940 billion in outstanding long-term debt, including the $950 million current portion. Currently, approximately $860 million of the Utilities’ debt obligations, approximately $620 million at PEC and approximately $240 million at PEF, are tax-exempt auction rate securities insured by bond insurance. These tax-exempt bonds have experienced and continue to experience failed auctions. Assuming the failed auctions persist, future interest rate resets on our tax-exempt auction rate bond portfolio will be dependent on the volatility experienced in the indices that dictate our interest rate resets and/or rating agency actions that may lower our tax-exempt bond ratings. In the event of a one notch downgrade of PEC’s and/or PEF’s senior secured debt rating by Standard and Poor’s Rating Services (S&P), the ratings of such utility’s tax-exempt bonds would be below A-, most likely resulting in higher future interest rate resets. In the event of a one notch downgrade by Moody’s Investor Services, Inc. (Moody’s), PEC’s and PEF’s tax-exempt bonds will continue to be rated at or above A3. We will continue to monitor this market and evaluate options to mitigate our exposure to future volatility.
 
The performance of the capital markets affects the values of the assets held in trust to satisfy future obligations under our defined benefit pension plans. Although a number of factors impact our pension funding requirements, a decline in the market value of these assets may significantly increase the future funding requirements of the obligations under our defined benefit pension plans. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, we contributed $313 million directly to pension plan assets and expect to make total contributions of $325 million to $350 million in 2011 (See Note 11).
 
As discussed in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” and in “Other Matters – Environmental Matters,” over the long term, compliance with environmental regulations and meeting the anticipated load growth at the Utilities as described under “Other Matters – Energy Demand” will require the Utilities to make significant capital investments. We may pursue joint ventures or similar arrangements with third parties in order to share some of the financing and operational risks associated with new baseload generation. As discussed in “Other Matters – Nuclear – Potential New Construction,” PEF will postpone major capital expenditures for the proposed nuclear plant in Levy County, Fla. (Levy) until after the NRC issues the combined license (COL), which is expected to be in 2013 if the current licensing schedule remains on track.
 
Certain of our hedge agreements may result in the receipt of, or posting of, derivative collateral with our counterparties, depending on the daily derivative position. Fluctuations in commodity prices that lead to our return of collateral received and/or our posting of collateral with our counterparties negatively impact our liquidity. Substantially all derivative commodity instrument positions are subject to retail regulatory treatment. After settlement of the derivatives and consumption of the fuel, any realized gains or losses are passed through the fuel cost-recovery clause. Changes in natural gas prices and settlements of financial hedge agreements since December 31, 2010, have impacted the amount of collateral posted with counterparties. At September 30, 2011, we had posted approximately $112 million of cash collateral compared to $164 million of cash collateral posted at December 31, 2010. The majority of our financial hedge agreements will settle in 2011 and 2012. Additional commodity market price decreases could result in significant increases in the derivative collateral that we are required to post with counterparties. We continually monitor our derivative positions in relation to market price activity. Credit rating downgrades could also require us to post additional cash collateral for commodity hedges in a liability position as certain derivative instruments require us to post collateral on liability positions based on our credit ratings.
 
The amount and timing of future sales of debt will depend on market conditions, operating cash flow and our specific liquidity needs. We may from time to time sell securities beyond the amount immediately needed to meet our capital or liquidity requirements in order to prefund our expected maturity schedule, to allow for the early redemption of long-term debt, the redemption of preferred stock, the reduction of short-term debt or for other corporate purposes.
 
At September 30, 2011, the current portion of our long-term debt was $950 million (including $500 million at PEC). We expect to fund the current portion of long-term debt with a combination of cash from operations, commercial paper borrowings and/or long-term debt.
 
 
92

 
 
REGULATORY MATTERS AND RECOVERY OF COSTS
 
Regulatory matters, including the CR3 outage and nuclear cost recovery, as discussed in Note 4 and “Other Matters – Nuclear,” and recovery of environmental costs, as discussed in Note 14 and in “Other Matters – Environmental Matters,” may impact our future liquidity and financing activities. The impacts of these matters, including the timing of recoveries from ratepayers, can be both a source of and a use of future liquidity resources. Energy legislation enacted in recent years may impact our liquidity over the long term, including among others, provisions regarding cost recovery, mandated renewable portfolio standards, DSM and EE.
 
Regulatory developments expected to have a material impact on our liquidity are discussed below.
 
PEC Cost Recovery Filings
 
On June 3, 2011, PEC filed with the NCUC for an increase in the fuel rate charged to its North Carolina retail ratepayers, driven by rising fuel prices. On September 15, 2011, PEC filed a settlement agreement for an increase of approximately $85 million in the fuel rate. The settlement agreement updated certain costs from PEC’s original filing and included the impact of a $24 million disallowance of replacement power costs resulting from prior-year performance of PEC’s nuclear plants. If approved, the increase will be effective December 1, 2011. On June 3, 2011, and as subsequently amended on August 23, 2011, PEC also filed for a $24 million increase in the DSM and EE rate charged to its North Carolina ratepayers which, if approved, will be effective December 1, 2011. On June 3, 2011, and as subsequently amended on September 8, 2011, PEC also requested a $9 million increase for North Carolina Renewable Energy and Energy Efficiency Portfolio Standard (NC REPS), which if approved, will be effective December 1, 2011. We cannot predict the outcome of these matters.
 
On June 29, 2011, the SCPSC approved a $22 million increase in the fuel rate charged to PEC’s South Carolina ratepayers, driven by rising fuel prices. The increase was effective July 1, 2011.
 
PEC Construction of Generating Facilities
 
The NCUC has granted PEC permission to construct two new generating facilities: an approximately 950-MW combined cycle natural gas-fueled facility at its Lee generation facility and an approximately 620-MW natural gas-fueled facility at its Sutton generation facility. The facilities are expected to be placed in service in January 2013 and December 2013, respectively.
 
CR3 Outage
 
The preliminary cost estimate as filed with the FPSC on June 27, 2011, for the selected repair option to return CR3 to service is between $900 million and $1.3 billion. Engineering design of the final repair is underway. PEF will update the current estimate as this work is completed.
 
PEF maintains insurance for property damage and incremental costs of replacement power resulting from prolonged accidental outages through NEIL. NEIL has confirmed that the CR3 initial delamination is a covered accident but has not yet made a determination as to coverage for the second delamination. Following a 12-week deductible period, the NEIL program provided reimbursement for replacement power costs for 52 weeks at $4.5 million per week, through April 9, 2011. An additional 71 weeks of coverage, which runs through August 2012, is provided at $3.6 million per week. Accordingly, the NEIL program provides replacement power coverage of up to $490 million per event. Actual replacement power costs have exceeded the insurance coverage through September 30, 2011. PEF anticipates that future replacement power costs will continue to exceed the insurance coverage. As discussed below, PEF considers replacement power costs not recoverable through insurance to be recoverable through its fuel cost-recovery clause. PEF also maintains insurance coverage through NEIL’s accidental property damage program, which provides insurance coverage up to $2.25 billion with a $10 million deductible per claim. PEF is continuing to work with NEIL for recovery of applicable repair costs and associated replacement power costs, the timing of which could impact its short-term borrowing needs.
 
 
93

 
 
The following table summarizes the CR3 replacement power and repair costs and recovery through September 30, 2011:
 
  (in millions)
 
Replacement
Power Costs
     
Repair Costs
 
  Spent to date
  $ 457       $ 229  
  NEIL proceeds received
    (162 )       (136 )
  Insurance receivable at September 30, 2011
    (162 )       (48 )
Balance for recovery
  $ 133  
  (a)
  $ 45  
 
(a)
As approved by the FPSC on January 1, 2011, PEF began collecting, subject to refund, replacement power costs related to CR3 within the fuel clause (See Note 7C in the 2010 Form 10-K). The replacement power costs to be recovered through the fuel clause during 2011 allow for full recovery of all of 2010’s and 2011’s replacement power costs. The 2011 fuel cost-recovery filing, discussed in “Fuel Cost Recovery,” anticipates full recovery of estimated 2012 replacement power costs.
 
PEF believes the actions taken and costs incurred in response to the CR3 delamination have been prudent and, accordingly, considers replacement power and capital costs not recoverable through insurance to be recoverable through its fuel cost-recovery clause or base rates. PEF has recorded $324 million of NEIL replacement power cost reimbursements subsequent to the deductible period, of which $162 million has been received to date. PEF has received $45 million of replacement power reimbursements from NEIL for the nine months ended September 30, 2011. No replacement power reimbursements have been received from NEIL for the three months ended September 30, 2011. Additional replacement power costs and repair and maintenance costs incurred until CR3 is returned to service could be material. We cannot predict with certainty the future recoverability of these costs. Failure to recover some or all of these costs could have a material adverse effect on our and PEF’s financial results. Additionally, we cannot be assured that CR3 can be repaired and brought back to service until full engineering and other analyses are completed.
 
PEF Cost Recovery Filings
 
On September 1, 2011, and as subsequently adjusted by the FPSC, PEF filed its annual fuel-cost recovery filing, requesting to increase the total fuel-cost recovery by $162 million, which will be effective January 1, 2012 if approved. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter.
 
On October 24, 2011, the FPSC approved a $78 million decrease in the amount charged to PEF’s ratepayers for nuclear cost recovery, beginning with the first January 2012 billing cycle.
 
On August 26, 2011, and as subsequently revised on October 14, 2011, PEF filed its annual Environmental Cost Recovery Clause (ECRC) filing, requesting to increase the ECRC by $24 million, which would be effective January 1, 2012 if approved. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
 
Our off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual obligations are described below.
 
GUARANTEES
 
At September 30, 2011, our guarantees have not changed materially from what was reported in the 2010 Form 10-K.
 
MARKET RISK AND DERIVATIVES
 
Under our risk management policy, we may use a variety of instruments, including swaps, options and forward contracts, to manage exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices and interest rates. See Note 12 and Item 3, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk,” for a discussion of market risk and derivatives.
 
 
94

 
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
 
As part of our ordinary course of business, we and the Utilities enter into various long- and short-term contracts for fuel requirements at our generating plants. Significant changes from the commitment amounts reported in Note 22A in the 2010 Form 10-K can result from new contracts, changes in existing contracts, and the impact of fluctuations in current estimates of future market prices for those contracts that are market price indexed. In most cases, these contracts contain provisions for price adjustments, minimum purchase levels and other financial commitments. Additional commitments for fuel and related transportation will be required to supply the Utilities’ future needs. At September 30, 2011,   our and the Utilities’ contractual cash obligations and other commercial commitments have not changed materially from what was reported in the 2010 Form 10-K except as discussed below.
 
PEC
 
As described in Note 22A in the 2010 Form 10-K, PEC entered into conditional agreements for firm pipeline transportation capacity to support PEC’s gas supply needs. As the transactions are subject to several conditions precedent, the estimated costs associated with these agreements were not included in PEC’s fuel commitments at December 31, 2010. The estimated total cost to PEC associated with these agreements at December 31, 2010, was approximately $2.042 billion, which pertain to the period from May 2011 through May 2033. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the conditions precedent for one of the agreements were satisfied. The agreement is for the period May 2011 through April 2031 and has an estimated total cost of approximately $487 million, including $16 million, $49 million, $49 million and $373 million, respectively, for less than one year, one to three years, three to five years and more than five years from December 31, 2010.
 
PEF
 
As described in Note 22A in the 2010 Form 10-K, PEF entered into conditional agreements for firm pipeline transportation capacity to support PEF’s gas supply needs. As the transactions were subject to several conditions precedent, the estimated costs associated with these agreements were not included in PEF’s fuel commitments at December 31, 2010. During the nine months ended September 30, 2011, the conditions precedent for these agreements were satisfied. These agreements are for the period April 2011 through April 2036 and have an estimated total cost of approximately $1.171 billion, including $36 million, $95 million, $95 million and $945 million, respectively, for less than one year, one to three years, three to five years and more than five years from December 31, 2010.
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
We are subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in the areas of air quality, water quality, control of toxic substances and hazardous and solid wastes, and other environmental matters. We believe that we are in substantial compliance with those environmental regulations currently applicable to our business and operations and believe we have all necessary permits to conduct such operations. Environmental laws and regulations frequently change and the ultimate costs of compliance cannot always be precisely estimated.
 
HAZARDOUS AND SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
 
The provisions of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (CERCLA), authorize the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) to require the cleanup of hazardous waste sites. This statute imposes retroactive joint and several liability. Some states, including North Carolina, South Carolina and Florida, have similar types of statutes. We are periodically notified by regulators, including the EPA and various state agencies, of our involvement or potential involvement in sites that may require investigation and/or remediation. There are presently several sites with respect to which we have been notified of our potential liability by the EPA, the state of North Carolina, the state of Florida or potentially responsible parties (PRP) groups. Various organic materials associated with the production of manufactured gas, generally referred to as coal tar, are regulated under federal and state laws. PEC and PEF are each PRPs at several manufactured gas plant
 
 
95

 
 
(MGP) sites. We are also currently in the process of assessing potential costs and exposures at other sites. These costs are eligible for regulatory recovery through either base rates or cost-recovery clauses (See Notes 4 and 14). Both PEC and PEF evaluate potential claims against other PRPs and insurance carriers and plan to submit claims for cost recovery where appropriate. The outcome of potential and pending claims cannot be predicted. Hazardous and solid waste management matters are discussed in detail in Note 14A.
 
We accrue costs to the extent our liability is probable and the costs can be reasonably estimated. Because the extent of environmental impact, allocation among PRPs for all sites, remediation alternatives (which could involve either minimal or significant efforts), and concurrence of the regulatory authorities have not yet reached the stage where a reasonable estimate of the remediation costs can be made, we cannot determine the total costs that may be incurred in connection with the remediation of all sites at this time. It is probable that current estimates could change and additional losses, which could be material, may be incurred in the future.
 
In 2009, the EPA evaluated information about ash impoundment dams nationwide and developed a listing of 44 utility ash impoundment dams considered to have “high hazard potential,” including two of PEC’s ash impoundment dams. A “high hazard potential” rating is not related to the stability of those ash ponds but to the potential for harm should the impoundment dam fail. All of the dams at PEC’s coal ash ponds have been subject to periodic third-party inspection for many years in accordance with prior applicable requirements. The EPA rated the 44 “high hazard potential” impoundments, as well as other impoundments, from “unsatisfactory” to “satisfactory” based on their structural integrity and associated documentation.
 
Only dams rated as “unsatisfactory” would be considered to pose an immediate safety threat. None of the facilities received an “unsatisfactory” rating from the EPA. In total, six of PEC’s ash pond dams, including one “high hazard potential” impoundment, were rated as “poor” based on the contract inspector’s desire to see additional documentation and evaluations of vegetation management and minor erosion control. Inspectors applied the same criteria to both active and inactive ash ponds, despite the fact that most of the inactive ash impoundments no longer hold water and do not pose a risk of breaching and spilling. PEC has addressed several of the EPA’s recommendations for the active ponds. Following evaluations and inspections, engineers have determined that one ash pond dam requires modifications to comply with current standards for an extra margin of safety for slope stability. Design and permitting efforts for that work have been initiated. PEC is working with the North Carolina Dam Safety program to evaluate any remaining recommendations. We do not expect mitigation of these issues to have a material impact on our results of operations.
 
As of January 1, 2010, dams at utility fossil-fired power plants in North Carolina, including dams for ash ponds, are subject to the North Carolina Dam Safety Act’s applicable provisions, including state inspection. The EPA and a number of states are considering additional regulatory measures that may affect management, treatment, marketing and disposal of coal combustion residues, primarily ash, from each of the Utilities’ coal-fired plants. Revised or new laws or regulations under consideration may impose changes in solid waste classifications or groundwater protection environmental controls. In 2010, the EPA proposed two options for new rules to regulate coal combustion residues. The first option would create a comprehensive program of federally enforceable requirements for coal combustion residue management and disposal as hazardous waste. The other option would have the EPA set performance standards for coal combustion residues management facilities and regulate disposal of coal combustion residues as nonhazardous waste. The EPA did not identify a preferred option. Under both options, the EPA may leave in place a regulatory exemption for approved beneficial uses of coal combustion residuals that are recycled. A final rule is expected in 2012. Compliance plans and estimated costs to meet the requirements of new regulations will be determined when any new regulations are finalized. We are also evaluating the effect on groundwater quality from past and current operations, which may result in operational changes and additional measures under existing regulations. These issues are also under evaluation by state agencies. Certain regulated chemicals have been measured in wells near our ash ponds at levels above groundwater quality standards. Additional monitoring and investigation will be conducted. Detailed plans and cost estimates will be determined if these evaluations reveal that corrective actions are necessary. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter.
 
AIR QUALITY AND WATER QUALITY
 
We are, or may ultimately be, subject to various current and proposed federal, state and local environmental compliance laws and regulations, which likely would result in increased capital expenditures and O&M expense.
 
 
96

 
 
Control equipment installed pursuant to the provisions of the CAIR, Cross-State Air Pollution Rule (CSAPR), Clean Air Visibility Rule (CAVR) and mercury regulations, which are discussed below, may address some of the issues outlined previously. PEC and PEF have been developing an integrated compliance strategy to meet the requirements of the CAIR, CAVR and mercury regulation (see discussion of the court decisions that impacted the CAIR, the delisting determination and the Clean Air Mercury Rule (CAMR) below). The CAVR requires the installation of
best available retrofit technology (BART) on certain units. However, the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted.
 
Clean Smokestacks Act
 
The 2002 enactment of the North Carolina Clean Smokestacks Act (Clean Smokestacks Act) requires the state's electric utilities to reduce the emissions of nitrogen oxides (NOx) and sulfur dioxide (SO 2 ) from their North Carolina coal-fired power plants in phases by 2013. PEC currently has approximately 5,000 MW of coal-fired generation capacity in North Carolina affected by the Clean Smokestacks Act. PEC’s environmental compliance projects under the first phase of Clean Smokestacks Act emission reductions have been placed in service. PEC plans to retire, by the end of 2014, its remaining coal-fired generating facilities in North Carolina totaling 1,500 MW that do not have scrubbers and replace the generation capacity with new natural gas-fueled generating facilities, which should enable the utility to comply with the final Clean Smokestacks Act SO 2 emissions target that begins in 2013. We are continuing to evaluate various design, technology, generation and fuel options that could change expenditures required to maintain compliance with the Clean Smokestacks Act limits subsequent to 2013.
 
O&M expense increases with the operation of pollution control equipment due to the cost of reagents, additional personnel and general maintenance associated with the pollution control equipment. PEC is allowed to recover the cost of reagents and certain other costs under its fuel clause; the North Carolina retail portion of all other O&M expense is currently recoverable through base rates. In 2009, the SCPSC issued an order allowing PEC to begin deferring as a regulatory asset the depreciation expense that PEC incurs on its environmental compliance control facilities as well as the incremental O&M expense that PEC incurs in connection with its environmental compliance control facilities.
 
Clean Air Interstate Rule/Cross-State Air Pollution Rule
 
The CAIR, issued by the EPA, required the District of Columbia and 28 states, including North Carolina, South Carolina and Florida, to reduce NOx and SO 2 emissions. The CAIR set emission limits to be met in two phases beginning in 2009 and 2015, respectively, for NOx and beginning in 2010 and 2015, respectively, for SO 2 . States were required to adopt rules implementing the CAIR, and the EPA approved the North Carolina CAIR, the South Carolina CAIR and the Florida CAIR.
 
In 2008, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia (D.C. Court of Appeals) initially vacated the CAIR in its entirety and subsequently remanded the rule without vacating it for the EPA to conduct further proceedings consistent with the court’s prior opinion. In 2010, the EPA published the proposed Clean Air Transport Rule, which was the regulatory program proposed to replace the CAIR. On July 7, 2011, the EPA issued the CSAPR as the final version of the proposed Clean Air Transport Rule. The CSAPR replaces the CAIR effective January 1, 2012. The CSAPR contains new emissions trading programs for NOx and SO 2 emissions as well as more stringent overall emissions targets in 27 states, including North Carolina, South Carolina and Florida. The EPA issued the CSAPR as four separate programs, including the NOx annual trading program, the NOx ozone season trading program, the SO 2 Group 1 trading program and the SO 2 Group 2 trading program. North Carolina and South Carolina are included in the NOx and SO 2 annual trading programs, as well as the NOx ozone season program. North Carolina is classified as a Group 1 state, which will require additional NOx and SO 2 emission reductions beginning in January 2014. South Carolina is classified as a Group 2 state with no additional reductions required. Florida is subject only to the NOx ozone season program. Due to significant investments in NOx and SO 2 emissions controls and fleet modernization projects completed or under way, we believe both PEC and PEF are relatively well positioned to comply with the CSAPR. Because of the D.C. Court of Appeals’ decision that remanded the CAIR, implementation of the CAIR fulfilled BART for NOx and SO 2 for BART-affected units under the CAVR. Under subsequent implementation of the CSAPR, CAVR compliance eventually will require additional consideration of NOx and SO 2 emissions in addition to particulate matter emissions for PEF’s BART-eligible units because Florida will no longer be subject to the annual emissions provisions. We are currently evaluating the impacts of the CSAPR. A number of parties
 
 
97

 
 
 including groups which PEC and PEF are members of, have filed petitions for reconsideration and stay of, as well as legal challenges to, the CSAPR. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter.
 
The air quality controls installed to comply with NOx and SO 2 requirements under certain sections of the Clean Air Act (CAA) and the Clean Smokestacks Act, as well as PEC’s plan to replace a portion of its coal-fired generation with natural gas-fueled generation, largely address the CAIR and CSAPR requirements for NOx and SO 2 for our North Carolina units at PEC. NOx and SO 2 emission control equipment are in service at PEF’s Crystal River Unit No. 4 and Crystal River Unit No. 5 (CR4 and CR5), and we plan to continue compliance with the CAIR in 2011 through a combination of emission controls, continued use of natural gas at applicable facilities, and use of emission allowances.
 
Under an agreement with the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP), PEF will retire Crystal River Units No. 1 and No. 2 coal-fired steam units (CR1 and CR2) and operate emission control equipment at CR4 and CR5. CR1 and CR2 will be retired after the second proposed nuclear unit at Levy completes its first fuel cycle, which was originally anticipated to be around 2020. As discussed in Note 4B and “Other Matters – Nuclear – Potential New Construction,” major construction activities for Levy are being postponed until after the NRC issues the Levy COL. As required, PEF has advised the FDEP of developments that will delay the retirement of CR1 and CR2 beyond the originally anticipated date. We are currently evaluating the impacts of the Levy schedule on PEF’s compliance with environmental regulations. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter.
 
Clean Air Mercury Rule
 
In 2008, the D.C. Court of Appeals vacated the CAMR. As a result, the EPA subsequently announced that it will develop a maximum achievable control technology (MACT) standard. The U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia issued an order requiring the EPA to issue a final MACT standard for power plants by November 16, 2011. On October 21, 2011, the EPA requested the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia to extend the deadline for the final rule to December 16, 2011. On March 16, 2011, the EPA issued its proposed MACT standards for coal-fired and oil-fired electric steam generating units (EGU MACT) and the proposed EGU MACT was formally published in the Federal Register on May 3, 2011. The proposed EGU MACT contains stringent emission limits for mercury, non-mercury metals, and acid gases from coal-fired units and hazardous air pollutant metals, acid gases, and hydrogen fluoride from oil-fired units. Following the conclusion of the 90-day public comment period, the EPA has requested to issue a final rule in December 2011. In addition, North Carolina adopted a state-specific requirement. The North Carolina mercury rule contains a requirement that all coal-fired units in the state install mercury controls by December 31, 2017, and requires compliance plan applications to be submitted in 2013. We are currently evaluating the impact of the EPA’s proposed EGU MACT standard and the North Carolina state-specific requirement. The outcome of these matters cannot be predicted.
 
Clean Air Visibility Rule
 
The EPA’s CAVR requires states to identify facilities, including power plants, built between August 1962 and August 1977 with the potential to produce emissions that affect visibility in certain specially protected areas, including national parks and wilderness areas, designated as Class I areas. To help restore visibility in those areas, states must require the identified facilities to install BART to control their emissions. PEC’s BART-eligible units are Asheville Units No. 1 and No. 2, Roxboro Units No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3, and Sutton Unit No. 3. PEF’s BART-eligible units are Anclote Units No. 1 and No. 2, CR1 and CR2. The reductions associated with BART begin in 2013. As discussed in Note 4A, Sutton Unit No. 3 is one of the coal-fired generating units that PEC plans to replace with combined cycle natural gas-fueled electric generation. As discussed previously, PEF and the FDEP announced an agreement under which PEF will retire CR1 and CR2 as coal-fired units.
 
The CAVR included the EPA’s determination that compliance with the NOx and SO 2 requirements of the CAIR could be used by states as a BART substitute to fulfill BART obligations, but the states could require the installation of additional air quality controls if they did not achieve reasonable progress in improving visibility. The D.C. Court of Appeals’ decision remanding the CAIR maintained its implementation such that CAIR satisfies BART for NOx and SO 2 . Under subsequent implementation of CSAPR, CAVR compliance eventually will require consideration of NOx and SO 2 emissions in addition to particulate matter emissions for PEF’s BART-eligible units, because Florida will no longer be subject to the annual emissions provisions. We are assessing the potential impact of BART and its
 
 
98

 
 
implications with respect to our plans and estimated costs to comply with the CAVR. The FDEP finalized a Regional Haze implementation rule that goes beyond BART by requiring sources significantly impacting visibility in Class I areas to install additional controls by December 31, 2017. However, in the spring of 2010 the EPA indicated that the Reasonable Further Progress portion of the Regional Haze implementation rule is not approvable. The FDEP is in the process of amending the rule by removing the Reasonable Further Progress provision, including the December 31, 2017 deadline for installation of additional controls, and instead will rely on current federal programs to achieve improvement in visibility. The outcome of these matters cannot be predicted.
 
Compliance Strategy
 
Both PEC and PEF have been developing an integrated compliance strategy to meet the requirements of the CAIR, the CSAPR, the CAVR, mercury regulation and related air quality regulations. The air quality controls installed to comply with NOx and SO 2 requirements under certain sections of the CAA and the Clean Smokestacks Act, as well as PEC’s plan to replace a portion of its coal-fired generation with natural gas-fueled generation, resulted in a reduction of the costs to meet PEC’s CAIR requirements and the CSAPR requirements that take effect beginning in 2012.
 
PEC’s environmental compliance projects under the first phase of Clean Smokestacks Act emission reductions and PEF’s environmental compliance projects under the first phase of CAIR are in service.
 
The FPSC approved PEF’s petition to develop and implement an Integrated Clean Air Compliance Plan to comply with the CAIR, CAMR and CAVR and for recovery of prudently incurred costs necessary to achieve this strategy through the ECRC (see discussion previously regarding the vacating of the CAMR and remanding of the CAIR and its potential impact on CAVR). PEF’s April 1, 2011 filing with the FPSC for true-up of final 2010 environmental costs included a review of the Integrated Clean Air Compliance Plan, which reconfirmed the efficacy of the recommended plan and included an estimated total project cost of approximately $1.1 billion to be spent through 2016, to plan, design, build and install pollution control equipment at CR4 and CR5. PEF no longer plans to install pollution controls at the Anclote Plant as a part of its approved Integrated Clean Air Compliance Plan. The majority of the $1.1 billion estimated total project cost is related to CR4 and CR5 projects, which have been placed in service. Additional costs may be incurred if pollution controls are required in order to comply with the requirements of the CAVR, as discussed previously, or to meet compliance requirements of the CSAPR. Subsequent rule interpretations, increases in the underlying material, labor and equipment costs, equipment availability, or the unexpected acceleration of compliance dates, among other things, could result in significant increases in our estimated costs to comply and acceleration of some projects. The outcome of this matter cannot be predicted.
 
Environmental Compliance Cost Estimates
 
Risk factors regarding environmental compliance cost estimates are discussed in Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” of the 2010 Form 10-K. Costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations are eligible for regulatory recovery through either base rates or cost-recovery clauses. The outcome of future petitions for recovery cannot be predicted. Our estimates of capital expenditures to comply with environmental laws and regulations are subject to periodic review and revision and may vary significantly. PEC is continuing to evaluate various design, technology and new generation options that could change expenditures required to maintain compliance with the Clean Smokestacks Act limits subsequent to 2013. Additional compliance plans for PEC and PEF to meet the requirements of the CSAPR have not been completed. Compliance plans and costs to meet the requirements of the CAVR are being reassessed, and we cannot predict the impact that the EPA’s further proceedings will have on our compliance with the CAVR requirements. Compliance plans to meet the requirements of the EGU MACT will be determined upon finalization of the rule. Compliance plans to meet the requirements of a revised or new implementing rule under Section 316(b) of the Clean Water Act (Section 316(b)), as discussed below, will be determined upon finalization of the rule. The timing and extent of the costs for future projects will depend upon final compliance strategies. However, we believe that future costs to comply with new or subsequent rule interpretations could be significant.
 
North Carolina Attorney General Petition under Section 126 of the Clean Air Act
 
In 2004, the North Carolina attorney general filed a petition with the EPA, under Section 126 of the CAA, asking the federal government to force fossil fuel-fired power plants in 13 other states, including South Carolina, to reduce
 
 
99

 
 
their NOx and SO 2 emissions. The State of North Carolina contends these out-of-state emissions interfere with North Carolina’s ability to meet National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) for ozone and particulate matter. In 2006, the EPA issued a final response denying the petition, and the North Carolina attorney general filed a petition in the D.C. Court of Appeals seeking a review of the agency’s denial. In 2009, the D.C. Court of Appeals remanded the EPA’s denial to the agency for reconsideration. The outcome of the remand proceeding cannot be predicted.
 
National Ambient Air Quality Standards
 
Environmental groups and 13 states filed a joint petition with the D.C. Court of Appeals arguing that the EPA's particulate matter rule does not adequately restrict levels of particulate matter, especially with respect to the annual and secondary standards. In 2009, the D.C. Court of Appeals remanded the annual and secondary standards to the EPA for further review and consideration. The outcome of this matter cannot be predicted.
 
In 2008, the EPA revised the 8-hour primary and secondary standards for the NAAQS for ground-level ozone. Additional nonattainment areas may be designated in PEC’s and PEF’s service territories as a result of these revised standards. A number of states, environmental groups and industry associations filed petitions against the revised NAAQS in the D.C. Court of Appeals. The EPA requested the D.C. Court of Appeals to suspend proceedings in the case while the EPA evaluates whether to maintain, modify or otherwise reconsider the revised NAAQS. In 2009, the EPA announced that it was reconsidering the level of the ozone NAAQS and it will stay plans to designate nonattainment areas until after the reconsideration has been completed.
 
In 2010, the EPA announced a proposed revision to the primary ozone NAAQS. In addition, the EPA proposed a cumulative seasonal secondary standard. On September 2, 2011, President Obama announced that the EPA would withdraw the proposed revision. As a result, the ozone NAAQS promulgated in 2008 will be implemented, and the review of the standard has been deferred until 2013. With respect to the 2008 standard, all areas in our service territories are in compliance.
 
In 2010, the EPA announced a revision to the primary NAAQS for nitrogen dioxide (NO 2 ). The EPA plans to designate nonattainment areas for the primary NAAQS for NO 2 by January 2012. Currently, there are no monitors reporting violation of this new standard in our service territories, but the expanded monitoring network will provide additional data, which could result in additional nonattainment areas. Should additional nonattainment areas for the new NO 2 NAAQS be designated in our service territories, we may be required to install additional controls at some of our facilities. Additionally, the EPA revised the 1-hour NAAQS for SO 2 in 2010. Implementation of the new 1-hour NAAQS for SO 2 uses air quality modeling along with monitoring data in determining whether areas are attaining the new standard, which is likely to expand the number of nonattainment areas. Should additional nonattainment areas for the 1-hour NAAQS for SO 2 be designated in our service territories, we may be required to install additional emission controls at some of our facilities. The outcome of these matters cannot be predicted.
 
On July 13, 2011, the EPA made available its proposed action on the combined review of the secondary NAAQS for NOx and sulfur oxides (SOx) and expects to issue a final rule by March 2012. In this rulemaking, the EPA is proposing to retain the existing secondary standards for NO 2 and SO 2 and is also proposing a new set of secondary standards identical to the health-based primary standards it set in 2010. For NOx, the new standard would be 100 parts per billion averaged over one hour, measured as NO 2 . For SOx, the new standard would be 75 parts per billion averaged over one hour, measured as SO 2 . Should nonattainment areas for secondary NAAQS for NOx and SOx be designated in our service territories, we may be required to install additional emission controls at some of our facilities. The outcome of these matters cannot be predicted.
 
Water Quality
 
1. General
 
As a result of the operation of certain pollution control equipment required to comply with the air quality issues outlined previously, new sources of wastewater discharge will be generated at certain affected facilities. Integration of these new wastewater discharges into the existing wastewater treatment processes is currently ongoing and will result in permitting, construction and treatment requirements imposed on the Utilities now and into the future. The
 
 
100

 
 
future costs of complying with these requirements could be material to our or the Utilities’ results of operations or financial position.
 
In 2009, the EPA concluded after a multi-year study of power plant wastewater discharges that regulations have not kept pace with changes in the electric power industry since the regulations were issued in 1982, including addressing impacts to wastewater discharge from operation of air pollution control equipment. As a result, the EPA has announced that it plans to revise the regulations that govern wastewater discharge, which may result in operational changes and additional compliance costs in the future. The outcome of this matter cannot be predicted.
 
More stringent effluent limitations contained in the current water discharge permit for the Mayo Steam Electric Plant became effective in June 2011. PEC is currently negotiating the issuance of a special order by consent with the North Carolina Division of Water Quality, which would defer the agency’s enforcement of the more stringent effluent limitations due to the plant’s inability to achieve compliance with the more stringent limitations. The special order by consent, if issued, is expected to include the required development and installation of enhanced water pollution control technology and application of less stringent interim effluent limitations until PEC’s planned project to bring the plant into compliance with the more stringent effluent limitations is completed. However, since the special order by consent has not yet been issued in final form, it is not possible to determine the extent of the planned project. Moreover, the special order by consent does not prevent actions by the EPA or third parties. Thus, the outcome of these matters cannot be determined.
 
2. Section 316(b) of the Clean Water Act
 
Section 316(b) requires cooling water intake structures to reflect the best technology available for minimizing adverse environmental impacts. The EPA promulgated a rule implementing Section 316(b) in respect to existing power plants in July 2004.
 
A number of states, environmental groups and others sought judicial review of the July 2004 rule. In 2007, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit issued an opinion and order remanding provisions of the rule to the EPA, and the EPA suspended the rule pending further rulemaking, with the exception of the requirement that permitted facilities must meet any requirements under Section 316(b) as determined by the permitting authorities on a case-by-case, best professional judgment basis. Following appeal, in 2009, the U.S. Supreme Court issued an opinion holding that the EPA, in selecting the “best technology” pursuant to Section 316(b), does have the authority to reject technology when its costs are “wholly disproportionate” to the benefits expected. Also, the U.S. Supreme Court held that EPA’s site-specific variance procedure (contained in the July 2004 rule) was permissible in that the procedure required testing to determine whether costs would be “significantly greater than” the benefits before a variance would be considered. As a result of these developments, our plans and associated estimated costs to comply with Section 316(b) will need to be reassessed and determined in accordance with any revised or new implementing rule after it is established by the EPA. Costs of compliance with a revised or new implementing rule are expected to be higher, and could be significantly higher, than estimated costs under the July 2004 rule. In December 2010, consent decrees were entered in two pending federal actions brought by environmental groups against the EPA requiring the EPA to issue proposed Section 316(b) rules by March 28, 2011, and to issue a final decision by July 27, 2012.
 
On April 20, 2011, the EPA published its proposed regulations for cooling water intake structures at existing power generating facilities and existing manufacturing and industrial facilities that withdraw more than two million gallons of water per day from waters of the U.S. and use at least 25 percent of the water they withdraw exclusively for cooling purposes. The proposed regulations would establish nationwide, uniform standards for impingement mortality (immobilization of aquatic organisms against an intake screen) and case-by-case, site-specific standards for entrainment mortality (lethal effects due to passage of aquatic organisms into a cooling system). Comments on the proposed rule have been timely submitted by affected parties including PEC and PEF. The outcome of this matter cannot be predicted.
 
 
101

 
 
OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
Global Climate Change
 
Growing state, federal and international attention to global climate change may result in the regulation of carbon dioxide (CO 2 ) and other greenhouse gases (GHGs). In addition, the Obama administration has begun the process of regulating GHG emissions through use of the CAA. In 2007, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that the EPA has the authority under the CAA to regulate CO 2 emissions from new automobiles. In 2009, the EPA announced that six GHGs (CO 2 , methane, nitrous oxide, hydrofluorocarbons, perfluorocarbons and sulfur hexafluoride) pose a threat to public health and welfare under the CAA. A number of parties have filed petitions for review of this finding in the D.C. Court of Appeals. In 2010, the EPA announced a schedule for development of a new source performance standard for new and existing fossil fuel-fired electric utility units. Under the schedule, the EPA was to propose the standard by September 30, 2011, and issue the final rule by May 2012. The EPA has deferred, but not announced, the date by which it will propose the standard. The full impact of regulation under GHG initiatives and any final legislation, if enacted, cannot be determined at this time; however, we anticipate that it could result in significant cost increases over time for which the Utilities would seek corresponding rate recovery. We are preparing for a carbon-constrained future and are actively engaged in helping shape effective policies to address the issue.
 
While state-level study groups have been active in all three of our jurisdictions, we continue to believe that this issue requires a national policy framework – one that provides certainty and consistency. Our balanced solution as discussed in “Other Matters – Energy Demand” is a comprehensive plan to meet the anticipated demand in our service territories and provides a solid basis for slowing and reducing CO 2 emissions by focusing on energy efficiency, alternative energy and a state-of-the-art power system.
 
There are ongoing efforts to reach a new international climate change treaty to succeed the Kyoto Protocol. The Kyoto Protocol was originally adopted by the United Nations to address global climate change by reducing emissions of CO 2 and other GHGs. Although the treaty went into effect in 2005, the United States has not ratified it. In 2009, the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change convened the 15 th Conference of the Parties to conduct further negotiations on GHG emissions reductions. At the conclusion of the conference, a number of the parties, including the United States, entered into a nonbinding accord calling upon the parties to submit emission reduction targets for 2020 to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change Secretariat by the end of January 2010. In 2010, President Obama submitted a proposal to Congress to reduce the U.S. GHG emissions in the range of 17 percent below 2005 levels by 2020, subject to future congressional action. To date, Congress has not enacted legislation implementing the President’s proposal.
 
Reductions in CO 2 emissions to the levels specified by the Kyoto Protocol, potential new international treaties or federal or state proposals could be materially adverse to our financial position or results of operations if associated costs of control or limitation cannot be recovered from ratepayers. The cost impact of legislation or regulation to address global climate change would depend on the specific legislation or regulation enacted and cannot be determined at this time.
 
In 2009, the EPA issued the final GHG emissions reporting rule, which establishes a national protocol for the reporting of annual GHG emissions. Facilities that emit greater than 25,000 metric tons per year of GHGs must report emissions by March 31 of each year beginning in 2011 for year 2010 emissions. The EPA extended the first annual reporting deadline to September 30, 2011. Because the rule builds on current emission-reporting requirements, compliance with the requirements is not expected to have a material impact on the Utilities.
 
The EPA is regulating mobile source GHG emissions under Section 202 of the CAA, which according to the EPA also results in stationary sources, such as coal-fired power plants, being subject to regulation of GHG emissions under the CAA. The EPA issued the final “tailoring rule,” which establishes the thresholds for applicability of the Prevention of Significant Deterioration program permitting requirements for GHG emissions from stationary sources such as power plants and manufacturing facilities. Prevention of Significant Deterioration is a construction air pollution permitting program designed to ensure air quality does not degrade beyond the NAAQS levels or beyond specified incremental amounts above a prescribed baseline level. The tailoring rule initially raises the permitting applicability threshold for GHG emissions to 75,000 tons per year. These developments require PEC and PEF to address GHG emissions in new air quality permits. The permitting requirements for GHG emissions from
 
 
102

 
 
stationary sources began on January 2, 2011. A number of parties have filed petitions for review of the tailoring rule in the D.C. Court of Appeals. The impact of these developments cannot be predicted.
 
In May 2011, PEC and PEF were named, along with numerous other defendants, in a complaint of a class action lawsuit. Plaintiffs claim that defendants’ GHG emissions contributed to the frequency and intensity of storms such as Hurricane Katrina. We cannot predict the outcome of this matter (See Note 15C).
 
REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT
 
The Utilities’ operations in North Carolina, South Carolina and Florida are regulated by the NCUC, the SCPSC and the FPSC, respectively. The Utilities are also subject to regulation by the FERC, the NRC and other federal and state agencies common to the utility business. As a result of regulation, many of the fundamental business decisions, as well as the rate of return the Utilities are permitted the opportunity to earn, are subject to the approval of one or more of these governmental agencies.
 
To our knowledge, there is currently no enacted or proposed legislation in North Carolina, South Carolina or Florida that would give retail ratepayers the right to choose their electricity provider or otherwise restructure or deregulate the electric industry. We cannot anticipate if any of these states will move to increase retail competition in the electric industry.
 
Current retail rate matters affected by state regulatory authorities are discussed in Note 4, including specific retail rate matters, the status of the issues and the associated effects on our consolidated financial statements.
 
On April 28, 2010, we accepted a grant from the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) for $200 million in federal matching infrastructure funds. In addition to providing the Utilities real-time information about the state of their electric grids, the smart grid transition will enable customers to better understand and manage their energy use, and will provide for more efficient integration of renewable energy resources. Supplementing the DOE grant, the Utilities will invest more than $300 million in smart grid projects, which include enhancements to distribution equipment, installation of 160,000 additional smart meters and additional public infrastructure for plug-in electric vehicles. Projects funded by the grant must be completed by April 2013.
 
Through September 30, 2011, we have incurred $186 million of allowable, 50 percent reimbursable, smart grid project costs, and have submitted to the DOE requests for reimbursement of $93 million, of which we have received $64 million of reimbursement.
 
ENERGY DEMAND
 
Implementing state and federal energy policies, promoting environmental stewardship and providing reliable electricity to meet the anticipated long-term growth within the Utilities’ service territories will require a balanced approach. The three main elements of this balanced solution are: (1) expanding our DSM and EE programs; (2) investing in the development of alternative energy resources for the future; and (3) operating a state-of-the-art power system that demonstrates our commitment to environmental responsibility. These and other items are discussed in Item 7, “MD&A – Other Matters,” to the 2010 Form 10-K.
 
We are continuing the expansion and enhancement of our DSM and EE programs because energy efficiency is one of the most effective ways to reduce energy costs, offset the need for new power plants and protect the environment. DSM programs include programs and initiatives that shift the timing of electricity use from peak to nonpeak periods, such as load management, electricity system and operating controls, direct load control, interruptible load, and electric system equipment and operating controls.
 
As discussed in Note 4A, PEC announced a coal-to-gas modernization strategy whereby the 11 remaining coal-fired generating facilities in North Carolina that do not have scrubbers would be retired prior to the end of their useful lives and their approximately 1,500 MW of generating capacity replaced with new natural gas-fueled facilities. On October 1, 2011, we retired the Weatherspoon coal units.
 
 
103

 
 
NUCLEAR
 
Nuclear generating units are regulated by the NRC. In the event of noncompliance, the NRC has the authority to impose fines, set license conditions, shut down a nuclear unit or take some combination of these actions, depending upon its assessment of the severity of the situation, until compliance is achieved. Our nuclear units are periodically removed from service to accommodate normal refueling and maintenance outages, repairs, uprates and certain other modifications.
 
In light of the events at the Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power station in Japan, the NRC formed a Task Force to conduct a comprehensive review of processes and regulations to determine whether the agency should make additional improvements to the nuclear regulatory system. On July 13, 2011, the Task Force proposed a set of improvements designed to ensure protection, enhance accident mitigation, strengthen emergency preparedness and improve efficiency of NRC programs. The NRC is also expected to issue a longer-term report with recommendations for the Commission’s consideration by early 2012. With the ongoing investigations into the nature and extent of damages in Japan, the underlying causes of the situation and the lack of clarity around regulatory and political responses, we cannot predict whether the NRC will impose additional licensing and safety-related requirements. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors”, in the 2010 Form 10-K for further discussion of applicable risk factors.
 
CR3 OUTAGE
 
In September 2009, CR3 began an outage for normal refueling and maintenance as well as an uprate project to increase its generating capability and to replace two steam generators. During preparations to replace the steam generators, workers discovered a delamination (or separation) within the concrete of the outer wall of the containment building, which resulted in an extension of the outage. In March 2011, engineers investigated and subsequently determined that a new delamination had occurred in another area of the structure after initial repair work was completed and during the late stages of retensioning the containment building. Subsequent to March 2011, monitoring equipment has detected additional changes in the partially tensioned containment building and additional cracking or delaminations may have occurred or could occur during the repair process.
 
PEF analyzed multiple repair options, as well as early decommissioning, and selected the best repair option, which entails systematically removing and replacing concrete in substantial portions of the containment structure walls. The planned option does not include the area where concrete was replaced during the initial repair. The preliminary cost estimate for this repair, as filed with the FPSC on June 27, 2011, is between $900 million and $1.3 billion. Engineering design of the final repair is underway. PEF will update the current estimate as this work is completed. Under this repair plan, we estimate CR3 will return to service in 2014. A number of factors could affect the repair plan, the return-to-service date and costs, including regulatory reviews, final engineering designs, contract negotiations, the ultimate work scope completion, testing, weather, the impact of new information discovered during additional testing and analysis and other developments (See Note 4B).
 
POTENTIAL NEW CONSTRUCTION
 
During 2008, PEC and PEF filed COL applications to potentially construct new nuclear plants in North Carolina and Florida. We anticipate that the NRC will issue the COLs no earlier than 2013 if the current licensing schedule remains on track.
 
We have focused on Levy given the need for more fuel diversity in Florida and anticipated federal and state policies to reduce GHG emissions, as well as existing state legislative policy that is supportive of nuclear projects. PEF has entered into an engineering, procurement and construction (EPC) agreement and received two of the four key regulatory approvals needed for the proposed Levy units (with the issuance of the COL and federal environmental permits remaining). In light of a regulatory schedule shift and other factors, we have amended the EPC agreement and are deferring major construction activities on Levy until after the receipt of the COL. This decision will reduce the near-term price impact on customers and allows time for economic recovery and greater clarity on federal and state policies. Once we have received the COL, we will assess the project and determine the schedule.
 
In June 2010, PEF completed its long lead time equipment disposition analysis to minimize the impact associated with the schedule shift. As a result of the analysis, PEF will continue with selected components of the long lead time
 
 
104

 
 
equipment. Work has been suspended on the remaining long lead time equipment items and PEF entered into suspension negotiations with the selected equipment vendors, all of which were concluded in July 2011.
 
In its May 2, 2011 nuclear cost-recovery filing, PEF included for rate-making purposes a point estimate of potential Levy purchase order disposition costs of $25 million, a reduction from the $50 million point estimate in the prior-year filing, subject to true-up. Final negotiations of all long lead-time equipment resulted in lower actual disposition costs compared to the $25 million point estimate.
 
SPENT NUCLEAR FUEL MATTERS
 
See Note 15C for discussion of the status of the Utilities’ contracts with the DOE for spent nuclear fuel storage.
 
SYNTHETIC FUELS TAX CREDITS
 
Historically, we had substantial operations associated with the production and sale of coal-based solid synthetic fuels, which qualified for federal income tax credits so long as certain requirements were satisfied. Tax credits generated under the synthetic fuels tax credit program (including those generated by Florida Progress Corporation prior to our acquisition) were $1.891 billion, of which $1.041 billion has been used through September 30, 2011, to offset regular federal income tax liability and $850 million is being carried forward as deferred tax credits that do not expire.
 
See Note 15C and Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and “MD&A – Other Matters – Synthetic Fuels Tax Credits” to the 2010 Form 10-K for additional discussion related to our previous synthetic fuels operations and the associated tax credits generated under the synthetic fuels tax credit program.
 
LEGAL
 
We are subject to federal, state and local legislation and court orders. The specific issues, the status of the issues, accruals associated with issue resolutions and our associated exposures are discussed in detail in Note 15C.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
See Note 3 for a discussion of the impact of new accounting standards.

 
105

 

PEC
 
The following MD&A and the information incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking statements that involve estimates, projections, goals, forecasts, assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Please review “Safe Harbor for Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” found within Part II of this Form 10-Q and Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” to the 2010 Form 10-K for a discussion of the factors that may impact any such forward-looking statements made herein.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
This information is incorporated herein by reference to “Results of Operations” in Progress Energy’s MD&A, insofar as it relates to PEC.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
This information is incorporated herein by reference to “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Progress Energy’s MD&A, insofar as it relates to PEC.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $261 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, when compared to the same period in the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to $264 million higher cash used for inventory, a $119 million increase in pension plan funding, the $59 million less favorable impact of weather as previously discussed and $33 million paid for interest rate locks terminated in conjunction with the issuance of long-term debt in 2011, partially offset by $173 million in lower net cash for taxes and $10 million of net cash refunds of collateral to counterparties on derivative contracts in 2011 compared to $24 million of net cash payments of collateral in 2010. The increase in cash used for inventory was primarily due to the impact of changes in coal inventory in 2011 compared to 2010 due to higher purchases reflecting anticipated winter consumption and higher prices in 2011 combined with higher 2010 consumption of existing inventory levels to meet system requirements resulting from favorable weather.
 
Net cash used by investing activities increased $265 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, when compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase was primarily due to a $258 million change in advances to affiliated companies.
 
Net cash provided by financing activities increased $106 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, when compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase was primarily due to the $500 million issuance of first mortgage bonds in 2011, partially offset by the $450 million payment of dividends to the Parent in 2011 compared to $75 million in 2010.
 
SHORT-TERM DEBT
 
At September 30, 2011, PEC had no outstanding short-term debt. At the end of each month during the three months ended September 30, 2011, PEC had a maximum short-term debt balance of $211 million and an average short-term debt balance of $129 million at a weighted average interest rate of 0.36%. Short-term debt balances were lower at September 30, 2011 compared to the maximum and average balances due to the repayment of short-term debt following the issuance of $500 million of long-term debt in September. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Progress Energy’s MD&A for more information on the long-term debt issuances at PEC during the three months ended September 30, 2011.
 
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
 
PEC’s off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual obligations are described below.
 
GUARANTEES
 
As a part of normal business, PEC enters into various agreements providing future financial or performance assurances to third parties. These agreements are entered into primarily to support or enhance the creditworthiness
 
 
106

 
 
otherwise attributed to PEC, thereby facilitating the extension of sufficient credit to accomplish PEC’s intended commercial purpose. PEC’s guarantees include letters of credit and surety bonds. At September 30, 2011, PEC had issued $23 million of guarantees for future financial or performance assurance. PEC does not believe conditions are likely for significant performance under the guarantees of performance issued.
 
MARKET RISK AND DERIVATIVES
 
Under its risk management policy, PEC may use a variety of instruments, including swaps, options and forward contracts, to manage exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices and interest rates. See Note 12 and Item 3, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” of this Form 10-Q, for a discussion of market risk and derivatives.
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
 
This information is incorporated herein by reference to “Contractual Obligations” in Progress Energy’s MD&A, insofar as it relates to PEC.
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
This information is incorporated herein by reference to “Other Matters” in Progress Energy’s MD&A, insofar as it relates to PEC.

 
107

 

PEF
 
The following MD&A and the information incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking statements that involve estimates, projections, goals, forecasts, assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Please review “Safe Harbor for Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” found within Part II of this Form 10-Q and Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” to the 2010 Form 10-K for a discussion of the factors that may impact any such forward-looking statements made herein.
 
Other than as discussed below, the information called for by Item 2 is omitted pursuant to Instruction H(2)(a) to Form 10-Q (Omission of Information by Certain Wholly Owned Subsidiaries).
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
This information is incorporated herein by reference to “Results of Operations” in Progress Energy’s MD&A, insofar as it relates to PEF.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
This information is incorporated herein by reference to “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Progress Energy’s MD&A, insofar as it relates to PEF.
 
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased $175 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, when compared to the same period in the prior year. The decrease was primarily due to a $74 million increase in pension plan funding, $72 million decrease due to timing of payables primarily due to fuel and purchased power, the $56 million less favorable impact of weather as previously discussed, $33 million paid for interest rate locks terminated in conjunction with the issuance of long-term debt in 2011 and $27 million in higher net cash for taxes, partially offset by $43 million net cash refunds of collateral to counterparties on derivative contracts in 2011 compared to $59 million net cash payments of collateral in 2010.
 
Net cash used by investing activities decreased $263 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, when compared to the same period in the prior year, primarily due to a $150 million decrease in gross property additions, primarily due to lower spending for environmental compliance and nuclear projects; the $54 million increase in receipt of NEIL insurance proceeds for repairs at CR3 (See “Future Liquidity and Capital Resources – Regulatory Matters and Recovery of Costs – CR3 Outage”); and $27 million of litigation judgment proceeds.
 
Net cash used by financing activities increased $447 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011, when compared to the same period in the prior year. The increase was primarily due to the combined $600 million issuance of first mortgage bonds in March 2010 and the $475 million payment of dividends to the Parent in 2011 compared to $50 million in 2010, partially offset by a $300 million issuance of first mortgage bonds in August 2011 and the $273 million change in advances from affiliated companies.
 
SHORT-TERM DEBT
 
At September 30, 2011, PEF had outstanding short-term debt consisting of money pool borrowings totaling $69 million at a weighted average interest rate of 0.31%. At the end of each month during the three months ended September 30, 2011, PEF had a maximum short-term debt balance of $350 million and an average short-term debt balance of $192 million at a weighted average interest rate of 0.37%. Short-term debt balances were lower at September 30, 2011 compared to the maximum and average balances due to the partial repayment of short-term debt following the issuance of $300 million of long-term debt in August. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources” in Progress Energy’s MD&A for more information on the long-term debt issuances at PEF during the three months ended September 30, 2011.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
 
PEF’s off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual obligations are described below.
 
 
108

 
 
MARKET RISK AND DERIVATIVES
 
Under its risk management policy, PEF may use a variety of instruments, including swaps, options and forward contracts, to manage exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices and interest rates. See Note 12 and Item 3, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk,” of this Form 10-Q, for a discussion of market risk and derivatives.
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
 
This information is incorporated herein by reference to “Contractual Obligations” in Progress Energy’s MD&A, insofar as it relates to PEF.
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
This information is incorporated herein by reference to “Other Matters” in Progress Energy’s MD&A, insofar as it relates to PEF.
 

 
109

 
 
ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
                
We are exposed to various risks related to changes in market conditions. Market risk represents the potential loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. We have a risk management committee that includes senior executives from various business groups. The risk management committee is responsible for administering risk management policies and monitoring compliance with those policies by all subsidiaries. Under our risk policy, we may use a variety of instruments, including swaps, options and forward contracts, to manage exposure to fluctuations in commodity prices and interest rates. Such instruments contain credit risk to the extent that the counterparty fails to perform under the contract. We minimize such risk by performing credit and financial reviews using a combination of financial analysis and publicly available credit ratings of such counterparties (See Note 12). Both PEC and PEF also have limited counterparty exposure for commodity hedges (primarily gas and oil hedges) by spreading concentration risk over a number of counterparties.
 
The following disclosures about market risk contain forward-looking statements that involve estimates, projections, goals, forecasts, assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-looking statements. Please review “Safe Harbor for Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” found within Part II of this Form 10-Q and Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” to the 2010 Form 10-K for a discussion of the factors that may impact any such forward-looking statements made herein.
 
Certain market risks are inherent in our financial instruments, which arise from transactions entered into in the normal course of business. Our primary exposures are changes in interest rates with respect to our long-term debt and commercial paper, fluctuations in the return on marketable securities with respect to our nuclear decommissioning trust (NDT) funds, changes in the market value of CVOs and changes in energy-related commodity prices.
 
These financial instruments are held for purposes other than trading. The risks discussed below do not include the price risks associated with nonfinancial instrument transactions and positions associated with our operations, such as purchase and sales commitments and inventory.
 
PROGRESS ENERGY
 
Other than described below, the various risks that we are exposed to have not materially changed since December 31, 2010.
 
INTEREST RATE RISK
 
Our debt portfolio and our exposure to changes in interest rates at September 30, 2011, have changed from December 31, 2010. The total notional amount of fixed rate long-term debt at September 30, 2011, was $11.829 billion, with an average interest rate of 5.76% and fair market value of $14.0 billion. The total notional amount of fixed rate long-term debt at December 31, 2010, was $11.529 billion, with an average interest rate of 6.11% and fair market value of $12.8 billion. At both September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the total notional amount and fair market value of our variable rate long-term debt was $861 million. At September 30, 2011 the average interest rate of our variable rate long-term debt was 0.35% and at December 31, 2010, the average interest rate of our variable rate long-term debt was 0.53%.
 
In addition to our variable rate long-term debt, we typically have commercial paper and/or loans outstanding under our credit facilities, which are also exposed to floating interest rates. At September 30, 2011, we had approximately $45 million of outstanding commercial paper and no loans outstanding under our credit facilities. At December 31, 2010, we had no outstanding commercial paper or loans under our credit facilities. At both September 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010, approximately 7 percent of consolidated debt was in floating rate mode.
 
Based on our variable rate debt balances at September 30, 2011,   a 100 basis point change in interest rates would result in an annual pre-tax interest expense change of approximately $9 million.
 
 
110

 
 
From time to time, we use interest rate derivative instruments to adjust the mix between fixed and floating rate debt in our debt portfolio, to mitigate our exposure to interest rate fluctuations associated with certain debt instruments and to hedge interest rates with regard to future fixed-rate debt issuances.
 
The notional amounts of interest rate derivatives are not exchanged and do not represent exposure to credit loss. In the event of default by a counterparty, the exposure in the transaction is the cost of replacing the agreements at current market rates.
 
We use a number of models and methods to determine interest rate risk exposure and fair value of derivative positions. For reporting purposes, fair values and exposures of derivative positions are determined as of the end of the reporting period using the Bloomberg Financial Markets system.
 
In accordance with GAAP, interest rate derivatives that qualify as hedges are separated into one of two categories: cash flow hedges or fair value hedges. Cash flow hedges are used to reduce exposure to changes in cash flow due to fluctuating interest rates. Fair value hedges are used to reduce exposure to changes in fair value due to interest rate changes.
 
The following table summarizes the terms, fair market values and exposures of our interest rate derivative instruments. All of the positions included in the table consist of forward starting swaps used to mitigate exposure to interest rate risk in anticipation of future debt issuances.
 
Cash Flow Hedges (dollars in millions)
 
Notional
Amount
   
Mandatory
Settlement
   
Pay
 
Receive (a)
 
Fair
Value
   
Exposure (b)
 
Parent
                               
Risk hedged at September 30, 2011
                               
Anticipated 10-year debt issue
  $ 200       2012       4.20 %
3-month LIBOR
  $ (35 )   $ (5 )
                                           
Risk hedged at December 31, 2010
                                         
Anticipated 10-year debt issue
  $ 300       2011       4.15 %
3-month LIBOR
  $ (18 )   $ (7 )
Anticipated 10-year debt issue
  $ 200       2012       4.20 %
3-month LIBOR
  $ (3 )   $ (4 )
                                           
PEC
                                         
Risk hedged at September 30, 2011
                                         
Anticipated 10-year debt issue
  $ 200       2012       4.27 %
3-month LIBOR
  $ (35 )   $ (5 )
Anticipated 10-year debt issue
  $ 50       2013       4.43 %
3-month LIBOR
  $ (8 )   $ (1 )
                                           
Risk hedged at December 31, 2010
                                         
Anticipated 10-year debt issue
  $ 100       2011       4.31 %
3-month LIBOR
  $ (7 )   $ (2 )
Anticipated 10-year debt issue
  $ 200       2012       4.27 %
3-month LIBOR
  $ (2 )   $ (4 )
Anticipated 10-year debt issue
  $ 50       2013       4.43 %
3-month LIBOR
  $ -     $ (1 )
                                           
PEF
                                         
Risk hedged at September 30, 2011
                                         
Anticipated 10-year debt issue
  $ 50       2013       4.30 %
3-month LIBOR
  $ (8 )   $ (1 )
                                           
Risk hedged at December 31, 2010
                                         
Anticipated 10-year debt issue
  $ 150       2011       4.18 %
3-month LIBOR
  $ (6 )   $ (3 )
Anticipated 10-year debt issue
  $ 50       2013       4.30 %
3-month LIBOR
  $ -     $ (1 )
                                           

(a)
3-month London Inter Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) was 0.37% at September 30, 2011   and 0.30% at December 31, 2010.
(b)
Exposure indicates change in value due to 25 basis point unfavorable shift in interest rates.
 
 
111

 
 
MARKETABLE SECURITIES PRICE RISK
 
The Utilities maintain trust funds, pursuant to NRC requirements, to fund certain costs of decommissioning their nuclear plants. These funds are primarily invested in stocks, bonds and cash equivalents, which are exposed to price fluctuations in equity markets and to changes in interest rates. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the fair value of these funds was $1.512 billion and $1.571 billion, respectively, including $992 million and $1.017 billion, respectively, for PEC and $520 million and $554 million, respectively, for PEF. We actively monitor our portfolio by benchmarking the performance of our investments against certain indices and by maintaining, and periodically reviewing, target allocation percentages for various asset classes. The accounting for nuclear decommissioning recognizes that the Utilities’ regulated electric rates provide for recovery of these costs net of any trust fund earnings, and, therefore, fluctuations in trust fund marketable security returns do not affect earnings.
 
CONTINGENT VALUE OBLIGATIONS MARKET VALUE RISK
 
CVOs are recorded at fair value, and unrealized gains and losses from changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the fair value of CVOs was $74 million and $15 million, respectively. We perform sensitivity analyses to estimate our exposure to the market risk of the CVOs. A hypothetical 10 percent increase in the September 30, 2011 market price would result in a $7 million increase in the fair value of the CVOs and a corresponding increase in the CVO liability.
 
COMMODITY PRICE RISK
 
We are exposed to the effects of market fluctuations in the price of natural gas, coal, fuel oil, electricity and other energy-related products marketed and purchased as a result of our ownership of energy-related assets. Our exposure to these fluctuations is significantly limited by the cost-based regulation of the Utilities. Each state commission allows electric utilities to recover certain of these costs through various cost-recovery clauses to the extent the respective commission determines that such costs are prudent. Therefore, while there may be a delay in the timing between when these costs are incurred and when these costs are recovered from the ratepayers, changes from year to year have no material impact on operating results. In addition, most of our long-term power sales contracts shift substantially all fuel price risk to the purchaser.
 
Most of our physical commodity contracts are not derivatives or qualify as normal purchases or sales. Therefore, such contracts are not recorded at fair value. At September 30, 2011, substantially all derivative commodity instrument positions were subject to retail regulatory treatment.
 
See Note 12 for additional information with regard to our commodity contracts and use of economic and cash flow derivative financial instruments.
 
PEC
 
The information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” discussed above insofar as it relates to PEC.
 
PEC has certain market risks inherent in its financial instruments, which arise from transactions entered into in the normal course of business. PEC’s primary exposures are changes in interest rates with respect to long-term debt and commercial paper, fluctuations in the return on marketable securities with respect to its NDT funds and changes in energy-related commodity prices. Other than discussed above, PEC’s exposure to these risks has not materially changed since December 31, 2010.
 
PEF
 
Other than as discussed above, the information called for by Item 3 is omitted pursuant to Instruction H(2)(c) to Form 10-Q (Omission of Information by Certain Wholly Owned Subsidiaries).

 
112

 
 
ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
                
PROGRESS ENERGY
 
Pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we, PEC and PEF carried out an evaluation, with the participation of management, including our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our respective Chief Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information we are required to disclose in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Chief Executive Officers and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
There has been no change in our, PEC’s and PEF’s internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended September 30, 2011, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our, PEC’s or PEF’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
113

 

PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION
 
ITEM 1. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
                 
Legal aspects of certain matters are set forth in PART I, Item 1 (See Note 15C).
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
 
                     
In addition to the risk factor disclosed below and the other information set forth in this report, you should carefully consider the factors discussed in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” to the 2010 Form 10-K, which could materially affect our business, financial condition or future results. The risks described in the 2010 Form 10-K are not the only risks facing us.
 
The scope of necessary repairs of the delamination of CR3 could prove more extensive than is currently identified, such repairs could prove not to be feasible, the costs of repair and/or replacement power could exceed our estimates and insurance coverage or may not be recoverable through the regulatory process; the occurrence of any of which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.
 
In September 2009, CR3 began an outage for normal refueling and maintenance as well as an uprate project to increase its generating capability and to replace two steam generators. During preparations to replace the steam generators, workers discovered a delamination (or separation) within the concrete at the periphery of the containment building, which resulted in an extension of the outage. After analysis, PEF determined that the concrete delamination at CR3 was caused by redistribution of stresses in the containment wall that occurred when PEF created an opening to accommodate the replacement of the unit’s steam generators. In March 2011, the work to return the plant to service was suspended after monitoring equipment at the repair site identified a new delamination that occurred in a different section of the outer wall after the repair work was completed and during the late stages of retensioning the containment building. Subsequent to March 2011, monitoring equipment has detected additional changes in the partially tensioned containment building and additional cracking or delaminations may have occurred or could occur during the repair process. CR3 has remained out of service while PEF conducted an engineering analysis and review of the new delamination and evaluated repair options.
 
In June 2011, PEF notified the NRC and the FPSC that it plans to repair the CR3 containment structure and estimates it will return CR3 to service in 2014. The repair option selected entails systematically removing and replacing concrete in substantial portions of the containment structure walls. The planned option does not include replacing concrete in the area where concrete was replaced during the initial repair. PEF’s preliminary cost estimate for this repair, as filed with the FPSC on June 27, 2011, is between $900 million and $1.3 billion, although a number of factors will affect the repair schedule, return-to-service date and costs of repair, including regulatory reviews, final engineering designs, contract negotiations, ultimate work scope completion, testing, weather, the impact of new information discovered during additional testing and analysis and other developments. PEF believes the actions taken and costs incurred in response to the CR3 delamination have been prudent and, accordingly, believe that replacement power and repair costs not recoverable through insurance to be recoverable through PEF’s fuel cost-recovery clause or base rates.
 
While the foregoing reflects PEF’s current intentions and estimates with respect to CR3, the costs, timing and feasibility of additional repairs to CR3, the cost of replacement power, and the degree of recoverability of these costs, are all subject to significant uncertainties. Additional developments with respect to the condition of the CR3 structures, costs that are greater than anticipated, recoverability that is less than anticipated, and/or the inability to return CR3 to service all could adversely affect our financial results.

 
114

 

 
ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALE OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
                
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD PAYOUTS
 
(a)  
Securities Delivered .  On July 25, 2011, and August 19, 2011, 3,300 shares and 6,700 shares, respectively, of our common stock were delivered to certain employees pursuant to the terms of the Progress Energy 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (the EIP) which has been approved by Progress Energy’s shareholders. Additionally, on July 26, 2011, 268 shares of our common stock were delivered to a former employee pursuant to the terms of the EIP. The shares of common stock delivered pursuant to the EIP were newly issued shares of Progress Energy.
 
(b)  
Underwriters and Other Purchasers .  No underwriters were used in connection with the delivery of our common stock described above.
 
(c)  
Consideration . The restricted stock unit awards were granted to provide an incentive to the employees and the former employee to exert their utmost efforts on Progress Energy’s behalf and thus enhance our performance while aligning the employees’ interest with those of our shareholders.
 
(d)  
Exemption from Registration Claimed . The common shares described in this Item were delivered pursuant to a broad-based involuntary, non-contributory employee benefit plan, and thus did not involve an offer to sell or sale of securities within the meaning of Section 2(3) of the Securities Act of 1933. Receipt of the shares of our common stock required no investment decision on the part of the recipient.
 
 
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES FOR THIRD QUARTER OF 2011
                         
Period
 
(a)
Total
Number of
Shares
(or Units)
Purchased
(1)(2)(3)(4)(5)
   
(b)
Average
Price
Paid
Per
Share
(or Unit)
   
(c)
Total Number of
Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part
of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
(1)
   
(d)
Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value)
of Shares (or Units)
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs
(1)
 
July 1 – July 31
    263,903     $ 47.7372       N/A       N/A  
August 1 – August 31
    725,507       46.1625       N/A       N/A  
September 1 – September 30
    127,327       48.6933       N/A       N/A  
Total
    1,116,737       46.8232       N/A       N/A  

(1)
At September 30, 2011, Progress Energy does not have any publicly announced plans or programs to purchase shares of its common stock.
(2)
The plan administrator purchased 557,400 shares of our common stock in open-market transactions to meet share delivery obligations under the Progress Energy 401(k) Savings & Stock Ownership Plan.
(3)
The plan administrator purchased 311,679 shares of our common stock in open-market transactions to meet share delivery obligations under the Savings Plan for Employees of Florida Progress Corporation.
(4)
The plan administrator purchased 244,305 shares of our common stock in open-market transactions to meet share delivery obligations under the Progress Energy Investor Plus Plan.
(5)
Progress Energy withheld 3,353 shares of our common stock during the third quarter of 2011 to pay taxes due upon the payout of certain Restricted Stock Unit awards pursuant to the terms of the 2007 EIP.

 
115

 
 
 
ITEM 6. EXHIBITS
 
                
(a)  
Exhibits
 
Exhibit Number
Description
Progress
Energy
PEC
PEF
         
*4(a)
Seventy-eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 1, 2011, to the Mortgage and Deed of Trust, dated May 1, 1940, as supplemented, between Carolina Power & Light Company d/b/a Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon (formerly Irving Trust Company) and Frederick G. Herbst (Ming Ryan, successor), as trustees (filed as Exhibit 4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 12, 2011, File No. 1-3382).
 
X
 
         
*4(b)
Fiftieth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 1, 2011, to the Indenture, dated January 1, 1944, as supplemented, between Florida Power Corporation d/b/a Progress Energy Florida, Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon, as successor Trustee (filed as Exhibit 4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K, dated August 15, 2011, File No. 1-3274).
   
X
         
10(a)
Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Management Employees of Progress Energy, Inc., amended and restated effective July 13, 2011.
X
X
X
         
10(b)
Executive and Key Manager 2009 Performance Share Sub-Plan, Exhibit A to 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, amended and restated effective July 12, 2011.
X
X
X
         
10(c)
Amended Management Incentive Compensation Plan of Progress Energy, Inc., amended and restated effective July 12, 2011.
X
X
X
         
10(d)
Progress Energy, Inc. Management Change-in-Control Plan, amended and restated effective July 13, 2011.
X
X
X
         
10(e)
Progress Energy, Inc. Amended and Restated Management Deferred Compensation Plan, revised and restated effective July 12, 2011.
X
X
X
         
10(f)
Progress Energy, Inc. Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated effective July 13, 2011.
X
X
X
         
10(g)
Progress Energy, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Unit Plan, amended and restated effective July 13, 2011.
X
X
X
         
10(h)
Amended and Restated Progress Energy, Inc. Restoration Retirement Plan, amended and restated effective July 13, 2011.
X
X
X
 
 
 
116

 
 
         
10(i)
Amended and Restated Supplemental Senior Executive Retirement Plan of Progress Energy, Inc., amended and restated effective July 13, 2011.
X
X
X
         
31(a)
302 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer
X
   
         
31(b)
302 Certifications of Chief Financial Officer
X
   
         
31(c)
302 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer
 
X
 
         
31(d)
302 Certifications of Chief Financial Officer
 
X
 
         
31(e)
302 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer
   
X
         
31(f)
302 Certifications of Chief Financial Officer
   
X
         
32(a)
906 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer
X
   
         
32(b)
906 Certifications of Chief Financial Officer
X
   
         
32(c)
906 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer
 
X
 
         
32(d)
906 Certifications of Chief Financial Officer
 
X
 
         
32(e)
906 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer
   
X
         
32(f)
906 Certifications of Chief Financial Officer
   
X
         
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document**
X
X
X
         
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
X
X
X
         
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document
X
X
X
         
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document
X
X
X
         
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document
X
X
X

*    Incorporated herein by reference as indicated.
 
** Attached as Exhibit 101 are the following financial statements and notes thereto for Progress Energy, PEC and PEF from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (i) the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income, (ii) the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) the Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, and (iv) the Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Statements, which are tagged as blocks of text in respect to PEC and PEF’s disclosures.
 
In accordance with Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the XBRL-related information for PEC and PEF in Exhibit 101 to this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.
 

 
117

 

SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrants have duly caused this report to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
CAROLINA POWER & LIGHT COMPANY d/b/a PROGRESS ENERGY CAROLINAS, INC.
 
FLORIDA POWER CORPORATION d/b/a PROGRESS ENERGY FLORIDA, INC.
Date: November 8, 2011
(Registrants)
   
 
By: /s/ Mark F. Mulhern
 
Mark F. Mulhern
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
   
 
By: /s/ Jeffrey M. Stone
 
Jeffrey M. Stone
 
Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
 
Progress Energy, Inc.
 
Chief Accounting Officer
 
Carolina Power & Light Company d/b/a Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc.
 
Florida Power Corporation d/b/a Progress Energy Florida, Inc.



 
118

 


EXHIBIT 10(a)
 









DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

FOR

KEY MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES OF

PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.

(Amended and Restated Effective July 13, 2011)
 
 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Page
ARTICLE 1 STATEMENT OF PURPOSE; EFFECTIVENESS
1
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS
1
ARTICLE III ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
5
ARTICLE IV RETIREMENT BENEFITS
6
ARTICLE V SURVIVOR BENEFITS
8
ARTICLE VI DISABILITY BENEFITS
9
ARTICLE VII SEVERANCE BENEFITS
10
ARTICLE VIII ADDITIONAL BENEFITS
11
ARTICLE IX ACCRUAL OF BENEFITS
12
ARTICLE X ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE
12
ARTICLE XI AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
13
ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS
14
ARTICLE XIII CONSTRUCTION
17

 
 

 
 
ARTICLE I
 
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE; EFFECTIVENESS
 
This Plan was originally adopted by Carolina Power & Light Company and sponsorship of the Plan was transferred to CP&L Energy, Inc. (whose name was subsequently changed to Progress Energy, Inc.) (the “Sponsor”) effective as of August 1, 2000.  The purpose of the Plan was to provide increased incentive on the part of key management employees of the Company and to further the long-term growth and earnings of the Company by offering long-term incentives in addition to current compensation to the limited group of key management employees of the Company who were largely responsible for such growth.
 
Participation in the Plan was suspended effective January 1, 2000.  Benefits due under those Deferred Compensation Agreements and Deferred Incentive Awards made prior to January 1, 2000, remain payable pursuant to the terms of the Plan, except that the Additional Benefits granted pursuant to ARTICLE VIII of the Plan were transferred to and are payable under the Progress Energy, Inc. Amended and Restated Management Deferred Compensation Plan.  The amended and restated Plan provisions, as contained herein, are effective as of July 10, 2002, but shall have no adverse affect on any Deferred Compensation Agreements and Deferred Incentive Awards, and benefits payable pursuant thereto, made prior to January 1, 2000.
 
 
ARTICLE II
 
DEFINITIONS
 
When used herein the following terms shall have the meanings indicated unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context.
 
1.   Annuity Starting Date ”: The date on which payment of a benefit payable hereunder is to commence.
 
2.   Board of Directors ”: The Board of Directors of the Sponsor.
 
3.   Change in Control ”: The earliest of the following dates:
 
 
(a)
the date any person or group of persons (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), excluding employee benefit plans of the Sponsor, becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1934) of securities of the Sponsor representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Sponsor’s then outstanding securities (excluding the acquisition of securities of the Sponsor by an entity at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding voting securities of which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by the Sponsor); or
 
 
 

 
 
 
(b)
the date of consummation of a tender offer for the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Sponsor’s then outstanding voting securities; or
 
 
(c)
the date of consummation of a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Sponsor with any other corporation or entity regardless of which entity is the survivor, other than a merger, share exchange or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Sponsor outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) more than sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Sponsor or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
 
 
(d)
the date, when as a result of a tender offer or exchange offer for the purchase of securities of the Sponsor (other than such an offer by the Sponsor for its own securities), or as a result of a proxy contest, merger, share exchange, consolidation or sale of assets, or as a result of any combination of the foregoing, individuals who are Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the Board of Directors; or
 
 
(e)
the date the shareholders of the Sponsor approve a plan of complete liquidation or winding-up of the Sponsor or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Sponsor of all or substantially all of the Sponsor’s assets; or
 
 
(f)
the date of any event which the Board of Directors determines should constitute a Change of Control.
 
A Change of Control shall not be deemed to have occurred until a majority of the members of the Board of Directors receive written certification from the Organization and Compensation Committee of the Board that one of the events set forth in this Section 1.3 as occurred.  Any determination that an event described in this Section 1.3 has occurred shall, if made in good faith on the basis of information available at that time, be conclusive and binding on the Board of Directors, the Sponsor, the Participants and their beneficiaries for all purposes of the Plan.
 
4.   Committee ”: The Administrative Committee appointed by the Board of Directors to administer this Plan.
 
5.   Company ”: Carolina Power & Light Company, a North Carolina corporation, and its corporate successors and affiliates under common ownership and control of the Sponsor.
 
6.   Continuing Directors ”:  The members of the Board of Directors on July 10, 2002; provided, however , that any person becoming a director subsequent to such whose election
 
 
2

 
 
or nomination for election was supported by 75% or more of the directors who then comprised Continuing Directors shall be considered to be a Continuing Director.
 
7.   Deferred Compensation Agreement ”: Written agreement between the Company and a Participant pursuant to which the Participant agreed to defer a portion of his Compensation under the Plan.
 
8.   Deferred Incentive Award ”: A deferred award made to an Eligible Employee under the Management Incentive Compensation Plan.
 
9.   Designated Beneficiary ”: One or more beneficiaries, as designated in writing to the Committee, to whom payments otherwise due to or for the benefit of the Participant hereunder shall be made in the event of death prior to the complete payment of such benefit. In the event no such written designation is made by a Participant or if such beneficiary shall not be in existence at the Participant’s death or if such beneficiary predeceases the Participant, the Participant shall be deemed to have designated his estate as such beneficiary.
 
10.   Disability Retirement ”: Retirement from the employ of the Company because of Total Disability.
 
11.   Disability Retirement Date ”: The date upon which a Participant retires from the employ of the Company because of Total Disability.
 
12.   Early Retirement ”: Retirement from the employ of the Company upon or after attaining age sixty (60) but prior to the calendar year in which the Participant attains age sixty-five (65).
 
13.   Early Retirement Date ”: The date of Early Retirement.
 
14.   Eligible Employee ”: An Employee eligible to participate in this Plan, as provided in Section 1 of ARTICLE III hereof.
 
15.   Employee ”: A person who is employed by the Company.
 
16.   Insurable ”: The life of a Participant at the time of a deferral election or Deferred Incentive Award for which the Participant is notified in writing by the Committee that the Participant is insurable by an insurance company approved by the Committee and at premium rates acceptable to the Committee in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion.
 
17.   Management Incentive Compensation Plan ”: The Management Incentive Compensation Plan of Progress Energy, Inc., as amended.
 
18.   Normal Retirement ”: Retirement from the employ of the Company in the calendar year in which occurs the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
 
19.   Normal Retirement Date ”: The date upon which such Participant attains the age of sixty-five (65).
 
 
3

 
20.   Participant ”: An Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan, in the manner specified herein.
 
21.   Plan ”: The amended and restated Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Management Employees of Progress Energy, Inc. as contained herein, and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter.
 
22.   Postponed Retirement ”: Retirement from the employ of the Company after the end of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age sixty-five (65).
 
23.   Postponed Retirement Date ”: The date of Postponed Retirement.
 
24.   Present Value Interest Rate ”: The rate stated in a Participant’s Deferred Compensation Agreement or Deferred Incentive Award as the Present Value Interest Rate or, if no such rate is stated, ten percent (10%) per annum.
 
25.   Stock Purchase-Savings Plan ”: The Stock Purchase-Savings Plan of Carolina Power & Light Company (as amended and restated effective December 31, 1989), and as later amended.
 
26.   Salary ”: The compensation payable by the Company to a Participant consisting of regular or base compensation, such compensation being understood not to include bonuses, if any, incentive compensation, if any, or amounts of compensation payment of which has been deferred under any deferred compensation plan or arrangement maintained by the Company.
 
27.   Sponsor ”:  Progress Energy, Inc. and its successors in interest.
 
28.   Total Compensation ”: The sum of (1) the annual regular or base compensation and amounts of incentive compensation or bonuses paid by the Company to a Participant as reflected in Internal Revenue Service Form W-2, and (2) amounts of such compensation deferred under any plan or arrangement maintained by the Sponsor, including this Plan, and which but for such deferrals would have been reflected in such Form W-2.
 
29.   Total Disability ”: During the first twelve (12) months of disability, a disability where a Participant is wholly and continuously disabled by reason of sickness or injury such that he is unable to perform the normal duties of his actual occupation, and is under the regular care of a physician acceptable to the Committee during said 12 months. After the first 12 months of disability, a disability where a Participant is found to be wholly and permanently prevented from engaging in any occupation as determined by the Committee, for which he is reasonably qualified, by training, education, background and experience, as a result of said sickness or injury, provided he is still under the regular care of a physician acceptable to the Committee.
 
30.   Year of Service ”: A period of twelve (12) consecutive months (no month to be counted in more than one Year of Service) during which the Participant has been or hereafter (i) is continuously employed by the Company, or (ii) is continuously on leave of absence approved by the Company.
 
 
4

 
 
ARTICLE III
 
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
 
1.   Eligibility . Any key management Employee whose position with the Company is at the department manager level or higher was eligible to participate in this Plan prior to January 1, 2000.  Effective January 1, 2000, no new Participants were eligible to enter the Plan.
 
2.   Elective Participation .
 
(a)   An Eligible Employee participated in the Deferred Compensation feature of the Plan by irrevocably electing, in the manner specified herein, to defer future Salary in an annual amount for one (1) or four (4) consecutive calendar years (or for such fewer years as remain until the Employee’s Normal Retirement Date or for such fewer years as approved by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company; or if the Chief Executive Officer is the affected Participant then for such fewer years as approved by the Committee).  An Eligible Employee could defer a minimum of $1,000 per year under the four (4) year election and $3,000 per year under the one (1) year election. . No deferral election was permitted which would have the result of causing to be deferred under this Plan in any calendar year (as a result of such deferral election and, where applicable, any previous deferral elections pursuant to this Plan or the predecessor Plan provisions) amounts of Salary which exceed fifteen percent (15%) of such Eligible Employee’s Total Compensation for the year in which such deferral election was made; except when approved in advance on a case-by-case basis by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, or if the Chief Executive Officer is the affected Participant then when approved in advance on a case-by-case basis by the Committee.  Should the amount of any deferral election made by any Eligible Employee exceed the fifteen percent (15%) limitation without the prior approval of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, the amount of deferrals so elected would be automatically reduced to the maximum level permitted by the Plan.
 
(b)   An Eligible Employee became a Participant in the Deferred Compensation feature of the Plan upon the execution and delivery of a Deferred Compensation Agreement. Such Agreement must be executed as follows:
 
  (i)           Within thirty (30) days following the date on which an Employee first became eligible to participate in this Plan in order to defer Salary to be earned in the remainder of the calendar year following such deferral election; or
 
  (ii)           In all other cases, on or before December 31 to defer Salary to be earned in succeeding calendar years.
 
(c)   During a deferral period(s), the annual amount of Salary to be deferred was deferred on a basis as determined by the Committee.
 
(d)   The Committee was empowered to deny any eligible Employee the right to make a new deferral election pursuant to the Plan in any calendar year. Any such denial may apply to one or more but less than all eligible Employees.
 
 
5

 
 
3.   Participation through Management Incentive Compensation Plan . An Eligible Employee participated in the Management Incentive Compensation feature of the Plan when notified, in the manner specified herein, of a Deferred Incentive Award under the Management Incentive Compensation Plan. Written notification of such Deferred Incentive Award was made by the Committee at the direction of the Board of Directors.
 
4.   Benefits . The amount of benefits payable under the Plan will differ depending upon the Participant’s age at the time of the deferral election and/or, notification of a Deferred Incentive Award and the amounts deferred. In addition, the amount of Survivor Benefits and Disability Benefits payable under the Plan may vary from Participant to Participant depending upon whether the Participant is Insurable or not Insurable. Each year in which the right to defer was offered to an Employee and/or notification of a Deferred Incentive Award was made, the Committee furnished such Eligible Employee with a schedule disclosing how benefits are computed.
 
 
ARTICLE IV
 
RETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
1.   Normal Retirement Benefit .
 
(a)   Upon the Normal Retirement of a Participant, such Participant becomes entitled to his Normal Retirement Benefit. The Normal Retirement Benefit is a level fifteen (15) year annuity payable in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments in the amount stated in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Agreement or Deferred Incentive Award. Payment of the Normal Retirement Benefit shall commence on the January 1st immediately following the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date (such date being the “Regular Annuity Starting Date”) and shall continue on the first day of each month thereafter until one hundred eighty (180) monthly payments have been made.
 
(b)   The Normal Retirement Benefit amount which the Company agreed to pay depends on a number of factors, including, among other things, the amount of the deferral, the Participant’s age and the length of time between the time of the deferral and the Annuity Starting Date of the benefit.
 
2.   Postponed Retirement Benefit .
 
(a)   Upon the Postponed Retirement of a Participant, such Participant becomes entitled to his Postponed Retirement Benefit. The Postponed Retirement Benefit is a level fifteen (15) year annuity payable in equal monthly installments. Payment of the Postponed Retirement Benefit shall commence on the January 1st immediately following the Participant’s Postponed Retirement Date (such date being the “Postponed Annuity Starting Date”), and shall continue on the first day of each month thereafter until one hundred eighty (180) monthly payments have been made.
 
(b)   The monthly benefit of the Postponed Retirement Benefit shall be an amount equal to the monthly benefit of the Normal Retirement Benefit increased by six
 
 
6

 
 
percent (6%) compounded annually for each year that the Regular Annuity Starting Date precedes Postponed Annuity Starting Date.
 
3.   Early Retirement Benefit .
 
(a)   Upon the Early Retirement of a Participant, such Participant becomes entitled to his Early Retirement Benefit. The Early Retirement Benefit is a level fifteen (15) year annuity payable in equal monthly installments, the amount of which shall be the same as those of the Normal Retirement Benefit. Subject to Sections 3(b) and 3(c) of this ARTICLE IV, payment of the Early Retirement Benefit shall commence on the January 1st immediately following the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date (such date being the “Regular Annuity Starting Date”), and shall continue on the first day of each month thereafter until one hundred eighty (180) monthly payments have been made.
 
(b)   A Participant may irrevocably elect in advance to have payment of his Early Retirement Benefit commence, in a reduced amount, on the January lst following his Early Retirement Date (such date being the “Accelerated Annuity Starting Date”). Such election shall be made in writing delivered to the Committee at the same time the Participant irrevocably elects (in accordance with ARTICLE III hereof) to defer future Salary giving rise to such Early Retirement Benefit.
 
(c)   To the extent that such Early Retirement Benefit is the result of a Deferred Incentive Award, payment of such benefits shall commence in accordance with the terms contained in the written notification made by the Committee with respect to such Award.
 
(d)   In the event a Participant elects an Accelerated Annuity Starting Date, his Early Retirement Benefit shall be reduced by six percent (6%) compounded annually for each year that the Accelerated Annuity Starting Date precedes his Regular Annuity Starting Date.
 
4.   Death Prior to Commencement of Benefit . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event a Participant dies after becoming entitled to his Normal Retirement Benefit, Postponed Retirement Benefit, or Early Retirement Benefit and prior to the Annuity Starting Date of such Retirement Benefit, the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary shall receive, in lieu of such Retirement Benefit, the Survivor Benefit Specified in ARTICLE V hereof.
 
5.   Payments to Beneficiary . In the event a Participant dies prior to full payment of his Retirement Benefit under this ARTICLE IV, all remaining payments due hereunder shall be made to such Participant’s Designated Beneficiary.
 
 
ARTICLE V
 
SURVIVOR BENEFITS
 
1.   Survivor Benefit . Upon the occurrence of any of the following events, the Company shall pay to a Participant’s Designated Beneficiary the Survivor Benefit as defined in this ARTICLE V.
 
 
7

 
(a)   The death of the Participant while employed by the Company;
 
(b)   The death of the Participant after becoming entitled to a Retirement Benefit of ARTICLE IV hereof, but prior to commencement of payment of such benefit;
 
(c)   The death of the Participant after becoming entitled to the Disability Benefit of ARTICLE VI, Section 2, hereof, but prior to commencement of payment of such Benefit; or
 
(d)   The death of the Participant after becoming entitled to the Severance Benefit under ARTICLE VII, Section 1(b) hereof, but prior to commencement of payment of such benefit.
 
2.   Payment . Payment of the Survivor Benefit shall commence on the first day of the month following receipt by the Committee of written proof of the Participant’s death and shall continue on the first day of each month thereafter until one hundred eighty (180) monthly payments have been made.
 
3.   Amount .
 
(a)   If the Participant is Insurable, then the Survivor Benefit is, a level fifteen (15) year annuity payable to his Designated Beneficiary in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments of cash in the amount(s) stated in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Agreement or the Deferred Incentive Award.
 
(b)   If the Participant is not Insurable and his death both (i) occurs after attaining age sixty (60) and (ii) constitutes one of the events described in Section 1(a), 1(b), and 1(c) of this ARTICLE V, then the Survivor Benefit is a level fifteen (15) year annuity payable in one hundred eighty (180) equal monthly installments in a monthly amount equal to the present value at the Participant’s date of death of the Participant’s monthly Normal Retirement Benefit, as set forth in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Agreement or the Deferred Incentive Award, discounted, for the period between the Participant’s Regular Annuity Starting Date (as defined in ARTICLE IV, Section 1) and the Participant’s date of death, by the Present Value Interest Rate stated in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Agreement or Deferred Incentive Award, compounded annually.
 
(c)   If the Participant is not Insurable and either the Participant has not attained age sixty (60) at the time of his death or his death constitutes the event described in Section   (d) of this ARTICLE V, then the total amount of the Survivor Benefit shall equal his actual gross deferrals plus interest thereon at nine percent (9%) per annum compounded annually until his date of death. Such amount shall be payable to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary at the option of the Committee in either a lump sum on   the first day of the month immediately following receipt by the Committee of written proof of the Participant’s death or in up to one hundred eighty (180) equal consecutive monthly installments with interest at nine percent (9%) per annum, compounded annually, commencing on the first day of the month immediately following receipt by the Committee of proof of the Participant’s death.
 
 
8

 
 
(d)   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Participant’s death occurs prior to May 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant enters into a Deferred Compensation Agreement or is notified of a Deferred Incentive Award, or if the Participant’s death occurs by reason of suicide prior to the May 1 of the third calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant enters into a Deferred Compensation Agreement or is notified of a Deferred Incentive Award, then no Survivor Benefit shall be payable pursuant to such Deferred Compensation Agreement or Deferred Incentive Award. In lieu of any such Survivor Benefit, the Company shall pay to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, in one lump sum, the actual gross deferrals made, if any, pursuant to such Deferred Compensation Agreement or Deferred Incentive Award plus interest thereon at nine percent (9%) per annum compounded annually until date of payment.
 
(e)   Anything to the Contrary herein notwithstanding, if the Survivor Benefit is payable by reason of the Participant’s death occurring at a time when, had he retired on the day of his death, he would have been entitled to the Postponed Retirement Benefit (as provided in ARTICLE IV, Section 2), then the monthly amount of the Survivor Benefit shall equal the monthly amount of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Benefit, as set forth in the Participant’s Deferred Compensation Agreement or Deferred Incentive Award, increased by six percent (6%) per annum compounded annually for the period between the Participant’s Regular Annuity Starting Date (as defined in ARTICLE IV, Section 1) and the Participant’s death.
 
4.   Other . The Survivor Benefits payable hereunder are in lieu of any other benefit under this Plan.
 
 
ARTICLE VI
 
DISABILITY BENEFITS
 
1.   Entitlement . Upon Disability Retirement a Participant becomes entitled to the Disability Benefit described in this ARTICLE VI.
 
2.   Disability Benefit .
 
(a)   Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, the Disability Benefit shall be a deferred benefit identical to the Normal Retirement Benefit to which the retired Participant would have become entitled under ARTICLE IV if he had retired on his Normal Retirement Date.
 
(b)   Paragraph (a) above notwithstanding, but subject to paragraph (c) below, if the Disability Retirement occurs before the Participant has attained age sixty (60), and the Participant is not Insurable, then his Disability Benefit shall equal his actual gross deferrals plus interest thereon at nine percent (9%) per annum compounded annually until his Disability Retirement Date. Payment of such benefit shall commence on the first day of the month immediately following (i) his Disability Retirement Date and (ii) the expiration of six (6) months of Total Disability. Such benefit shall be payable in sixty
 
 
9

 
 
(60) equal consecutive monthly installments with interest at nine percent (9%) per annum.
 
(c)   The foregoing notwithstanding, in the event such Participant dies prior to commencement of payment of such Disability Benefit, the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary shall receive, in lieu of such Disability Benefit, the Survivor Benefit specified in ARTICLE V hereof.
 
3.   Re-Employment . In the event a retired Participant entitled to a Disability Benefit hereunder but prior to commencement of payment of such benefit is re-employed by the Company in a capacity which entitles him to participate in the Plan, he shall forfeit such Disability Benefit and shall participate in the Plan as if his service with the Company had never terminated. Anything in the foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, however, if at the time of the retired Participant’s re-employment payment of his Disability Benefit hereunder has already commenced, he shall be ineligible to again commence participation in the Plan and shall, therefore, have no right, claim or entitlement to any benefits hereunder other than full payment of such Disability Benefit.
 
4.   Payments to Beneficiary . In the event that a retired disabled Participant dies prior to full payment of his Disability Benefit under this ARTICLE VI, all remaining payments due hereunder shall be made to such Participant’s Designated Beneficiary.
 
 
ARTICLE VII
 
SEVERANCE BENEFITS
 
1.   Severance Benefit .
 
(a)   In the event a Participant’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason other than death, Disability Retirement, Early, Normal or Postponed Retirement, and at the time of such termination such Participant has neither (i) accrued twenty (20) Years of Service, nor (ii) attained age fifty (50) with fifteen (15) Years of Service, nor (iii) attained age fifty-five (55) with ten (10) Years of Service, the Participant’s participation in the Plan shall cease as of the date of such termination. In such event, the Company shall pay the former Participant the amount of his actual gross deferrals plus interest thereon at seven percent (7%) per annum, compounded annually. Such amount shall be, payable to the former Participant in sixty (60) equal consecutive monthly installments with interest at seven percent (7%) per annum commencing within ninety (90) days following such termination.
 
(b)   In the event a Participant’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason other than death, Disability Retirement, Early, Normal or Postponed , Retirement, and at the time of such termination such Participant has either (i) accrued twenty (20) or more Years of Service, or (ii) attained age fifty (50) with fifteen (15) or more Years of Service or (iii) attained age fifty-five (55) with ten (10) or more Years of Service, such Participant shall receive a Severance Benefit identical to the Normal Retirement Benefit as provided in ARTICLE IV hereof to which such Participant would
 
 
10

 
 
have become entitled if he retired upon or after his Normal Retirement Date. Provided, however, in the event a Participant dies prior to commencement of payment of such Severance Benefit, the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary shall receive, in lieu of such Severance Benefit, the Survivor Benefit specified in ARTICLE V hereof.
 
2.   Payments to Beneficiary . In the event a Participant dies prior to full payment of his Severance’ Benefit under this ARTICLE VII, all remaining payments due hereunder shall be made to such Participant’s Designated Beneficiary.
 
 
ARTICLE VIII
 
ADDITIONAL BENEFITS
 
1.   Loss of Benefits . It is anticipated that the deferral of a Participant’s Salary pursuant to the Deferred Compensation feature of this Plan may result in a loss of benefits through a reduction of amounts actually or potentially credited to his account(s) under the Stock Purchase-Savings Plan, and/or other qualified plans now or hereafter maintained by the Company. For example, it is expected that elections to defer Salary under the Deferred Compensation feature of this Plan could result in reduced Company contributions to the account of a Participant under the Stock Purchase-Savings Plan. The Committee shall determine the amount of such losses of benefits (hereafter “Benefit Loss”).
 
2.   Additional Benefits . If the Committee determines that a Participant has suffered a Benefit Loss in any year, additional benefits shall be provided to the Participant as described herein:
 
(a)   In the case of all Benefit Losses, if any, additional benefits shall be provided under this Plan as if the Participant had made a one (1) year deferral election to defer Salary in an amount equal to such Benefit Loss. The Committee shall determine when such deferral is deemed to occur. The amount of such additional benefits will be determined under this Plan in the year such deferral is deemed to occur but shall be based upon the level of benefits payable pursuant to, the deferral election to which the Benefit Loss is attributable, and the Participant’s age at the time of such deferral election.
 
3.   Transfer of Additional Benefits .  Effective January 1, 2000, the value of the Additional Benefits provided under this ARTICLE VIII were transferred for payment under the Progress Energy, Inc. Amended and Restated Management Deferred Compensation Plan upon the written acknowledgement of the Participant that he had no further right or interest to the Additional Benefits under this Plan.
 
 
ARTICLE IX
 
ACCRUAL OF BENEFITS
 
1.   If the employment of a Participant terminates for any reason prior to the completion of the deferrals agreed upon in the Deferred Compensation Agreement or if the agreed deferrals are not made for any other reason, then all of his benefits under the Plan shall be
 
 
11

 
 
reduced by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the gross deferrals agreed to be deferred which were not deferred, and the denominator of which is the amount of gross deferrals agreed to be deferred.
 
2.   The reduction of benefits under Section I of this ARTICLE IX shall not apply to any benefits receivable by a Participant or his Designated Beneficiary under:
 
(a)   ARTICLE V, Section 3(a) only, but only when the Participant dies while employed by the Company;
 
(b)   ARTICLE V, Section 3(c);
 
(c)   ARTICLE V, Section 3(d);
 
(d)   ARTICLE VI, Section 2(b);
 
(e)   ARTICLE VII, Section 1(a); or
 
(f)   ARTICLE VIII.
 
 
ARTICLE X
 
ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE
 
1.   This Plan shall be administered by an Administrative Committee of not less than three (3) nor more than seven (7) members appointed by the Board of Directors of the Sponsor. The Board of Directors may from time to time appoint members of the Committee in substitution for the members previously appointed and may fill vacancies, however caused. The Committee shall have all powers necessary to enable it to carry out its duties in the administration of the Plan. Not in limitation, but in application of the foregoing, the Committee shall have the duty and power to determine all questions that may arise hereunder as to the status and rights of Participants in the Plan.
 
2.   The Committee shall act by a majority of the number then constituting the Committee, and such action may be taken either by a vote at a meeting or in writing without a meeting.
 
3.   The Committee shall keep a complete record of all its proceedings and all data relating to the administration of the Plan.
 
4.   The Committee shall elect one of its members as a Chairman. The Committee shall appoint a Secretary to keep minutes of its meetings and the Secretary may or may not be a member of the Committee. The Committee shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable.
 
5.   No member of the Committee shall be personally liable for any actions taken by the Committee unless the member’s action involves willful misconduct. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the
 
 
12

 
 
Committee and each Employee of the Company acting pursuant to direction of the Committee from and against any and all liability, claims, demands, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising out of or incident to any act or failure to act in connection with the administration of the Plan, except for any such act or failure to act that involves willful misconduct.
 
 
ARTICLE XI
 
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
 
The Sponsor reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, by action of its Board of Directors, to modify or amend in whole or in part any or all of the provisions of the Plan. In addition, the Sponsor reserves the right, by action of its Board of Directors, to terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided, however , any such modification, amendment or termination shall not adversely affect the Deferred Compensation Agreements or Deferred Incentive Awards then in effect.
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Sponsor reserves the right, by action of its Board of Directors, to terminate the Plan in the event that there occur changes in the tax laws which, in the determination of the Committee in the good faith exercise of its sole and absolute discretion, adversely affect the Sponsor or the Participants. Such changes may include, without limitation, changes in laws governing taxation of life insurance proceeds received by the Company or the Sponsor or taxation of the internal build-up of cash surrender value of life insurance owned by the Company or the Sponsor. To be effective, such action of the Board of Directors terminating the Plan must be made within sixty (60) days of such changes. In the event of such a termination, the Company shall have the right to refund to each Participant (or his Designated Beneficiary) the sum of the Participant’s actual gross deferrals under the Plan, with interest on such amounts until date of payment at the rate of nine percent (9%) per annum, compounded annually, such sum to be paid in a lump sum within sixty (60) days following the date the Plan is terminated. The foregoing notwithstanding, such a termination shall not apply to any Participant or Designated Beneficiary who has begun receiving benefits under the Plan at the time of the termination, and such benefits shall continue to be paid in accordance with the terms of the Plan as if such termination had not occurred.
 
 
ARTICLE XII
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
1.   Non-Alienation of Benefits . No right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledged encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge any right or benefit under this Agreement shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefits. If the Participant or any beneficiary hereunder shall become bankrupt, or attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge any right hereunder, then such right or benefit shall, in the discretion of the Committee, cease and terminate, and in such event, the Committee may hold or apply the same or any part thereof for the benefit of the . Participant or his
 
 
13

 
 
beneficiary, spouse, children, or other dependents, or any of them in such manner and in such amounts and proportions as the Committee may deem proper.
 
2.   No Trust Created . The obligations of the Sponsor and the Company to make payments hereunder shall constitute a liability of the Sponsor and the Company to a Participant and his Beneficiary. Such payments shall be made from . assets which shall continue, for all purposes, to be part of the general assets of the Sponsor and the Company, and no person shall have, by virtue of this Plan, any interest in such assets. The Sponsor and the Company shall not be required to establish or maintain any special or separate fund, or purchase or acquire life insurance on a Participant’s life, or otherwise to segregate assets to assure that such payment shall be made, and neither a Participant, his Beneficiary, or any other Beneficiary shall have any interest in any particular asset of the Sponsor or the Company by reason of its obligations hereunder. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Sponsor and the Company under the provision of this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Sponsor and the Company.  Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions by any party, shall create, or be construed as creating, a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Sponsor, the Company and a Participant, his Beneficiary, or any other person.
 
In the event that, in its discretion, the Sponsor or the Company purchases an insurance policy or policies insuring the life of any Participant to allow the Sponsor or the Company to recover, in whole, or in part, the cost of providing the benefits hereunder, neither the Participant, his Beneficiary or any other beneficiary shall have any rights whatsoever therein; the Sponsor or  Company shall be the sole owner and beneficiary thereof and shall possess and may exercise all incidents of ownership therein.
 
3.   No Employment Agreement . Neither the execution of this Plan or any Deferred Compensation Agreement or Deferred Incentive Award nor any action taken by the Sponsor or the Company pursuant to this Plan shall be held or construed to confer on a Participant any legal right to be continued as an Employee of the Sponsor or the Company in an executive position or in any other capacity whatsoever. This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Sponsor or the Company and a Participant, nor shall any provision herein restrict the right of the Sponsor or the Company to discharge any Participant or restrict the right of any Participant to terminate his employment with the Sponsor or the Company.
 
4.   Designation of Beneficiary . Participants shall file with the Committee a notice in writing designating one or more Designated Beneficiaries to whom payments otherwise due to or for the benefit of the Participant hereunder shall be made in the event of his death prior to the complete payment of such benefit. Participants shall have the right to change the beneficiary or beneficiaries so designated from time to time; provided, however, that any change shall not become effective until received in writing by the Committee.
 
5.   Claims for Benefits . Each Participant or beneficiary must claim any benefit to which he is entitled under this Plan by a written notification to the Committee. If a claim is denied, it must be denied within a reasonable period of time, and be contained in a written notice stating the following:
 
(a)   The specific reason for the denial.
 
 
14

 
 
(b)   Specific reference to the Plan provision on which the denial is based.
 
(c)   Description of additional information necessary for the claimant to present his claim, if any, and an explanation of why such material is necessary.
 
(d)   An explanation of the Plan’s claims review procedure. The claimant will have 60 days to request a review of the denial by the Committee, which will provide a full and fair review. The request for review must be in writing delivered to the Committee. The claimant may review pertinent documents, and he may submit issues and comments in writing.
 
The decision by the Committee with respect to the review must be given within 60 days after receipt of the request, unless special circumstances require an extension (such as for a hearing). In no event shall the decision be delayed beyond 120 days after receipt of the request for review. The decision shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and it shall include specific reasons and refer to special Plan provisions as to its effect.
 
6.   Change of Control . In the case of a Change of Control, the Sponsor, subject to the restrictions in this Section 6 and in Section 2 of this ARTICLE XII, shall irrevocably set aside funds in one or more such grantor trusts in an amount that is sufficient to pay each Participant the net present value as of the date on which the Change of Control occurs, of the benefits to which the Participant (or the beneficiaries) would be entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan if the value of the benefit were to be paid in a lump sum upon the Change of Control; provided, however, that the Sponsor shall not set aside funds, revocably or irrevocably, in one or more such grantor trusts in connection with the transactions described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Sponsor and Duke Energy Corporation dated as of January 8, 2011.  The net present value of such benefits shall be determined as of the Change of Control by application of the Present Value Interest Rate.  The obligations and responsibilities of the Sponsor and Company under this Plan shall be assumed by any successor or acquiring corporation, and all of the rights, privileges and benefits of the Participants hereunder shall continue following the Change of Control.
 
7.   Withdrawals on Account of Hardship . A Participant may, in the Committee’s sole discretion, receive a withdrawal of all or any part of such Participant’s deferrals under the Plan in the case of an “immediate and heavy financial hardship.” A Participant requesting a withdrawal pursuant to this Section shall have the burden of proof of establishing, to the Committee’s satisfaction, the existence of such hardship, and the amount needed to satisfy the same. In that regard, the Participant shall provide the Committee with such financial data and information as the Committee may request. If the Committee determines that a withdrawal should be permitted under this Section, such withdrawal shall be made within a reasonable time after the Committee’s determination of the existence of such hardship and the amount so needed. Any such withdrawal pursuant to this Section shall be expressly conditional upon the Participant receiving such distribution entering into such modification or amendment to such Participant’s Deferred Compensation Agreement as the Committee may deem appropriate in its sole and exclusive discretion to reduce the benefits that would have otherwise been payable to such Participant had such payment not been made to the Participant pursuant to this Section. As used herein, the term “hardship” means an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant for which resources are not reasonably available from other sources to the Participant. The
 
 
15

 
 
circumstances that shall constitute a hardship shall depend upon the facts of each case. Withdrawals of amounts because of an immediate and heavy financial need shall not exceed an amount reasonably needed to satisfy the hardship. If any withdrawal is permitted pursuant to this Section before all the Participant’s deferrals have been completed pursuant to Deferred Compensation Agreements then in effect, no further deferrals of salary shall be made pursuant to such Participant’s Deferred Compensation Agreements from and after the effective date of the withdrawal.
 
8.   Payment to Incompetents . The Committee shall make the payments provided herein directly to the Participant or Designated Beneficiary entitled thereto or, if such Participant or Designated Beneficiary has been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be mentally or physically incompetent, then payment shall be made to the duly appointed guardian, committee or other authorized representative of such Participant or Designated Beneficiary. The Sponsor or the Company shall have the right to make payment directly to a Participant or Designated Beneficiary until is has received actual notice of the physical or mental incapacity of such Participant or Designated Beneficiary and actual notice of the appointment of a duly authorized representative of his estate. Any payment to or for the benefit of a Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall be a complete discharge of all liability of the Sponsor and the Company therefore. The Committee is authorized to interpret and administer this Section in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.
 
9.   Binding Effect . Obligations incurred by the Sponsor and the Company pursuant to this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Sponsor and the Company, their successors and assigns, and the Participant and the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated pursuant to ARTICLE XII, Section 4 hereinabove.
 
10.   Entire Plan . This document and any amendments contains all the terms and provisions of the Plan and shall constitute the entire Plan, any other alleged terms or provisions being of no effect.
 
 
ARTICLE XIII
 
CONSTRUCTION
 
1.   Governing Law . This Plan shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.
 
2.   Gender . The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender, and the singular may include the plural, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.
 
3.   Headings, etc. The cover page of this Plan, the Table of Contents and all heading used in this Plan are for convenience of reference only and are not part of the substance of this Plan.
 

 
16

 
 
THIS PLAN is adopted and duly executed effective as of the 31 st day of October, 2011.
 

 
 
 
By:
PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
/s/ William D. Johnson
William D. Johnson
Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
ATTEST:
/s/ Holly H. Wenger
Holly H. Wenger
Assistant Secretary
 
 
[Corporate Seal]
 

 

 
17

 


EXHIBIT 10(b)


 
EXHIBIT A
TO
2007 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

EXECUTIVE AND KEY MANAGER 2009 PERFORMANCE SHARE SUB-PLAN

This Executive and Key Manager 2009 Performance Share Sub-Plan (“Sub-Plan”) sets forth rules and regulations adopted by the Committee for issuance of Performance Share Awards under Section 10 of the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (“Plan”).  This Sub-Plan shall apply to Awards granted effective on and after January 1, 2009.  In addition, the rules and regulations relating to the deferral of Awards set forth in this Sub-Plan shall apply to any Awards which become vested on or after January 1, 2005.  Capitalized terms used in this Sub-Plan that are not defined herein shall have the meaning given in the Plan.  In the event of any conflict between this Sub-Plan and the Plan, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall control.  No Award Agreement shall be required for participation in this Sub-Plan.

Section 1.  Definitions

When used in this Sub-Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings as set forth below, and are in addition to the definitions set forth in the Plan.  Defined terms used in this Sub-Plan and not defined below shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

1.1
Account ” means the account used to record and track the number of Performance Shares granted to each Participant as provided in Section 2.4.

1.2
Award ” as used in this Sub-Plan means each aggregate award of Performance Shares as provided in Section 2.2.

1.3
Change of Control ” means a change of control as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

1.4
Disability ” means disability as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

1.5
Early Retirement ” means Separation from Service after attaining age 55 and completing at least 10 years of service.

1.6
Early Vesting Event ” with respect to a Performance Award means the Participant’s death, Disability, Retirement, or Separation from Service as a result of a Divestiture, or any of the vesting events provided in Section 3.2 in connection with a Change in Control.

1.7
Earnings Growth ” means the average rate of growth in the on-going earnings per share of the Company Stock during the Performance Period as determined by the Committee from time to time.

 
 

 
 
1.8
Normal Retirement ” means Separation from Service on or after attaining age 65.

1.9
Peer Group ” means the peer group of utilities designated by the Committee prior to the beginning of the Performance Period for which an Award is granted.

1.10
Performance Period ” for purposes of this Sub-Plan means three consecutive Years beginning with the Year in which an Award is granted.

1.11
Performance Schedule ” means Attachment 1 to this Sub-Plan, which sets forth the methodology for  calculating the Performance Share Awards applicable to this Sub-Plan.

1.12
Performance Share ” for purposes of this Sub-Plan means each unit of an Award granted to a Participant, the value of which is equal to the value of Company Stock as hereinafter provided.

1.13
Retire ” or “ Retirement ” means Early Retirement or Normal Retirement.

1.14
Salary ” means the regular base rate of compensation payable by the Company to a Participant on an annual basis.  Salary does not include bonuses, if any, or incentive compensation, if any.  Such compensation shall not be reduced by any deferrals made under any other plans or programs maintained by the Company.

1.15
Section 409A ” means Section 409A of the Code, or any successor section under the Code, as amended and as interpreted by final or proposed regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

1.16
Separation from Service ” means separation from service with the Company as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

1.17
Total Shareholder Return ” means the average annual percentage return realized by the owner of a share of Company Stock for each Year during a relevant Performance Period.  The annual percentage return is equal to the appreciation or depreciation in value of a share of Company Stock (which is equal to the average of the daily opening and closing value of the stock over the last thirty trading days of the relevant period minus the average of the daily opening and closing value of the stock over the last thirty trading days of the preceding Year) plus the dividends paid on such share during the relevant period, divided by the average of the daily opening and closing value of the stock over the last thirty trading days of the preceding Year.  

1.18
Year ” means a calendar year.

 
Section 2.  Sub-Plan Participation and Awards

2.1            Participant Selection .  Participants under this Sub-Plan shall be selected by the Committee in its sole discretion as provided in Section 4.2 of the Plan.

 
2

 
2.2            Awards .  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Awards to some or all of the Participants in the form of a specific number of Performance Shares.  Fifty percent (50%) of the total Performance Shares granted to the Participant shall vest based upon the Total Shareholder Return during the Performance Period, and fifty percent (50%) of the total  Performance Shares granted to the Participant shall vest based upon Earnings during the Performance Period.  Except as described below, the target and maximum value of any Award granted to any Participant in any calendar Year will be based upon the following:

Participant
Target Award
Maximum Award
CEO*
233% of Salary
291.25% of Salary
COO*
184% of Salary
230% of Salary
CFO*
133% of Salary
166.25% of Salary
Presidents*/Executive VPs*
117% of Salary
146.25% of Salary
Senior VPs*
100% of Salary
125% of Salary
VP/Department Heads**
           Level I
           Level II
 
80% of Salary
67% of Salary
 
100% of Salary
83.75% of Salary
Key Managers
67% of Salary
83.75% of Salary
        *  Senior Management Committee level position
        **Levels shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee

2.3            Award Valuation at Grant .  In calculating the value of an Award for purposes of Section 2.2, the value of each Performance Share shall be equal to the closing price of a share of Stock on the last trading day of the Year before the Performance Period begins.  The Participant’s Salary shall be determined as of the January 1 preceding the date the Award is granted, or such other time as is determined in the discretion of the Committee.  Each Award is deemed to be granted on the day that it is approved by the Committee.

2.4            Accounting and Adjustment of Awards .  The number of Performance Shares awarded to a Participant shall be recorded in a separate Account for each Participant.  The number of Performance Shares recorded in a Participant’s Account shall be adjusted to reflect any splits or other adjustments in the Stock in accordance with Section 6.4 of the Plan.  If any cash dividends are paid on the Stock, the number of Performance Shares in each Participant’s Account shall be increased by a number equal to (i) the dividend multiplied by the number of Performance Shares in each Participant’s Account, divided by (ii) the closing price of a share of Stock on the payment date of the dividend.  No adjustment shall be made to any outstanding Awards of a Retired Participant for cash dividends paid on Stock during the Performance Period following the Retirement of the Participant.

2.5            Performance Schedule and Calculation of Awards .

(a)           The Committee shall, as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period, but in no event later than April 15 of the first Year immediately following expiration of the Performance Period, certify as to (i) the Company’s Total Shareholder Return over the
 
 
3

 
Performance Period, (ii) the Company’s Total Shareholder Return relative to the Peer Group over the Performance Period, (iii) the Company’s rate of Earnings Growth over the Performance Period, and (iv) the applicable percentage of the Performance Shares vesting in accordance with the Performance Schedule contained in Attachment 1 hereto.

(b)           Notwithstanding the relative ranking of the Company’s Total Shareholder Return over the Performance Period, the Committee may in its sole discretion, with respect to any or all Participants, elect to vest fewer Performance Shares than indicated by the Performance Schedule, and in no event shall the number of Performance Shares to be vested based upon the Total Shareholder Return for the Performance Period exceed the threshold level in the event of a negative absolute Total Shareholder Return of the Company.  This subsection 2.5(b) shall cease to apply upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.

(c)           Except with respect to the adjustments required or permitted by subsection (b) above, the performance measures and the Performance Schedule will not change during any Performance Period with regard to any Awards that have already been granted.  The Committee reserves the right to modify or adjust the performance measures and/or the Performance Schedule in the Committee’s sole discretion with regard to future grants.

(d)           Except in the case of an Early Vesting Event, each Award shall become vested on January 1 immediately following the end of the applicable Performance Period.  In no event shall such “normal” vesting date be construed to be earlier than January 1 immediately following the end of the applicable Performance Period.

2.6            Payment of Awards .  Except as provided in Section 3, Awards shall be paid after expiration of the Performance Period.  The Company will issue one share of Stock, or cash equal to the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock, or a combination thereof as determined by the Committee, in payment for each vested Performance Share (rounded to the nearest whole Performance Share) credited to the Account of the Participant.  Payment shall be made as follows:

(a)            Normal Payment .  Unless deferred as provided below, 100% of the vested Performance Shares for a Performance Period shall paid no later than April 15 of the Year immediately following expiration of the Performance Period.  Shares of Stock issued to the Participant will be delivered in certificated or uncertificated form, as the Participant shall direct.

(b)            Deferred Payment .  Any Participant who is employed as a Department Head or in a higher position as of the beginning of a Performance Period may elect to defer the payment of his or her Performance Shares for that Performance Period by executing a deferral election substantially in the form attached hereto as Attachment 2, and returning it to the Vice President, Human Resources Department no later than the end of the first Year of the Performance Period.  Once made, this election shall be irrevocable except as may be permitted by rules promulgated under Section 409A and allowed by the Committee.

2.7            Grantor Trust .  In the case of a Change in Control, the Company shall, subject to the restrictions in this Section 2.7 and Section 13.12 of the Plan, irrevocably set aside shares of
 
 
4

 
Stock or cash in one or more such grantor trusts in an amount that is sufficient to pay each Participant employed by such Company (or Designated Beneficiary), the net present value as of the date on which the Change in Control occurs, of the earned benefits to which Participants (or their Designated Beneficiaries) would be entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan if the value of their deferral account (if any) established pursuant to section 2.6(b) would be paid in a lump sum upon the Change in Control.  Any such trust shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Sponsor or Company in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Sponsor or Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.7, the Company shall establish no such trust if the assets thereof shall be includable in the income of Participants thereby pursuant to Section 409A(b); and provided further, that the Company shall establish no such trust and shall not set aside shares of Stock or cash, revocably or irrevocably, in connection with the transactions described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Company and Duke Energy Corporation dated as of January 8, 2011.

Section 3.  Early Vesting and Forfeiture

3.1            Retirement, Death, Disability or Divestiture .  In the event of the Retirement, Death, Disability or Separation from Service of a Participant due to Divestiture prior to the end of a Performance Period, the outstanding Awards of the Participant shall vest as follows:

(a)            Retirement .  If the Participant Retires on account of Normal Retirement during a Performance Period, any outstanding Awards of the Participant for such Performance Period shall vest as of the date of such Normal Retirement.  If the Participant Retirees on account of Early Retirement during a Performance Period, a portion of the outstanding Awards of the Participant for such Performance Period shall vest as of the date of such Early Retirement.  Such vested portion shall be determined by multiplying the number of unvested Performance Shares for the Performance Period by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months during the Performance Period completed by the Participant prior to such Early Retirement, and the denominator of which is 36.

(b)            Death .   If the Participant dies with fewer than six months remaining during a Performance Period, any outstanding Awards of the Participant for such Performance Period shall vest as of the date of death.  If the Participant dies with six or more months remaining during a Performance Period, a portion of the outstanding Awards of the Participant for such Performance Period shall vest as of the date of death.  Such vested portion shall be determined by multiplying the number of unvested Performance Shares for the Performance Period by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months during the Performance Period completed by the Participant prior to the date of death, and the denominator of which is 36.

(c)            Disability .  In the event of the Separation from Service of a Participant due to Disability during a Performance Period, a portion of the outstanding Awards of the Participant for such Performance Period shall vest as of the date of Separation from Service.  Such vested portion shall be determined by multiplying the number of unvested Performance Shares for the Performance Period by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months
 
 
5

 
during the Performance Period completed by the Participant prior to the Separation from Service, and the denominator of which is 36.

(d)            Divestiture .  If the Participant Separates from Service due to Divestiture with fewer than six months remaining during a Performance Period, any outstanding Awards of the Participant for such Performance Period shall vest as of the date of Separation from Service.  If the Participant Separates from Service due to Divestiture with six or more months remaining during a Performance Period, a portion of the outstanding Awards of the Participant for such Performance Period shall vest as of the date of Separation from Service.  Such vested portion shall be determined by multiplying the number of unvested Performance Shares for the Performance Period by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months during the Performance Period completed by the Participant prior to the date of Separation from Service, and the denominator of which is 36.

 3.2            Change in Control .  In the event of a Change in Control prior to the expiration of the Performance Period, any outstanding Award of the Participant for any unexpired Performance Period shall be treated as follows:

(a)            Awards Assumed by Acquirer .  If the Award is assumed by the successor to the Sponsor as of the date of the Change in Control, each outstanding Award not previously forfeited shall continue to vest and shall be paid pursuant to the terms of this Sub-Plan; provided, however, that in the event the employment of the Participant is terminated by the Company without Cause following the Change in Control, any outstanding Award shall become vested as of the termination date.

(b)            Awards Not Assumed by Acquirer .  If the Award is not assumed by the successor to the Sponsor as of the date of the Change in Control, any outstanding Award shall become vested as of the date of the Change in Control.

3.3            Payment of Awards Due to Early Vesting Event .  Any Award that is vested prior to the end of the Performance Period due to an Early Vesting Event in accordance with Section 3.1 shall be paid as follows:

(a)            Retirement .  In the event of the Retirement of the Participant, the Participant’s vested Awards shall be paid in accordance with Section 2.6 following the end of the Performance Period for the Award; provided, that if the Participant has elected to defer payment until a specified date certain and Retires before the date specified in the deferral election, the Company will commence distribution of the Deferred Award as soon as practicable on or after the later of:  (i) the April 1 following the first anniversary of the date of Retirement, or (ii) the April 1 of the year following the end of the Performance Period, even though said date is earlier than the date specified in the deferral election.  If the Participant dies following Retirement but prior to the expiration of the Performance Period, the Participant’s outstanding vested Awards shall be paid to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary in accordance with Section 3.3(b).

(b)            Death .  In the event of the death of the Participant with fewer than six months remaining during a Performance Period, any outstanding Awards shall be paid in accordance
 
 
6

 
with Section 2.6 following the end of the Performance Period.  In the event of the death of the Participant with six or more months remaining during a Performance Period, payment for the Participant’s vested Awards shall be made to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary in an amount equal to the target value of such Awards within thirty days after the Participant’s death, notwithstanding any election to defer the payment of any Award under Section 2.6(b).

(c)            Disability .  In the event of the Separation from Service of a Participant due to Disability, the Participant’s vested Awards shall be paid in accordance with Section 2.6 following the end of the Performance Period.

(d)            Divestiture .  In the event of the Separation from Service of the Participant due to Divestiture with fewer than six months remaining during a Performance Period, any outstanding Awards shall be paid in accordance with Section 2.6 following the end of the Performance Period.  In the event of the Separation from Service of the Participant due to Divestiture with six or more months remaining during a Performance Period, payment for the Participant’s vested Awards shall be made in an amount equal to the target value of such Awards within thirty days after the Separation from Service due to Divestiture, notwithstanding any election to defer the payment of any Award under Section 2.6(b).

(e)            Change in Control .  If the Award vests pursuant to Section 3.2(b) or by reason of an involuntary termination of employment without Cause following a Change in Control pursuant to Section 3.2(a), the target value of such Award shall be paid within 30 days after such Early Vesting Event, notwithstanding any election to defer the payment of any Award under Section 2.6(b).

(f)            409A Delay .  Notwithstanding subsections (a), (d) or (e) above, if the Participant is a “key employee” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code (but determined without regard to paragraph 5 thereof or the 50 employee limit on the number of officers treated as key employees), then payment shall not be made before the date that is six months after the date of Separation from Service (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant) and the amount of any payment made in cash shall be based upon the value of the Performance Shares as determined by reference to the closing price of the Stock on the trading day occurring on or next following the date that is six months after the date of Separation from Service of the Participant (or, if earlier the date of death of the Participant).

3.4            Other Termination of Employment .  In the event that a Participant’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason other than as provided in this Section 3, any Award made to the Participant that has not vested as provided in Section 2 or Section 3 shall be forfeited.

Section 4.  Payment of Taxes

The Company has the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the employer, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state, and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of the vesting or settlement of the Performance Shares.  The obligations of the Sponsor under this Sub-Plan will be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the
 
 
7

 
Sponsor, and, where applicable, its Affiliates will, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Participant.  By participating in this Sub-Plan, each Participant thereby authorizes the Company to instruct a third party broker or plan administrator to sell Shares earned by the Participant upon settlement of the Performance Shares in an amount sufficient to satisfy the amount required to be withheld for tax purposes, and to remit the cash proceeds from such sale to the Company.

Section 5.  Non-Assignability of Awards

The Awards and any right to receive payment under the Plan and this Sub-Plan may not be anticipated, alienated, pledged, encumbered, or subject to any charge or legal process, and if any attempt is made to do so, or a Participant becomes bankrupt, then in the sole discretion of the Committee, any Award made to the Participant which has not vested as provided in Sections 2 and 3 shall be forfeited.

Section 6.  Amendment and Termination

This Sub-Plan shall be subject to amendment, suspension, or termination as provided in the Plan.  No action to amend, suspend or terminate this Sub-Plan shall permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of the payment of any Award granted under this Sub- Plan (except as provided in regulations under Section 409A).

Section 7.  Section 409A

This Sub-Plan shall be administered in compliance with Section 409A.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this instrument has been executed this 31 st day of October, 2011.

 
 
By:
PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
/s/ William D. Johnson
William D. Johnson
Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer
 




 
8
 

 
ATTACHMENT 1

 
PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE



 
PERFORMANCE SHARE CALCULATION
 
for Post-2008 Performance Awards
 
Ranking of Total
Shareholder
Return Relative to
Peer Group  
Less than
40 th
Percentile
40 th
Percentile
50 th
Percentile
80 th or
Higher
Percentile
Vested % of
Target Award
Earned
0%
50%
100%
200%

 
 
Rate of Earnings
Growth  
 
Less than 2%
 
2%
 
4%
 
6% or Higher
Vested % of Target
Award Earned
0%
50%
100%
200%


Committee Discretion.   Unless a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Committee retains the sole discretion to reduce the number of Performance Shares earned, with respect to any or all Participants, if the formula would result in payouts that the Committee deems to be disproportionate to Company performance or other circumstances merit a reduction in the amounts earned.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the percentage of the target award to be vested  based on Total Shareholder Return shall not exceed 50% (threshold level) if the absolute Total Shareholder Return of the Company for the Performance Period is negative.


Payment of Awards .  The number of Performance Shares earned shall be paid in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.6 or 3.3 of the Sub-Plan, as appropriate.

 
 

 

ATTACHMENT 2

PERFORMANCE SHARE SUB-PLAN
200_  DEFERRAL ELECTION FORM

As a Participant in the Performance Share Sub-Plan of the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan ("Sub-Plan"), I hereby elect to defer payment of my Award otherwise payable to me by the Company and attributable to services to be performed by me during the Performance Period beginning on January __, 200__.  This election shall apply to [CHECK ONE] :

[  ]
 
100% of the Award
       
[  ]
 
50% of the Award
[  ]
 
75%   of the Award
       
[  ]
 
25% of the Award

Upon vesting, I understand that my Award shall continue to be recorded in my Account as Performance Shares as described in the Sub-Plan and adjusted to reflect the payment and reinvesting of the Company’s common stock dividends over the deferral period, until paid in full.

I hereby elect to defer receipt (or commencement of receipt) of my Award until the date specified below [CHECK ONE]:*

[  ]
 
a specific date certain at least 5 years from expiration
of the Performance Period:
 
 
______4/1/_____
(month/day/year)
     
[  ]
  the April 1 following the date of Retirement, or if later, the date which is six months after the date of my Separation from Service for any reason (including Retirement), if I am a “key employee” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code (but determined without regard to paragraph 5 thereof or the 50 employee limit on the number of officers treated as key employees).
     
[  ]
 
the April 1 following the first anniversary of my date of Retirement
 
* Notwithstanding any election above, if I elect a date certain distribution and I Retire before that date certain, I understand that the Company will commence distribution of my Account as of the later of: (i) the April 1 following the first anniversary of the date of Retirement, or (ii) the April 1 of the year following the end of the Performance Period, even though said date is earlier than 5 years from the expiration of the Performance Period.

I hereby elect to be paid as described in the Sub-Plan in the form of [CHECK ONE]:

[  ]
 
a single payment
     
[  ]
 
annual payments commencing on the date set forth above and payable on the anniversary date thereof over:

[  ]
 
a two year period
     
[  ]
 
a three year period
[  ]
 
a four year period
     
[  ]
 
a five year period


 
 

 
I understand that I will receive “earnings” on those deferred amounts when they are paid to me.

I understand that the election made as indicated herein is irrevocable and that all deferral elections are subject to the provisions of the Sub-Plan, including provisions that may affect timing of distributions.

I understand that this deferral election is subject to the requirements of Section 409A of Code, and regulations and other guidance issued thereunder.  The Company makes no representation or guarantee that any tax treatment, including, but not limited to, federal, state and local income, or estate and gift tax treatment, will be applicable with respect to the amounts deferred.  The Company shall have no responsibility for the tax consequences that I may incur as a result of Section 409A, regulations or guidance issued thereunder, or any other provision of the Internal Revenue Code.  I understand it is my responsibility to consult a legal or tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this deferral election.  I further acknowledge and agree that the Company may (but shall not be required to) modify this election as necessary to comply with Section 409A and any guidance or regulations issued thereunder.  I further agree to cooperate in any manner necessary to ensure that this election is in compliance with Section 409A and any guidance or regulations issued thereunder.

I understand and acknowledge that my interests herein and my rights to receive distribution of the deferred amounts may not be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered, or subjected to any charge or legal process, and if any attempt is made to do so, or I become bankrupt, my interest may be terminated by the Committee, in its sole discretion, may cause the same to be held or applied for the benefit of one or more of my dependents or make any other disposition of such interests that it deems appropriate.  I further understand that nothing in the Sub-Plan shall be interpreted or construed to require the Company in any manner to fund any obligation to me, or to my beneficiary(ies) in the event of my death.

 
 
(Signature)
 
 
(Date)
     
 
(Print Name)
 
 
(Company Location)
     
Received:
Agent of Chief Executive Officer
   
     
 
(Signature)
 
 
(Date)

 
3

 


EXHIBIT 10(c)







AMENDED MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

OF

PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.













AS AMENDED July 12, 2011



 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

   
Page
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
1
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
1
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
9
ARTICLE IV
PARTIC IPATION
9
ARTICLE V
AWARDS
10
ARTICLE VI
DISTRIBUTION AND DEFERRAL OF AWARDS
12
ARTICLE VII
TERMINATIN OF EMPLOYMENT
19
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
19
EXHIBIT A
MICP RELATIVE PERFORMANCE WEIGHTINGS
 
EXHIBIT B
MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE EXAMPLE
 
EXHIBIT C
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
 
FORM OF DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY


 
 

 



ARTICLE I
PURPOSE

The purpose of the Management Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) of Progress Energy, Inc. is to promote the financial interests of the Company, including its growth, by (i) attracting and retaining executive officers and other management-level employees who can have a significant positive impact on the success of the Company; (ii) motivating such personnel to help the Company achieve annual incentive, performance and safety goals; (iii) motivating such personnel to improve their own as well as their business unit/work group’s performance through the effective implementation of human resource strategic initiatives; and (iv) providing annual cash incentive compensation opportunities that are competitive with those of other major corporations.

The Sponsor amends and restates the Plan effective January 1, 2010.  The terms of the amended and restated Plan shall govern the payment of any benefits commencing after January 1, 2010.
 
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS

The following definitions are applicable to the Plan:

1.   Achievement Factor ”:  The sum of the Weighted Achievement Percentages determined for each of the Performance Measures for the Year.

2.   Award ”:  The benefit payable to a Participant hereunder based upon achievement of the Performance Measures and as may be adjusted in accordance with Section 6 of Article V below.

3.   Affiliated Entity ”:  Any corporation or other entity that is required to be aggregated with the Sponsor pursuant to Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), but only to the extent required.

4.   Board ”:  The Board of Directors of the Sponsor.

5.   Cause ”:  Any of the following:

(a)  
embezzlement or theft from the Company, or other acts of dishonesty, disloyalty or otherwise injurious to the Company;

(b)  
disclosing without authorization proprietary or confidential information of the Company;

(c)  
committing any act of negligence or malfeasance causing injury to the Company;
 
 
 

 

 
(d)  
conviction of a crime amounting to a felony under the laws of the United States or any of the several states;

(e)  
any violation of the Company’s Code of Ethics; or

(f)  
unacceptable job performance which has been substantiated in accordance with the normal practices and procedures of the Company.

6.   Change in Control ”: The earliest of the following dates:

(a)  
the date any person or group of persons (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), excluding employee benefit plans of the Sponsor, becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1934) of securities of the Sponsor representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Sponsor’s then outstanding securities (excluding the acquisition of securities of the Sponsor by an entity at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding voting securities of which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by the Sponsor); or

(b)  
the date of consummation of a tender offer for the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Sponsor’s then outstanding voting securities; or

(c)  
the date of consummation of a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Sponsor with any other corporation or entity regardless of which entity is the survivor, other than a merger, share exchange or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Sponsor outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) more than sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Sponsor or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(d)  
the date, when as a result of a tender offer or exchange offer for the purchase of securities of the Sponsor (other than such an offer by the Sponsor for its own securities), or as a result of a proxy contest, merger, share exchange, consolidation or sale of assets, or as a result of any combination of the foregoing, individuals who are Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the Board; or

(e)  
the date the shareholders of the Sponsor approve a plan of complete liquidation or winding-up of the Sponsor or an agreement for the sale or 
 
 
2

 

 
disposition by the Sponsor of all or substantially all of the Sponsor’s assets; or
 
(f)  
the date of any event which the Board determines should constitute a Change in Control.

A Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred until a majority of the members of the Board receive written certification from the Compensation Committee that one of the events set forth in this Section 6 has occurred.  Any determination that an event described in this Section 6 has occurred shall, if made in good faith on the basis of information available at that time, be conclusive and binding on the Compensation Committee, the Sponsor, each Affiliated Entity, the Participant and their Beneficiaries for all purposes of the Plan.

7.   Company ”:  The Sponsor and each Affiliated Entity.

8.   Compensation Committee ”:  The Organization and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Sponsor.

9.   Continuing Director ”:  The members of the Board as of the Effective Date; provided, however, that any person becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election or nomination for election was supported by seventy-five percent (75%) or more of the directors who then comprised Continuing Directors shall be considered to be a Continuing Director.

10.   Date of Retirement ”:  The first day of the calendar month immediately following the Participant’s Retirement.

11.   Designated Beneficiary ”:  The beneficiary designated by the Participant, pursuant to procedures established by the Human Resources Department of the Company, to receive amounts due to the Participant or to exercise any rights of the Participant to the extent permitted hereunder in the event of the Participant’s death.  If the Participant does not make an effective designation, then the Designated Beneficiary will be deemed to be the Participant's estate.

12.   Earnings ”:  The net income of the Participating Employer as determined from time to time by the Compensation Committee.

13.   ECIP Goals ”:  The goals set forth to receive a payment under the Employee Cash Incentive Plan of each department or business unit of the Company.

14.   Effective Date ”:  The Effective Date of this Plan, as amended, is January 1, 2009.
 
15.   EPS” :  The on-going earnings per share of the Sponsor’s Common Stock for a Year as determined by the Compensation Committee from time to time.

16.   Legal Entity Earnings ”:  The Earnings of the Participating Employer which employs the Participant.

 
3

 
 
17.   Participant ”:  An employee of a Participating Employer who is selected pursuant to Article IV hereof to be eligible to receive an Award under the Plan.

18.   Participating Employer ”:  Each Affiliated Entity that, with the consent of the Compensation Committee, adopts the Plan and is included in Exhibit C , as in effect from time to time.

19.   Performance Measures ”:  The EPS, Legal Entity Earnings and ECIP Goals.

20.   Performance Unit ”:  A unit or credit, linked to the value of the Sponsor’s Common Stock under the terms set forth in Article VI hereof.

21.   Performance Unit Subaccount ”:  A notational bookkeeping account maintained under the Plan at the direction of the Compensation Committee representing a deemed investment in Performance Units, including the Incentive Performance Units described in Section 4 of Article VI, and associated earnings and adjustments.  The number of Performance Units awarded to a Participant shall be recorded in each Participant’s Performance Unit Subaccount as of the first day of the month coincident with or next following the month in which a deferral becomes effective with respect to Awards deferred for Years beginning prior to January 1, 2009, and thereafter with respect to deferred Awards allocated to the Performance Unit Subaccount by the Participant.  The number of Performance Units recorded in a Participant’s Plan Deferral Account shall be adjusted to reflect any splits or other adjustments in the Sponsor’s Common Stock, the payment of any cash dividends paid on the Sponsor’s Common Stock and the payment of Awards under this Plan to the Participant.  To the extent that any cash dividends have been paid on the Sponsor’s Common Stock, the number of Performance Units shall be adjusted to reflect the number of Performance Units that would have been acquired if the same dividend had been paid on the number of Performance Units recorded in the Participant’s Plan Deferral Account on the dividend record date.  For purposes of determining the number of Performance Units acquired with such dividend, the average of the opening and closing price of the Sponsor’s Common Stock on the payment date of the Sponsor’s Common Stock dividend shall be used.

22.   Phantom Investment Fund ”:  A deemed investment option for purposes of the Plan, each of which shall be the same as those investment options generally available to all participants in the Progress Energy 401(k) Savings & Stock Ownership Plan, as amended from time to time, or as otherwise selected by the Compensation Committee.  Provided, however, the Company’s common stock shall not be a deemed investment option under this Plan for Section 16 Officers with respect to Deferrals made after September 1, 2010.  If a Participant becomes a Section 16 Officer after submitting a deferral election that specifies an allocation to the Performance Unit Subaccount, that portion shall be allocated to the stable value Phantom Investment Subaccount.

23.   Phantom Investment Subaccount ”:  A notational bookkeeping account maintained under the Plan at the direction of the Compensation Committee representing a deemed investment in one or more Phantom Investment Funds as directed by the Participant under Section 6 of Article VI, including the Performance Unit Subaccount of the Participant, if
 
 
4

 
 
any, for allocations of deferred Awards prior to September 1, 2010 and any Incentive Performance Units.

24.   Plan ”:  The Management Incentive Compensation Plan of Progress Energy, Inc. as contained herein, and as it may be amended from time to time.

25.   Retirement ”:  A Participant’s termination of employment from the Company  on or after attaining (i) age 65 with 5 years of service, (ii) age 55 with 15 years of service, or (iii) 35 years of service .
 
26.   Salary ”:  The compensation paid by the Company to a Participant in a relevant Year, consisting of regular or base compensation, such compensation being understood not to include bonuses, if any, or incentive compensation, if any.  Provided, that such compensation shall not be reduced by any cash deferrals of said compensation made under any other plans or programs maintained by such Company.

27.   Section 16 Officer ”:  a Participant who is subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

28.   Senior Management Committee ”:  The Senior Management Committee of the Company.

29.   Section 409A ”:  Section 409A of the Code, or any successor section under the Code, as amended and as interpreted by final or proposed regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time and by related guidance.

30.   Separation from Service ”:  The death, Retirement or other termination of employment with the Company as defined for purposes of Section 409A.

31.   Sponsor ”:  Progress Energy, Inc., a North Carolina corporation, or any successor to it in the ownership of substantially all of its assets.

32.   Target Award Opportunity ”:  The target for an Award under this Plan as set forth in Section 1 of Article V hereof.

33.   Unforeseeable Emergency ”:  A severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.

34.   Valuation Date ”:  The last day of each calendar month and such other dates as selected by the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion.

35.   Weighted Achievement Percentage ”:  The percentage determined by multiplying the relative percentage weight assigned to each of the Performance Measures applicable to the
 
 
5

 
 
Participant for the Year by the payout percentage corresponding to the level of achievement of the Performance Measure as determined for each department or business unit for the Year.

36.   Year ”:  A calendar year.

ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION

The Plan shall be administered by the Chief Executive Officer of the Sponsor. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Chief Executive Officer of the Sponsor shall have sole and complete authority to (i) select the Participants; (ii) establish and adjust (either before or during the Year) the performance criteria necessary for a Participant to attain an Award for the Year; (iii) adjust and approve Awards; (iv) establish from time to time regulations for the administration of the Plan; and (v) interpret the Plan and make all determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, all subject to its express provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee shall (a) approve the applicable threshold, target and outstanding levels of performance for a Performance Measure for the Year; (b) approve the performance criteria and Awards for all Participants who are members of the Senior Management Committee; and (c) certify to the Board that a Change in Control has occurred as provided in Section 6 of Article II.

A majority of the Compensation Committee shall constitute a quorum, and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, or acts approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee without a meeting, shall be the acts of such Committee.

ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION

The Chief Executive Officer of the Sponsor shall select from time to time the Participants in the Plan for each Year from those employees of each Company who, in his opinion, have the capacity for contributing in a substantial measure to the successful performance of the Company that Year.  No employee shall at any time have a right to be selected as a Participant in the Plan for any Year nor, having been selected as a Participant for one Year, have the right to be selected as a Participant in any other Year.

ARTICLE V
AWARDS

1.   Target Award Opportunities .  The following table sets forth Target Award Opportunities, expressed as a percentage of Salary, for various levels of participation in the Plan:
 
 
6

 

Participation
Target Award Opportunities
Chief Executive Officer of Sponsor*
85%
Chief Operating Officer of Sponsor*
70%
Presidents*/Executive Vice Presidents*
55%
Senior Vice Presidents*
45%
Department Heads
35%
Other Participants:
 Key Managers
Other Managers
Supervisory Personnel
 
25% and 30%
20%
10%, 12%, and 15%

*Senior Management Committee level positions.

The Target Award Opportunity for the Chief Executive Officer of the Sponsor shall be 85%; however, the Compensation Committee of the Board shall be authorized to change that amount from year to year, or to award an amount of compensation based on other considerations, in its complete discretion.

2.   Award Components .  Awards under the Plan to which Participants are eligible shall depend upon the achievement of the Performance Measures for the Year.  Prior to the beginning of each Year, or as soon as practical thereafter, the Chief Executive Officer of the Sponsor will establish and the Compensation Committee will approve the Performance Measures for the Year, their relative percentage weight, and the performance criteria necessary for attainment of various performance levels.  Attached hereto as Exhibit A are the relative percentage weights for each of the Performance Measures for each level of participation as of the Effective Date, which may be changed from time to time by the Compensation Committee.

3.   Performance Levels .  The Compensation Committee may establish three levels of performance related to a Performance Measure: outstanding, target, and threshold.  In such case, the payout percentages to be applied to each Participant’s Target Award Opportunity are as follows:

 
Performance Level
 
Payout Percentage
 
 
Outstanding
 
200%
 
 
Target
 
100%
 
 
Threshold
 
50%
 

Payout percentages shall be adjusted for performance between the designated performance levels; provided, however, that performance which falls below the “Threshold” performance level results in a payout percentage of zero.

4.   Determination of Award Amount .  The Chief Executive Officer of the Sponsor shall determine the amount of the Award, if any, earned by each Participant for the Year; provided, that the Compensation Committee shall approve the amount of the Award for a Participant who is a member of the Senior Management Committee.  The amount of an Award earned by the Participant shall be determined by multiplying the Salary times the Target Award
 
 
7

 
 
Opportunity times the Achievement Factor applicable to the Participant for the Year.  The amount of the Award of a Participant is subject to further adjustment as provided in Section 6 of this Article V.

5.   New Participants .  Any Award that is earned during the initial Year of participation shall be pro rated based on the length of time served in the qualifying job.

6.   Adjustment of Award Amount .  The Chief Executive Officer of the Sponsor, in his sole discretion, may adjust the Award for the Year payable to Participants who are not members of the Senior Management Committee based upon management’s determination of the performance goals and core skill achievement of the Participant, the succession planning leadership rating of the Participant and any other applicable performance criteria.  Similar adjustments of Awards to Participants who are members of the Senior Management Committee shall be subject to approval by the Compensation Committee.

7.   Example .  Attached as Exhibit B and incorporated by reference is an example of the process by which an Award is granted hereunder.   Exhibit B is intended solely as an example and in no way modifies the provisions of this Article V.

ARTICLE VI
DISTRIBUTION AND DEFERRAL OF AWARDS

1.   Distribution of Awards .  Unless a Participant elects to defer an Award pursuant to the remaining provisions of this Article VI, Awards under the Plan earned during any Year shall be paid in cash by March 15 of the succeeding Year.

2.   Deferral Election .  A Participant may elect to defer the Plan Award he or she will earn for any Year by completing and submitting a deferral election in a form acceptable to the Vice President, Human Resources, by the last day of the preceding Year (or such other time as permitted by Section 409A).  Such election shall apply to the Participant’s Award, if any, otherwise to be paid after the Year during which it is earned. A Participant’s deferral election may apply to 100%, 75%, 50%, or 25% of the Plan Award; provided, however, that in no event shall the amount deferred be less than $1,000.

The election to defer shall be irrevocable as to the Award earned during the particular Year except as provided in Section 10 of this Article VI or as may be permitted by rules promulgated under Section 409A and the plan administrator.

3.   Period of Deferral .  At the time of a Participant’s deferral election, a Participant must also select a distribution date and form of distribution.  Subject to Section 7, the distribution date may be: (a) any date that is at least five (5) years subsequent to the date the Plan Award would otherwise be payable, but not later than the second anniversary of the Participant’s Date of Retirement; or (b) any date that is within two years following the Participant’s Date of Retirement.  Subject to Section 7, the form of distribution may be either (i) a lump sum or (ii) equal installments over a period extending from two years to ten years, as elected by the
 
 
8

 
 
Participant.  A Participant may not subsequently change the distribution date and form of distribution designated in the initial deferral election.

4.   Performance Units .  All Awards which are deferred under the Plan with respect to Years beginning prior to January 1, 2009, shall be recorded in the form of Performance Units.  Each Performance Unit is generally equivalent to a share of the Sponsor’s Common Stock. In converting the cash Award with respect to Years beginning prior to January 1, 2009, to Performance Units, the number of Performance Units granted shall be determined by dividing the amount of the Award by 85% of the average value of the opening and closing price of a share of the Sponsor’s Common Stock on the last trading day of the month preceding the date of the Award.  The Performance Units attributable to the 15% discount from the average value of the Sponsor’s Common Stock shall be referred to as the “Incentive Performance Units.”  The Incentive Performance Units and any adjustments or earnings attributable to those Performance Units shall be forfeited by the Participant if he or she terminates employment either voluntarily or involuntarily other than for death or Retirement prior to five years from March 15 of the Year in which payment would have been made if the Award had not been deferred; provided, however, that if before such date the employment of the Participant is terminated by the Company without Cause following a Change in Control, the Incentive Performance Units shall not be forfeited but shall be payable to the Participant in accordance with Section 9 of this Article VI.

5.   Phantom Investments .  Effective with respect to Awards earned in Years beginning on and after January 1, 2009, the Participant shall allocate in his or her deferral election the deferred Award among the Phantom Investment Subaccounts made available by the Compensation Committee.  The Participant may elect to reallocate the value of his Phantom Investment Subaccounts among other Phantom Investment Subaccounts once per calendar month, pursuant to uniform rules and procedures adopted by the Compensation Committee.  A Participant having a Plan Deferral Account as of December 31, 2008, may reallocate any part of the balance in the Plan Deferral Account (other than amounts attributable to Incentive Performance Units) among the Phantom Investment Subaccounts pursuant to uniform rules and procedures adopted by the Compensation Committee.  Effective September 1, 2010, Section 16 Officers may not reallocate the value of his or her Phantom Investment Subaccounts into the Performance Unit Subaccount.

6.   Plan Accounts .  A Plan Deferral Account will be established on behalf of each Participant electing to defer payment of an Award under the Plan.  The Plan Deferral Account shall represent the aggregate balance in the Phantom Investment Subaccounts of the Participant.  Phantom Investment Subaccounts shall be valued as of each Valuation Date based on the notional investments of each such account, and shall be stated in a unit value or dollar amount, pursuant to rules and procedures adopted by the Compensation Committee.  Each Participant shall receive an annual statement of the balance of his Plan Deferral Account.

7.   Payment of Deferred Plan Awards .  Subject to Section 4 related to forfeiture of Incentive Performance Units, the balance in the Plan Deferral Account shall be paid in cash to the Participant within sixty (60) days after the deferred distribution date specified by the Participant in accordance with Section 3.  The balance in the Plan Deferral Account shall be
 
 
9

 
 
determined as of the Valuation Date next preceding the date of payment to the Participant.  To convert the Performance Units in a Participant’s Performance Unit Subaccount to a cash payment amount, Performance Units shall be multiplied by the closing price of the Sponsor’s Common Stock on the last trading day coincident with or next preceding the applicable Valuation Date.  Except as otherwise provided in Sections 7, 8, 9 and 10 of this Article VI, the deferred amounts will be paid either in a single lump-sum payment or in up to ten (10) annual payments as elected by the Participant at the time of the deferral election.

In the event that a Participant elects to receive the deferred Plan Award in equal annual payments, the amount of the Award to be received in each year shall be determined as follows:

                      (a)           To determine the amount of the initial annual payment, the balance in the Participant’s Plan Deferral Account as of the applicable Valuation Date will be divided by the total number of annual payments to be received by the Participant.

                      (b)           To determine the amount of each successive annual payment, the balance in the Participant’s Plan Deferral Account as of the Valuation Date next preceding the date of payment will be divided by the number of annual payments remaining to be received.

8.   Termination of Employment/Effect on Deferral Election .  If the employment of a Participant terminates prior to the last day of a Year for which a Plan Award is determined, then any deferral election made with respect to such Plan Award for such Year shall not become effective and any Plan Award to which the Participant is otherwise entitled shall be paid as soon as practicable after the end of the Year during which it was earned, in accordance with Section 1 of this Article VI.

9.   Separation from Service/Payment of Deferral .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Participant Separates from Service by reason other than death or Retirement, full payment of all amounts due to the Participant shall be made within sixty (60) days following the date of Separation.  However, if the Participant is a “key employee” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code (but determined without regard to paragraph 5 thereof or the 50 employee limit on the number of officers treated as key employees), payment shall not be made before the date that is six months after the date of Separation from Service for any reason including Retirement (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant).  Incentive Performance Units shall be subject to forfeiture to the extent provided in Section 4.

10.   Payments Due to Unforeseeable Emergency .  In the event of an Unforeseeable Emergency, a Participant may apply to receive a distribution earlier than initially elected.  The Chief Executive Officer of Sponsor or his designee may, in his sole discretion, either approve or deny the request.  The determination made by the Chief Executive Officer of Sponsor will be final and binding on all parties.  If the request is granted, the amount distributed will not exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the emergency need plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through cancellation of a deferral election under this Section 10, reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent such liquidation of assets would not itself cause severe
 
 
10

 
 
financial hardship).  Any deferral election made with respect to a Plan Award that would otherwise become payable by the next succeeding March 15 shall be cancelled and such Plan Award shall be paid in cash by the next succeeding March 15 pursuant to Section 1.  Incentive Performance Units shall not be subject to early distribution under this Section 10 until five years from March 15 of the Year in which payment would have been made if the Award had not been deferred.

11.   Death of a Participant .  If the death of a Participant occurs before a full distribution of the Participant’s Plan Deferral Account is made, the remaining portion of the Participant’s Plan Deferral Account shall be paid in a lump sum to the Designated Beneficiary of the Participant within sixty (60) days following notification that death has occurred.  The balance in the Plan Deferral Account shall be determined as of the Valuation Date next preceding the date of payment.

12.   Non-Assignability of Interests .  The interests herein and the right to receive distributions under this Article VI may not be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered, or subjected to any charge or legal process, and if any attempt is made to do so, or a Participant becomes bankrupt, the interests of the Participant under this Article VI may be terminated by the Chief Executive Officer of Sponsor, which, in his sole discretion, may cause the same to be held or applied for the benefit of one or more of the dependents of such Participant or make any other disposition of such interests that he deems appropriate.

13.   Unfunded Deferrals .  Nothing in this Plan, including this Article VI, shall be interpreted or construed to require the Sponsor or any Company in any manner to fund any obligation to the Participants, terminated Participants or beneficiaries hereunder.  Nothing contained in this Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall create, or be construed to create, a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Sponsor or any Company and the Participants, terminated Participants, beneficiaries, or any other persons.  Any funds which may be accumulated in order to meet any obligation under this Plan shall for all purposes continue to be a part of the general assets of the Sponsor or Company.  The Sponsor or Company may establish a trust to hold funds intended to provide benefits hereunder to the extent the assets of such trust become subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Sponsor or Company in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Sponsor or Company.  To the extent that any Participant, terminated Participant, or beneficiary acquires a right to receive payments from the Sponsor or Company under this Plan, such rights shall be no greater than the rights of any unsecured general creditor of the Sponsor or Company.

14.   Change in Control .  In the case of a Change in Control, the Company shall, subject to the restrictions in this Section 14 and Section 13 of Article VI, irrevocably set aside funds in one or more such grantor trusts in an amount that is sufficient to pay each Participant employed by such Company (or Designated Beneficiary) the net present value as of the date on which the Change in Control occurs, of the benefits to which Participants (or their Designated Beneficiaries) would be entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan if the value of their Plan Deferral Account would be paid in a lump sum upon the Change in Control.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Company shall not set aside funds, revocably or irrevocably, in one
 
 
11

 
 
or more grantor trusts in connection with the transactions described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Company and Duke Energy Corporation dated as of January 8, 2011.

15.   Limitation on Trust .  Notwithstanding the provisions of the foregoing Sections 13 and 14, the Company shall establish no such trust if the assets thereof shall be includable in the income of Participants thereby pursuant to Section 409A(b).

ARTICLE VII
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

Except as otherwise provided in this Article VII, a Participant must be actively employed by the Company on the next January 1 immediately following the Year for which a Plan Award is earned in order to be eligible for payment of an Award for that Year.  In the event the active employment of a Participant shall terminate or be terminated for any reason, including death, before the next January 1 immediately following the Year for which a Plan Award is earned, such Participant shall receive his or her Award for the year, if any, in an amount that the Chief Executive Officer of the Sponsor deems appropriate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article VII, in the event the employment of the Participant is terminated by the Company without Cause within one (1) year following a Change in Control, the Award of the Participant for the Year in which the termination occurs shall equal the amount of the Award which would have been earned for the Year if the Participant had remained in the employment of the Company through December 31, pro rated to reflect the portion of the Year completed by the Participant as an employee; provided, however, that such Award shall not be less than the Target Award Opportunity of the Participant for the Year, pro rated to reflect the portion of the Year completed by the Participant as an employee.

ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS

1.   Assignments and Transfers .  The rights and interests of a Participant under the Plan may not be assigned, encumbered or transferred except, in the event of the death of a Participant, by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

2.   Employee Rights Under the Plan .  No Company employee or other person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award under the Plan or any other incentive bonus or similar plan of the Sponsor or any Company.  Neither the Plan, participation in the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any employee any right to be retained in the employ of the Sponsor or any Company.

3.   Withholding .  The Sponsor or Company (as applicable) shall have the right to deduct from all amounts paid in cash any taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such cash payments.

4.   Amendment or Termination .  The Compensation Committee may in its sole discretion amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time; provided, that in the event of a Change in Control, no such action shall take effect prior to the January 1 next
 
 
12

 
 
following the Year in which occurs the Change in Control.  No action to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan shall affect the right of a Participant to the payment of a Plan Award earned prior to the effective date of such action, or permit the acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment of amounts deferred under the Plan (except as provided in regulations under Section 409A).

5.   Governing Law .  This Plan shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the state of North Carolina to the extent not preempted by federal law and in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

6.   Entire Agreement .  This document (including the Exhibits attached hereto) sets forth the entire Plan.

(Signature page follows)

 
13

 


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been executed this 31 st day of October, 2011.

 
 
By:
PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
/s/ William D. Johnson
William D. Johnson
Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer
 


 
14

 


EXHIBIT A
MICP RELATIVE PERFORMANCE WEIGHTINGS

POSITION
 COMPANY
EPS
LEGAL
ENTITY
EARNINGS
ECIP
GOALS
SMC – CEO
100%
SMC – COO
45%
55%
SMC – Presidents
45%
55%
SMC – Service Company CEO
100%
SMC – Non Service Company
35%
65%
SMC – Service Company
100%
Non Service Company Department Heads and Managers
50%
50%
Service Company Department Heads and Managers
50%
50%

Note:
This structure may be modified from time to time as provided in Section 2 of Article V of the Plan.  The Compensation Committee may consider ECIP Goals achievement in determining any reduction of Awards of Participants who are members of the Senior Management Committee.  In addition, the CEO may consider ECIP Goals achievement in determining any reduction of Awards for all other Participants.




 
15

 

EXHIBIT B

MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE EXAMPLE
 
(Assumes preliminary PDP and Succession Planning rates are complete)
 
 
Step 1:      Calculate achievement factor
                 for members of a department
               
 
Achievement
Level
Achievement
Percentage
Weighting
(see Pro Rate %)
Achievement
 Factor
       
PGN EPS
Target
100%
50.0%
             50.0%
       
Legal Entity Earnings
Outstanding
200%
50.0%
            100.0%
       
 
Total achievement factor
            150.0%    Would be calculated for each BU
 
                 
Step 2:                      Apply achievement factor to target levels
       
 
Target
%
Achievement
Factor
Initial
Payout %
         
Department Head
35.0%
150.0%
52.5%
         
Other Section Manager
Section Manager
30.0%
25.0%
150.0%
150.0%
45.0%
37.5%
         
Unit Manager
20.0%
150.0%
30.0%
         
Supervisor
15.0%
150.0%
22.5%
         
                   
Step 3:                      Determine dollars eligible by department:
       
 
 
Salary
Target
%
Initial
Payout %
Calculated
Award
       
John Doe, Department Head
200,000
35.0%
52.5%
$105,000
       
John Que, Other Section Manager
Jane Doe, Section Manager
 
100,000
100,000
30.0%
25.0%
 
45.0%
37.5%
45,000
37,500
       
John Smith, Section Manager
120,000
25.0%
37.5%
45,000
       
Jane Smith, Unit Manager
80,000
20.0%
30.0%
24,000
       
John Jones, Unit Manager
75,000
20.0%
30.0%
22,500
       
Jane Jones, Supervisor
90,000
15.0%
22.5%
20,250
       
       
$299,250
       
Step 4:                      Provide each group executive a list of their departments and calculated award totals.
                  Allow them to redistribute dollars based on organization performance within group.
     
                 
Step 5:                      Allocate dollars by group and department:
       
 
 
Salary
Target
%
Initial
Payout %
Calculated
Award
Discretionary
Adjustment
Actual
Award
Award
%
 
John Doe
200,000
35.0%
52.5%
$105,000
($12,600)
$92,400
46.2%
 
John Que,
Jane Doe
100,000
100,000
30.0%
25.0%
45.0%
37.5%
45,000
37,500
0
5,000
45,000
42,500
   45.0%
42.5%
 
John Smith
120,000
25.0%
37.5%
45,000
(3,000)
42,000
35%
 
Jane Smith
80,000
20.0%
30.0%
24,000
-
24,000
30%
 
John Jones
75,000
20.0%
30.0%
22,500
5,000
27,500
36.7%
 
Jane Jones
90,000
15.0%
22.5%
20,250
(3,050)
17,200
19.11%
 
       
$299,250
 
$290,600
   
                 
   
Per group executive, department total to spend is $245,600
   
   
(Step 4)
         
General notes:
               
The departmental sheets would still be rolled into group level sheets and reviewed by level as in prior years (all dh’s together, 25% participants, 20% participants, 10%  participants, 12% participants,  and15% participants)
Discretion based on PDP (core skills and performance goals) , succession planning ratings, and ECIP Goals achievement
Discretionary percentage should reflect a range of +/- TBD% of payout % for group
Steps 1 & 2 (MICP) fund determination) based on legal entities.  Steps 3-5 (MICP allocation) utilize reporting organization/group.

 
 

 
EXHIBIT C
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc.
Progress Energy Service Company, LLC
Progress Energy Florida, Inc.
Progress Energy Ventures, Inc.
Progress Fuels Corporation (corporate employees)

 
 

 



DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY
MANAGEMENT INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
OF
PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.

As provided in the Management Incentive Compensation Plan   of Progress Energy, Inc., I hereby designate the following person as my beneficiary in the event of my death before a full distribution of my Deferral Account is made.

PRIMARY BENEFICIARY:

_______________________________

_______________________________

_______________________________


CONTINGENT BENEFICIARY:

_______________________________

_______________________________

_______________________________

Any and all prior designations of one or more beneficiaries by me under the Management Incentive Compensation Plan of Progress Energy, Inc. are hereby revoked and superseded by this designation. I understand that the primary and contingent beneficiaries named above may be changed or revoked by me at any time by filing a new designation with the Sponsor’s Human Resources Department.

DATE: __________________


SIGNATURE OF PARTICIPANT: _________________________________

The Participant named above executed this document in our presence on the date set forth above.

WITNESS:  ____________________________                                                                 WITNESS:_______________________

 
 

 


EXHIBIT 10(d)


PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
MANAGEMENT CHANGE-IN-CONTROL PLAN

(Amended and Restated Effective July 13, 2011)

 
1.0
PURPOSE OF PLAN

 
1.1
Purpose.   The purpose of the Progress Energy, Inc. Management Change-in-Control Plan (the “Plan”) is to attract and retain certain highly qualified individuals as management employees of Progress Energy, Inc. and its subsidiaries, and to provide a benefit to such management employees if their employment is terminated in connection with a Change in Control (as defined below).  This Plan is intended to qualify as a “top-hat” plan under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), in that it is intended to be an “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined under Section 3(2) of ERISA) which is unfunded and provides benefits only to a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Company or any Subsidiary.  The Plan amends and restates the Plan as restated effective July 10, 2002, January 1, 2005, January 1, 2007, and January 1, 2008. The Carolina Power & Light Company Management Change-in-Control Plan was originally adopted effective January 1, 1998.

 
2.0
DEFINITIONS

The following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context indicates otherwise:

 
2.1
“Beneficiary” shall mean a beneficiary designated in writing by a Participant to receive any payments to be made under the Plan to   such Participant, and if no beneficiary is designated by the Participant, then the Participant’s estate shall be deemed to be the Participant’s designated beneficiary.

 
2.2
“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 
2.3
“Cash Payment” shall mean a payment in cash by the Company or any Subsidiary to a Participant in accordance with Section 6.1 below.

 
2.4
“Cause” shall mean:

 
(a)
embezzlement or theft from the Company or any Subsidiary, or other acts of dishonesty, disloyalty or otherwise injurious to the Company or any Subsidiary;

 
(b)
disclosing without authorization proprietary or confidential information of the Company or any Subsidiary;

 
(c)
committing any act of negligence or malfeasance causing injury to the Company or any Subsidiary;

 
(d)
conviction of a crime amounting to a felony under the laws of the United States or any of the several states;
 
 
 

 
 
(e)           any violation of the Company’s Code of Ethics; or

(f)           unacceptable job performance which has been substantiated in accordance with the normal practices and procedures of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 
2.5
“Change-in-Control” shall be deemed to have occurred on the earliest of the following dates:

 
(a)
the date any person or group of persons (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), excluding employee benefit plans of the Company, becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1934) of securities of the Company representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities (excluding the acquisition of securities of the Company by an entity at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding voting securities of which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by the Company); or

 
(b)
the date of consummation of a tender offer for the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities; or

 
(c)
the date of consummation of a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or entity regardless of which entity is the survivor, other than a merger, share exchange or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) more than sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

 
(d)
the date, when as a result of a tender offer or exchange offer for the purchase of securities of the Company (other than such an offer by the Company for its own securities), or as a result of a proxy contest, merger, share exchange, consolidation or sale of assets, or as a result of any combination of the foregoing, individuals who are Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the Board; or
 
 
(e)
the date the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or winding-up of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

 
(f)
the date of any event which the Board determines should constitute a Change-in-Control.
 
A Change-in-Control shall not be deemed to have occurred until a majority of the members of the Board receive written certification from the Committee that one of the events set forth in this Section 2.5 has occurred.  Any determination that an event described in this Section 2.5 has occurred shall, if made in good faith on the basis of information available at that time, be conclusive and binding on the Committee, the Company, the Participants and their Beneficiaries for all purposes of the Plan.
 
 
2

 

 
 
2.6
“Change-in-Control Benefits” shall mean the benefits described under Section 6 below provided to Terminated Participants.  Except as otherwise provided herein, a Terminated Participant who is terminated in anticipation of a Change-in-Control as described in Section 5.1 shall be entitled to receive the Change-in-Control Benefits as of the Termination Date notwithstanding the fact that the anticipated Change-in-Control does not occur.
 
 
2.7
“Change-in-Control Date” shall mean the date that a Change-in-Control first occurs.
 
 
2.8
“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 
2.9
“Committee” shall mean (i) the Board or (ii) a committee or subcommittee of the Board appointed by the Board from among its members.  The Committee shall be the Board’s Committee on Organization and Compensation until a different Committee is appointed.  On a Change-in-Control Date, and during the 36-month period following such Change-in-Control Date, the Committee shall be comprised of such persons as appointed by the Board prior to the Change-in-Control Date, with any additions or changes to the Committee following such Change-in-Control Date, with any additions or changes to the Committee following such Change-in-Control Date to be made and or approved by all Committee members then in office.

 
Effective as of the Effective Time as such term is defined in the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Duke Energy Corporation, Diamond Acquisition Corporation and the Company dated as of January 8, 2011, “Committee” shall mean (i) the Board or (ii) a committee or subcommittee of the Board appointed by the Board from among its members.  The Committee shall be the Board’s Committee on Organization and Compensation until a different Committee is appointed.

 
2.10
“Company” shall mean Progress Energy, Inc., a North Carolina corporation, including any successor entity or any successor to the assets of the Company that has assumed the Plan.

 
2.11
“Continuing Directors” shall mean the members of the Board as of the Effective Date; provided, however , that any person becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election or nomination for election was supported by seventy-five percent (75%) or more of the directors who then comprised Continuing Directors shall be considered to be a Continuing Director.

 
2.12
Effective Date” of the Plan, as amended and restated herein,   shall mean January 1, 2008.

 
2.13
“Good Reason” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following:

 
(a)
a reduction in the Participant’s base salary without the Participant’s prior written consent (other than any reduction applicable to management employees generally);

 
(b)
a material adverse change in the Participant’s position, duties or responsibilities with respect to his or her employment with the Company and/or any Subsidiary without the Participant’s prior written consent;

 
(c)
a material reduction in the Participant’s total incentive compensation opportunity under the Company’s Management Incentive Compensation Plan, the 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2007 Equity Incentive Plan, the
 
 
3

 
 
 
 
Performance Share Sub-Plans, or any other incentive compensation plan (based on the total incentive compensation opportunity previously granted to such Participant during the 12-month period preceding a Change-in-Control Date) without the Participant’s prior written consent;
 
 
(d)
an actual change in the Participant’s principal work location by more than 50 miles and more than 50 miles from the Participant’s principal place of abode as of the date of such change in job location without the Participant’s prior written consent;

 
(e)
the failure of the Company to obtain the assumption of its obligation under the Plan by any successor to all or substantially all of the assets of the Company within 30 days after a merger, consolidation, sale or similar transaction constituting a Change-in-Control; or

 
(f)
a material breach by the Company of any term or provision of the Plan without the Participant’s prior written consent.

 
Effective January 8, 2011, notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Section 2.13, with respect to “Post-Agreement Awards” (as defined below), the term “Good Reason” shall be defined as follows:

 
“Good reason” shall mean (i) a material reduction in the Participant’s annual base salary as in effect immediately before the Effective Time as defined in the Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Company and Duke Energy Corporation (exclusive of any across the board reduction similarly affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees determined without regard to whether or not an otherwise similarly situated employee’s employment was with the Company prior to the Effective Time) or (ii) a material reduction in the Participant’s target annual bonus as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time (exclusive of any across the board reduction similarly affecting all or substantially all similarly situated employees determined without regard to whether or not an otherwise similarly situated employee’s employment was with the Company prior to the Effective Time).

 
The term “Post-Agreement Award” means any equity award, including but not limited to options, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance shares granted by the Company on or after January 8, 2011, other than any such awards granted to a Participant who has signed an agreement, with the Company or another entity, waiving the Participant’s right to assert certain grounds for a resignation with Good Reason (as defined in clauses (a) through (f) above).

 
2.14
“Gross-Up Payment” shall mean a payment described in Section 11 below.

 
2.15
“Management Employee” shall mean a regular full-time employee of the Company or any Subsidiary with managerial duties and responsibilities.

 
2.16
“Participant” shall mean any Management Employee who has been designated to participate in the Plan under Section 3   below.
 
 
2.17
"Plan” shall mean the Progress Energy, Inc. Management Change-in-Control Plan.
 
 
2.18
“Retirement” shall mean the termination of employment of a Participant after having
 
 
4

 
 
 
 
 
attained the age of 65 with five or more years of service, or the age of 55 with 15 or more years of service, or after having completed 35 or more years of service regardless of age.
 
 
2.19
“Section 409A” shall mean Section 409A of the Code, or any successor section under the Code, as amended and as interpreted by final or proposed regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time and by related guidance.

 
2.20
“Separation from Service” shall mean the death, Retirement or other termination of employment with the Company as defined for purposes of Section 409A.

 
2.21
“Specified Employee” shall mean a “key employee,” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof or the 50-employee limit on the number of officers treated as key employees.

 
2.22
“Subsidiary” shall mean a corporation of which the Company directly or indirectly owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock (meaning the capital stock of any class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the directors of a corporation) or any other business entity in which the Company directly or indirectly has an ownership interest of more than 50 percent.

 
2.23
“Terminated Participant” shall mean a Participant whose employment is terminated as described in Section 5 below; provided, however, that a Participant who is reemployed by the Company or any Subsidiary without an intervening break in service shall not be a Terminated Participant for purposes of this Plan.

 
2.24
“Termination Date”   shall mean the date a Terminated Participant’s employment with the Company and/or a Subsidiary is terminated as described in Section 5 below.

 
2.25
“Trigger Trust” shall mean a trust as described in Section 8 below.

 
3.0
ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1            Eligibility. An individual shall be eligible to participate in the Plan who is a Management   Employee in one of the following positions:

 
(a)
Tier I -
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, President and Executive Vice Presidents who are members of the Senior Management Committee of the Company.

 
(b)
Tier II -
Senior Vice Presidents who are members of the Senior Management Committee of the Company.

 
(c)
Tier III -
Vice Presidents, Department Heads and other selected Management Employees of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 
3.2
Participation. The Committee shall designate each eligible Management Employee who is a Participant in the Plan.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate the participation of a Participant at any time prior to the date that substantive negotiations   occur in connection with a potential Change-in-Control.

 
4.0
ADMINISTRATION

 
5

 
 
 
4.1
Responsibility.   The Committee shall have the responsibility, in its sole discretion, to control, operate, manage and administer the Plan in accordance with its terms.

 
4.2
Authority of the Committee.   The Committee shall have the maximum discretionary authority permitted by law that may be necessary to enable it to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Plan, including but not limited to the following:

 
(a)
to determine eligibility for participation in the Plan;

(b)           to designate Participants;

 
(c)
to determine and establish the formula to be used in calculating a Participant’s Change-in-Control Benefits;

 
(d)
to correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion to carry the same into effect;

 
(e)
to issue administrative guidelines as an aid to administer the Plan and make changes in such guidelines as it from time to time deems proper;

 
(f)
to make rules for carrying out and administering the Plan and make changes in such rules as it from time to time deems proper;

 
(g)
to the extent permitted under the Plan, grant waivers of Plan terms, conditions, restrictions, and limitations;

 
(h)
to make reasonable determinations as to a Participant’s eligibility for benefits under the Plan, including determinations as to Cause and Good Reason; and

 
(i)
to take any and all other actions it deems necessary or advisable for the proper operation or administration of the Plan.

 
4.3
Action by the Committee.   The Committee may act only by a majority of its members.  Any determination of the Committee may be made, without a meeting, by a writing or writings signed by all of the members of the Committee.  In addition, the Committee may authorize any one or more of its members to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee.

 
4.4
Delegation of Authority.   The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members, or to one or more agents, such administrative duties as it may deem advisable; provided, however, that any such delegation shall be in writing.  In addition, the Committee, or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid, may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan.  The Committee may employ such legal or other counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion or computation received from any such counsel, consultant or agent.  Expenses incurred by the Committee in the engagement of such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by   the Company, or the Subsidiary whose employees have benefited from the Plan, as determined by the Committee.
 
 
6

 

 
 
4.5
Determinations and Interpretations by the Committee. All determinations and interpretations made by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive to the maximum extent permitted by law on all Participants and their heirs, successors, and legal representatives.

 
4.6
Information.   The Company shall furnish to the Committee in writing all information the Committee may deem appropriate for the exercise of its powers and duties in the administration of the Plan.  Such information may include, but shall not be limited to, the full names of all Participants, their earnings and their dates of birth, employment, retirement or death.  Such information shall be conclusive for all purposes of the Plan, and the Committee shall be entitled to rely thereon without any investigation thereof.

 
4.7
Self-Interest. No member of the Committee may act, vote or otherwise influence a decision of the Committee specifically relating to his or her benefits, if any, under the Plan.

 
5.0
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

 
5.1
Termination of Employment. If the Company or a Subsidiary employing a Participant terminates such Participant’s employment without Cause, or if a Participant terminates his or her employment with the Company or a Subsidiary for Good Reason, and in either case such termination of employment is a Separation from Service that is not due to the death or Retirement of the Participant, and such termination of employment occurs during the 24-month period following the Change-in-Control Date, or occurs prior to the Change-in-Control Date but after substantive negotiations   leading to the Change-in-Control and can be demonstrated to have occurred at the request or initiation of parties to the Change-in-Control (such date of termination of employment shall be referred to herein as the “Termination Date”), the Terminated Participant shall be entitled to receive the Change-in-Control Benefits in accordance with Section 6 below.

 
6.0
CHANGE-IN-CONTROL BENEFITS

 
6.1
Cash Payment.   Within ten days following the Termination Date, the Company shall pay to the Terminated Participant, in a lump sum, an amount in cash as determined under a formula established by the Committee (such formula to be established by the Committee, in its sole discretion, on the date the Committee designates such individual as a Participant in accordance with Section 3.2 above); provided, however, that such Cash Payment shall not exceed in the aggregate an amount equal to the sum of:

 
(a)
The Applicable Percentage of the Terminated Participant’s annual base salary in effect on the Termination Date; plus
 
 
(b)
The Applicable Percentage of the greater of (i) the average of the Terminated Participant’s annual incentive bonus paid to the Terminated Participant under the Company’s Management Incentive Compensation Plan or otherwise with respect to the three completed calendar years immediately preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs; provided, however, that if the Terminated Participant was not eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus with respect to each of the three calendar years immediately preceding the year in which the Termination Date occurs, the average shall be determined for that period of calendar years, if any, for which the Terminated Participant was eligible to receive an annual incentive bonus,

 
 
7

 
 
 
 
or (ii) the Terminated Participant’s target annual incentive bonus for the year in which the Termination Date occurs.
 
               F or this purpose, the “Applicable Percentage” shall be determined as follows:

 
Participant
   
Applicable Percentage
 
 
Tier I
   
300%
 
 
Tier II
   
200%
 
 
Tier III
   
150%
 

 
6.2
Annual Cash Incentive Compensation Plans. The Terminated Participant shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to his or her compensation under the annual cash incentive compensation plan covering the Terminated Participant based on 100 percent (100%) of his or her target bonus under such plan, which shall be paid during the 10-day period following the Termination Date.

 
6.3
Long Term Compensation Plan.   The Terminated Participant shall be entitled to receive any awards which have been earned prior to the Termination Date under the Company’s Amended and Restated Long Term Compensation Plan, which shall be paid during the 10-day period following the Termination Date.

 
6.4
Restricted Stock Agreements. The Terminated Participant shall become vested as of the Termination Date in any restricted share awards which have been granted to him or her under the Company’s 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, the 2002 Equity Incentive Plan or any successor plans, and such shares shall be delivered to him or her without restriction during the 10-day period following the Termination Date.

 
6.5
Performance Share Sub-Plans.   The Terminated Participant shall become vested as of the Termination Date in any awards which have been granted to such Participant under the Company’s Performance Share Sub-Plans.  The Terminated Participant shall be entitled to payment of any awards which have been granted to him or her under such plans prior to the Termination Date within 60-90 days following the Termination Date.

 
6.6
Stock Option Agreements.   Except to the extent that greater rights are provided to the Terminated Participant under the terms of a Stock Option Agreement between the Terminated Participant and the Company, the Terminated Participant shall have the following rights under any Stock Option Agreement following the Termination Date:

 
(a)
Option Assumed by Successor.  If the Stock Option Agreement has been assumed by the successor to the Company on or before the Change-in-Control Date, any options not previously forfeited shall vest in accordance with the terms of the Stock Option Agreement and any vested options may be exercised by the Terminated Participant during the remaining term of such options notwithstanding the termination of employment by the Terminated Participant.

 
(b)
Option Not Assumed by Successor.  If the Stock Option Agreement has not been assumed by the successor on or before the Change-in-Control Date, any outstanding options shall be fully vested as of the Change-in-Control Date and, in lieu of exercise, the value of such options shall be paid to the Terminated Participant in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the aggregate fair market 

 
8

 
 
 
 
value as of the Change-in-Control Date of the shares subject to such options over the aggregate exercise price for such shares.  Such payment shall be made during the 10-day period following the later of (i) the Termination Date, or (ii) the Change-in-Control Date.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Terminated Participant was terminated in anticipation of a Change-in-Control as described in Section 5.1 and the anticipated Change-in-Control does not occur, this Section 6.6(b) shall not apply and the terms of the Stock Option Agreement shall control.
 
For purposes of this Section 6.6, the successor shall be deemed to have “assumed” a Stock Option Agreement if the excess of the aggregate fair market value of the shares subject to the options over the aggregate exercise price immediately after the assumption is no less than the excess of the aggregate fair market value of the shares subject to the options over the aggregate exercise price immediately prior to the assumption.

 
6.7
Other Company Incentive Compensation Plans.   The Terminated Participant shall become vested as of the Termination Date in any awards which have been granted to such Participant under any Company incentive compensation plan, program or agreements (other than those plans or agreements specified in Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5 and 6.6 above) prior to the Termination Date.  A Terminated Participant shall be entitled to (i) payment of any cash awards and (ii) delivery of any unrestricted shares (if such award is in the form of restricted stock), which have been granted to him or her under such plan(s) prior to the Termination Date during the 10-day period following the Termination Date.

 
6.8
Payment of Change-in-Control Benefits to Beneficiaries. In the event of the Participant’s death, all Change-in-Control Benefits that would have been paid to the Participant under this Section 6 but for his or her death shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary.

 
7.0
PARTICIPATION IN NONQUALIFIED PENSION AND WELFARE BENEFIT PLANS

 
7.1
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plans; Restoration Retirement Plan. The Terminated  Participant shall be entitled to payment of his or her benefit in any nonqualified deferred compensation or restoration pension plan of the Company (including, but not limited to, the Management Deferred Compensation Plan, the Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Management Employees and the Restoration Retirement Plan) in accordance with the terms of such plan.

 
7.2
Supplemental Senior Executive Retirement Plan.    A Terminated Participant who is a member of the Senior Management Committee and would otherwise be eligible to participate in the Company’s Supplemental Senior Executive Retirement Plan but for the applicable service requirements shall (i) be deemed to have a minimum of three years of service on the Senior Management Committee and as a Senior Vice President or more senior officer and (ii) receive a grant of additional service so that such Terminated Participant has a minimum of ten years of service with the Company for benefit purposes.  Such a terminated Participant shall be entitled to payment of his or her benefit under the Supplemental Senior Executive Retirement Plan in accordance with the terms of such plan upon reaching the earliest age for receipt of benefits (including any additional credited service described in the previous sentence).

 
7.3
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Policies.   Following the Termination Date, the Terminated Participant shall be entitled to payment by the Company of all premiums due under any
 
 
9

 

 
 
split-dollar life insurance arrangement of the Company (including, but not limited to, the Split Dollar Life Insurance Plan, the Executive Estate Conservation Plan and the Executive Permanent Life Insurance Plan) for any life insurance policy under which the Terminated Participant is the insured that come due during the Applicable Period following the Termination Date.
 
 
7.4
Employee Welfare Benefits.   The Company or the applicable Subsidiary shall pay the total cost for the Terminated Participant to continue coverage after the Termination Date in the medical, dental, vision, and life insurance plans of the Company or the applicable Subsidiary in which he or she was participating on the Termination Date until the earlier of:

 
(a)
the end of the Applicable Period following the Termination Date;

 
(b)
the date, or dates, he or she receives comparable coverage and benefits under the plans, programs and/or arrangements of a subsequent employer (such coverage and benefits to be determined on a coverage-by-coverage or benefit-by-benefit basis); or

(c)            the Retirement of the Terminated Participant.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the termination of the Participant shall constitute a qualifying event with respect to the right of the Terminated Participant and any covered dependents to continue group medical, dental and vision coverage in accordance with COBRA, and the continuation period for purposes of COBRA shall run concurrently with the Applicable Period.

 
7.5
Applicable Period.   For purposes of Section 7.3 and 7.4, the Applicable Period shall be determined as follows:

 
Participant
   
Applicable Period
 
 
Tier I
   
36 Months
 
 
Tier II
   
24 Months
 
 
Tier III
   
18 Months
 

 
8.0
TRIGGER TRUST

 
8.1
Establishment of Trigger Trust.   Except as provided in the following sentence, the Board may, in its sole discretion, establish or cause to be established a Trigger Trust as described in Section 8.2 below, the purpose of which is to provide a fund for the payment of some or all of the Change-in-Control Benefits and other benefits provided under Sections 6 and 7 above to Terminated Participants following a Change-in-Control Date, and such other benefits as may be determined by the Board from time to time.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Board shall not establish or cause to be established a Trigger Trust in connection with the transactions described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Duke Energy Corporation, Diamond Acquisition Corporation and the Company dated as of January 8, 2011.

 
8.2
Trigger Trust Requirements.   The Trigger Trust shall be a trust:

 
(a)
of which the Company is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle A of the Code;
 
 
10

 
 
 
(b)
under which all Participants as of the Change-in-Control Date are beneficiaries;

 
(c)
the assets of which shall be subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors in accordance with Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure 92-64; and

 
(d)
none of the assets of which shall be includable in the income of Participants solely as a result of Section 409A of the Code.

 
9.0
CLAIMS

 
9.1
Claims Procedure. If any Participant or Beneficiary, or their legal representative, has a claim for benefits which is not being paid, such claimant may file a written claim with the Committee setting forth the amount and nature of the claim, supporting facts, and the claimant’s address.  Written notice of the disposition of a claim by the Committee shall be furnished to the claimant within 90 days after the claim is filed.  In the event of special circumstances, the Committee may extend the period for determination for up to an additional 90 days, in which case it shall so advise the claimant.  If the claim is denied, the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in writing, the pertinent provisions of the Plan will be cited, including an explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure, and, if the claim is perfectible, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim shall be provided.

 
9.2
Claims Review Procedure.   If a claimant whose claim has been denied wishes further consideration of his or her claim, he or she may request the Committee to review his or her claim in a written statement of the claimant’s position filed with the Committee no later than 60 days after receipt of the written notification provided for in Section 9.1 above.  The Committee shall fully and fairly review the matter and shall promptly advise the claimant, in writing, of its decision within the next 60 days.  Due to special circumstances, the Committee may extend the period for determination for up to an additional 60 days.
 
 
9.3
Reimbursement of Expenses.   If there is any dispute between the Company and a Participant with respect to a claim under the Plan, the Company shall reimburse such Participant all reasonable fees, costs and expenses incurred by such Participant with respect to such disputed claim; provided, however, that (i) such Participant is the prevailing party with respect to such disputed claim or (ii) the disputed claim is settled.

 
10.0
TAXES
 
 
10.1
Withholding Taxes.   The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any and all payments   made to a   Participant under the Plan all federal, state, local and/or other taxes or imposts   which the Company determines are required to be so withheld    from such payments or by   reason of any other payments made to or on behalf of the Participant or for his or her benefit hereunder.

 
10.2
No Guarantee of Tax Consequences.   No person connected with the Plan in any capacity, including, but not limited to, the Company and any Subsidiary and their directors, officers, agents and employees makes any representation, commitment, or guarantee that any tax treatment, including, but not limited to, federal, state. and local income, estate and gift tax treatment, will be applicable with respect to amounts deferred under the Plan, or paid to or
 
 
 
11

 
 
 
 
for the benefit of a Participant under the Plan, or that such tax treatment will apply to or be available to a Participant on account of participation in the Plan.
 
 
11.0
ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS

 
11.1
Gross-Up Payment.   In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by any Participant pursuant to the terms of the Plan other than the Gross-Up Payment described in this Section 11.1 (the “Plan Payments”) or of any other plan, arrangement or agreement of the Company or any Subsidiary (“Other Payments” and, together with the Plan Payments, the “Payments”) would be subject to the excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) imposed by Section 4999 of the Code as determined as provided below, the Company shall pay to such Participant, at the time specified in Section 11.3 below, an additional amount (the “Gross-Up Payment”) such that the net amount of such Gross-Up Payment retained by such Participant, after deduction of the Excise Tax on the Gross-Up Payment and any federal, state and local income tax on the Gross-Up Payment, and any interest, penalties or additions to tax payable by such Participant with respect to the Gross-Up Payment, shall be   equal to the total present value (using the applicable federal rate (as defined in Section 1274(d) of the Code in such calculation) of the amount of the Excise Tax on the Payments at the time such Payments are to be made.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.1, if it shall be determined that a Participant in Tier II or Tier III   is entitled to a Gross-Up Payment, but that the Payments would not be subject to the Excise Tax if the Payments were reduced by an amount that does not exceed ten percent (10%) of the portion of the Payments that would be treated as “parachute payments” under Section 280G of the Code, then the Plan Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the maximum amount that could be paid to the Participant without giving rise to the Excise Tax (the “Safe Harbor Cap”), and no Gross-Up Payment shall be made to the Participant.  The reduction of the Plan Payments hereunder, if applicable, shall be made by reducing first the Cash Payment under Section 6.1, unless an alternative method of reduction is elected by the Participant and agreed to by the Committee.  For purposes of reducing the Payments to the Safe Harbor Cap, only Plan Payments (and no other Payments) shall be reduced.  If the reduction of the Plan Payments would not result in a reduction of the Payments to the Safe Harbor Cap, no amounts payable under this Plan shall be reduced pursuant to this provision.

 
11.2
Determination.   For purposes of determining whether any of the Payments will be subject to the Excise Tax and the amounts of such Excise Tax:

 
(a)
the total amount of the Payments shall be treated as “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, and all “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax, except to the extent that, in the opinion of independent
 
counsel selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to such Participant (“Independent Counsel”), a Payment (in whole or in part) does not constitute a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code, or such “excess parachute payments” (in whole or in part) are not subject to the Excise Tax;

 
(b)
the amount of the Payments that shall be treated as subject to the Excise Tax shall be equal to the lesser of (i) the total amount of the Payments or (ii) the amount of “excess parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code (after applying Section 11.2(a) above); and

 
(c)
the value of any noncash benefits or any deferred payment or benefit shall be
 
 
12

 
 
 
 
determined by Independent Counsel in accordance with the principles of Sections 280G(d)(3) and (4) of the Code.

For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, such Participant shall be deemed to pay federal income taxes at the highest marginal rates of federal income taxation applicable   to the individuals   in   the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rates of taxation applicable to individuals as are   in effect in the state and locality of such Participant’s residence in the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes that can be obtained from deduction of such state and local taxes, taking into account any limitations applicable to individuals subject to federal income tax at the highest marginal rates.

 
11.3
Date of Payment   of Gross-Up Payments.   The Gross-Up Payments provided for in Section 11.1 above shall be paid upon the   earlier of (i) the payment to such Participant of any Payment or (ii) the imposition upon such Participant or payment by such Participant of any Excise Tax.

 
11.4
Adjustment.   If it is   established pursuant to a final determination of a court or an Internal Revenue Service   proceeding or the   opinion of Independent Counsel that the Excise Tax is less than the amount taken into account under Section 11.1 above, such Participant shall repay to the Company within 30 days of such Participant’s receipt of notice of such final determination or opinion the portion of the   Gross-Up Payment attributable to such reduction (plus the portion of the Gross-Up Payment attributable to the Excise Tax and federal, state and local income tax imposed on the Gross-Up Payment being repaid by such Participant if such repayment results in a reduction in Excise Tax or a federal, state and local income tax deduction) plus any interest received by such Participant on the amount of such repayment.

 
If it is established pursuant to a final determination of a   court or an Internal Revenue   Service proceeding or the opinion of independent Counsel that the Excise Tax exceeds the amount taken into account hereunder (including by reason of any payment the existence or amount of which cannot be determined at the time of the Gross-Up Payment), the Company shall make an additional Gross-Up Payment in respect of such excess within 30 days of the Company’s receipt   of notice of such final determination or opinion.

 
11.5
Further Interpretation of Section 280G or 4999 of the Code.   In the event of any change in, or further interpretation of, Section 280G or 4999 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, such Participant shall be   entitled, by written notice to the Company, to request an opinion of Independent Counsel regarding the application of such change to any of the foregoing, and the Company shall use its best efforts to cause such opinion to be rendered as promptly as practicable.  All fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred in connection with this agreement shall be borne by the Company.

 
12.0
TERM OF PLAN; AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 
12.1
Term of Plan, Amendment, Termination. The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date and shall remain in effect until the Board terminates the Plan. The Plan may be terminated, suspended or amended by the Board at any time with or without prior notice prior to a Change-in-Control; provided, however, that the Plan shall not be   terminated, suspended or amended on a Change-in-Control Date or during the 3-year period following such Change-in-Control Date, and if the Plan is terminated, suspended or amended
 
 
13

 
 
 
 
thereafter, such action shall not adversely affect the   benefits of any Terminated Participant.
 
 
13.0
COMPLIANCE WITH SECTION 409A

 
13.1
General.   The Plan and the amounts payable and other benefits provided under the Plan are intended to comply with, or otherwise be exempt from, Section 409A, after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12).  The Plan shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with Section 409A.  If any provision of the Plan is found not to comply with, or otherwise not be exempt from, the provisions of Section 409A, it shall be modified and given effect, in the sole discretion of the Committee and without requiring a Participant’s consent, in such manner as the Committee determines to be necessary or appropriate to comply with, or to effectuate an exemption from, Section 409A; provided, however, that in exercising its discretion under this Section 13.1, the Committee shall modify the Plan or any amount payable or other benefits provided under the Plan, in the least restrictive manner necessary.  If the Plan or any amount payable or other benefit provided under the Plan shall be deemed not to comply with Section 409A or any related regulations or other guidance, then neither the Company, a Subsidiary, the Committee or any of their designees or agents shall be liable to any Participant or other person for actions, decisions or determinations made in good faith.

 
Separation from Service; Specified Employees.   If a payment or benefit obligation under the Plan arises on account of a Participant’s termination of employment and such payment or benefit obligation constitutes “deferred compensation” (as defined under Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(1), after giving effect to the exemptions in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(3) through (b)(12), it shall be payable only after the Participant’s Separation from Service; provided, however, that if the Participant is a Specified Employee, any payment that is scheduled to be paid within six months after such Separation from Service shall accrue without interest and shall be paid on the date that is six months after such Separation from Service or, in the case of a payment or benefit payable in installments, on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service or, if earlier, within fifteen days after the Participant’s death (and the payment on the first day of the seventh month beginning after the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service shall include any installments that would have been paid during such period after the Separation from Service if the Participant was not a Specified Employee).

 
Reimbursement Benefits.   With respect to any reimbursement of expenses of, or any provision of in-kind benefits to, a Participant as provided in the Plan, such reimbursement of expenses or provision of in-kind benefits shall be subject to the following limitations:  (i) the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in one taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or the amount of in-kind benefits provided in any other taxable year, except for any medical reimbursement arrangement providing for the reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code; (ii) the reimbursement of an eligible expense shall be made as specified in the Plan and in no event later than the end of the year in which such expense was incurred and (iii) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefit shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 
13.2
Specific Terms Applicable to Change-in-Control Benefits Subject to Section 409A.   Without limiting the effect of Section 13.1 above, and notwithstanding any other provision in the Plan to the contrary, the following provisions shall, to the extent required under 
 
 
14

 
 
 
 
Section 409A, related regulations or other guidance, apply with respect to Change-in-Control Benefits deemed to involve the deferral of compensation under Section 409A:
 
 
(a)
Distributions :  Distributions may be made with respect to Change-in-Control Benefits subject to Section 409A not earlier than upon the occurrence of one or more of the following events: (A) Separation from Service; (B) disability; (C) death; (D) a specified time or pursuant to a fixed schedule; (E) a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, as defined in Section 2.5.2; or (F) the occurrence of an unforeseeable emergency.  Each of the preceding distribution events shall be defined and interpreted in accordance with Section 409A and related regulations or other guidance.
 
 
(b)
Specified Employees :  With respect to Participants who are Specified Employees, a distribution of deferred compensation due to Separation from Service may not be made before the date that is six months after the Termination Date (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant), except as may be otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 409A.  To the extent that a Participant is subject to this section and a distribution is to be paid in installments, through an annuity, or in some other manner where payment will be periodic, the Participant shall be paid, during the seventh month following the Termination Date, the aggregate amount of payments he or she would have received but for the application of this section; all remaining payments shall be made in their ordinary course.
 
 
(c)
No Acceleration :  Unless permissible under Section 409A, related regulations or other guidance, the acceleration of the time or schedule for the payment of any Change-in-Control Benefit under the Plan is prohibited.

 
14.0
MISCELLANEOUS

 
14.1
Offset. The Change-in-Control Benefits shall be reduced by any payment or benefit made or provided by the Company or any Subsidiary to the Participant pursuant to (i) any severance plan, program, policy or arrangement of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company not otherwise referred to in the Plan, (ii) any employment agreement between the Company or any Subsidiary and the Participant, and (iii) any federal, state or local statute, rule, regulation or ordinance.

 
14.2
No Right, Title, or Interest in Company Assets.   Participants shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any assets of the Company or any investments which the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan.  Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, Beneficiary, legal representative or any other person.  To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.  Subject to Section 8 above, all payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts except as expressly set forth in the Plan.

 
14.3
No Right to Continued Employment.   The Participant’s rights, if any, to continue to serve the Company or any Subsidiary as an employee shall not be enlarged or otherwise affected
 
 
15

 
 
 
 
by his or her designation as a Participant under the Plan, and the Company or the applicable Subsidiary reserves the right to terminate the employment of any employee at any   time.  The adoption   of the Plan shall not be deemed to give any employee, or any other individual any right to be selected   as a Participant or to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.
 
 
14.4
Other Rights.   The Plan shall not affect or impair the rights or obligations of the Company, any Subsidiary or a Participant under any other written plan, contract, arrangement, or pension, profit sharing or other compensation plan.

 
14.5
Governing Law.   The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina without reference to principles of conflict of laws, except as superseded by applicable federal law.

 
14.6
Severability. If any term or condition of the Plan shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of the Plan, with the exception of such invalid or unenforceable provision, shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in effect and application to its fullest extent.

 
14.7
Incapacity.   If the Committee determines that a Participant or a Beneficiary is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident or because he or she is a minor, any benefit due the Participant or Beneficiary may be paid to the Participant’s spouse   or to any other person deemed by the Committee to have incurred expense for such Participant (including a duly appointed guardian, committee or other legal representative), and any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the Company’s obligation hereunder.

 
14.8
Transferability of Rights.   The Company shall have the unrestricted right to transfer its obligations under the Plan with respect to one or more Participants to any person, including, but not limited to, any purchaser of all or any part of the Company’s business.  No Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right to commute, encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of or alienate any present or future right or expectancy which the Participant or Beneficiary may have at any time to receive payments of benefits hereunder, which benefits and the right thereto are expressly declared to be non-assignable and nontransferable, except to the extent required by law.  Any attempt to transfer or assign a benefit, or any rights granted hereunder, by a Participant or the spouse of a Participant shall, in the sole discretion of the Committee (after consideration of such facts as it deems pertinent), be grounds for terminating any rights of the Participant or Beneficiary to any portion of the Plan benefits not previously paid.

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been executed this 31 st day of October, 2011.

 
 
By:
PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
/s/ William D. Johnson
William D. Johnson
Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer
 



 
16

 


EXHIBIT 10(e)








PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MANAGEMENT DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN





Adopted as of January 1, 2000

(As Revised and Restated effective July 12, 2011)



 
 

 

     
Page
PREAMBLE
1
   
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
2
 
1.1
Account Balance
2
 
1.2
Additional Deferral Election
2
 
1.3
Affiliated Company
2
 
1.4
Board
2
 
1.5
Board Committee
2
 
1.6
Change in Control
2
 
1.7
Change of Form Election
3
 
1.8
Change-of-Investment Election
4
 
1.9
Code
4
 
1.10
Committee
4
 
1.11
Company
4
 
1.12
Company Incentive Plans
4
 
1.13
Continuing Directors
4
 
1.14
Deemed Investment Return
4
 
1.15
Deferral Election
4
 
1.16
Deferrals
5
 
1.17
Effective Date
5
 
1.18
Eligible Employee
5
 
1.19
Employee Stock Incentive Plan
5
 
1.20
Enrollment Form
5
 
1.21
ERISA
5
 
1.22
[Reserved]
5
 
1.23
Investment Election
5
 
1.24
Matching Allocation
5
 
1.25
Net Salary
6
 
1.26
Participant
6
 
1.27
Participant Accounts
6
 
1.28
Participant Company Account
6
 
1.29
Participant Deferral Account
6
 
1.30
Participant Matchable Deferral
6
 
1.31
Payment Commencement
6
 
1.32
Phantom Investment Fund
7
 
1.33
Phantom Funds Account
7
 
1.34
Phantom Investment Subaccount
7
 
1.35
Phantom Stock Unit
7
 
1.36
Plan
7
 
1.37
Plan Year
7
 
1.38
Plan Year Accounts
7
 
1.39
Progress Energy 401(k) Savings & Stock Ownership Plan
8
 
1.40
Retirement Date
8
 
1.41
Salary
8
 
 
i

 
 
 
1.42
Section 409A
8
 
1.43
Separation from Service
8
 
1.44
SMC Participant
8
 
1.45
Sponsor
8
 
1.46
SSERP
8
 
1.47
Valuation Date
9
 
1.48
Value
9
 
1.49
Years of Service
9
   
ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION
9
 
2.1
Eligibility
9
 
2.2
Commencement of Participation
9
 
2.3
Annual Participation Agreement
9
 
2.4
Election of Phantom Investment Subaccounts
10
   
ARTICLE III DEFERRAL ELECTIONS
10
 
3.1
Participant Deferred Salary Elections
10
 
3.2
Matching Allocations
11
   
ARTICLE IV ACCOUNTS
11
 
4.1
Maintenance of Accounts
11
 
4.2
Separate Plan Year Accounts
11
 
4.3
Phantom Investment Subaccounts
12
 
4.4
Administration of Deferral Accounts
12
 
4.5
Administration of Company Accounts
12
 
4.6
Change of Phantom Investment Subaccounts and Phantom Stock Units
13
 
4.7
Transferred Accounts
13
   
ARTICLE V VESTING
14
 
5.1
Vesting
14
   
ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTIONS
14
 
6.1
Distribution Elections
14
 
6.2
Change-of-Form Elections and Additional Deferral Elections
15
 
6.3
Payment
15
 
6.4
Unforeseeable Emergency
15
 
6.5
Separation from Service
16
 
6.6
Taxes
17
 
6.7
Acceleration of Payment
17
   
ARTICLE VII DEATH BENEFITS
17
 
7.1
Designation of Beneficiaries
17
 
7.2
Death Benefits
17
   
ARTICLE VIII CLAIMS
18
 
8.1
Claim Procedure
18
 
 
ii

 
 
 
8.2
Claims Review Procedure
18
   
ARTICLE IX ADMINISTRATION
18
 
9.1
Committee
18
 
9.2
Authority
18
   
ARTICLE X AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN
19
 
10.1
Amendment of the Plan
19
 
10.2
Termination of the Plan
19
 
10.3
No Impairment of Benefits
20
   
ARTICLE XI FUNDING AND CLAIM STATUS
20
 
11.1
General Provisions
20
   
ARTICLE XII EFFECT ON EMPLOYMENT OR ENGAGMEENT
21
 
12.1
General
21
   
ARTICLE XIII GOVERNING LAW
21
 
13.1
General
21
       
EXHIBIT A
     

 
iii

 

PREAMBLE

 
The Progress Energy, Inc. Management Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) was originally adopted by Carolina Power & Light Company effective as of January 1, 2000, and was transferred to Progress Energy, Inc. (the “Sponsor”) effective August 1, 2000.  The Plan is unfunded and will benefit only a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).

The Plan is intended to constitute a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that complies with Section 409A of the Code, related regulations and other guidance (“Section 409A”).  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, the Plan shall be construed in accordance with Section 409A.

 The Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008 shall govern deferrals under the Plan beginning January 1, 2008.


 
1

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

1.1  
Account Balance

The value in terms of a dollar amount of a Participant’s Deferral Account or Company Account, as the case may be, as of the last Valuation Date.

1.2  
Additional Deferral Election

The election by a Participant under Section 6.2 to defer distribution from a Plan Year Account.

1.3  
Affiliated Company

Any corporation or other entity that is required to be aggregated with the Sponsor pursuant to Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the Code.

1.4  
Board

The Board of Directors of the Sponsor.

1.5  
Board Committee

The Organization and Compensation Committee of the Board.

1.6  
Change in Control

The earliest of the following dates:

(a)  
the date any person or group of persons (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), excluding employee benefit plans of the Sponsor, becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1934) of securities of the Sponsor representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Sponsor’s then outstanding securities (excluding the acquisition of securities of the Sponsor by an entity at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding voting securities of which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by the Sponsor); or

(b)  
the date of consummation of a tender offer for the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Sponsor’s then outstanding voting securities; or
 
 
2

 

 
(c)  
the date of consummation of a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Sponsor with any other corporation or entity regardless of which entity is the survivor, other than a merger, share exchange or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Sponsor outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) more than sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Sponsor or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(d)  
the date, when as a result of a tender offer or exchange offer for the purchase of securities of the Sponsor (other than such an offer by the Sponsor for its own securities), or as a result of a proxy contest, merger, share exchange, consolidation or sale of assets, or as a result of any combination of the foregoing, individuals who are Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the Board; or

(e)  
the date the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or winding-up of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(f)  
the date of any event which the Board determines should constitute a Change in Control.

A Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred until a majority of the members of the Board receive written certification from the Board Committee that one of the events set forth in this Section 1.6 has occurred.  Any determination that an event described in this Section 1.6 has occurred shall, if made in good faith on the basis of information available at that time, be conclusive and binding on the Board Committee, the Company, the Participants and their beneficiaries for all purposes of the Plan.

1.7  
Change of Form Election

The election by a Participant under Section 6.2 to change the form of distribution of a Plan Year Account.

 
3

 


1.8  
Change-of-Investment Election

The election by a Participant under Section 4.6 to change a Phantom Subaccount for the Participant Deferral Account or Company Account.

1.9  
Code

The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute.

1.10  
Committee

The Administrative Committee described in Section 9.1 for administering the Plan.

1.11  
Company

Progress Energy, Inc. or any successor to it in the ownership of substantially all of its assets and each Affiliated Company that, with the consent of the Board Committee, adopts the Plan and is included in Exhibit A, as in effect from time to time.

1.12  
Company Incentive Plans

The Sponsor’s Management Incentive Compensation Plan, or any Company sales incentive plans, marketing incentive plans, and any other cash incentive plans as determined by the Committee.

1.13  
Continuing Directors

The members of the Board at the Effective Date; provided, however, that any person becoming a director subsequent to such whose election or nomination for election was supported by 75% or more of the directors who then comprised Continuing Directors shall be considered to be a Continuing Director.

1.14  
Deemed Investment Return

The amounts that are credited (or charged) from time to time to each Participant’s Deferral Account and Company Account to reflect deemed investment gains and losses of Phantom Investment Sub accounts.

1.15  
Deferral Election

An election to defer Salary pursuant to Section 3.1.
 
 
4

 

 
1.16  
Deferrals

The deferrals of Salary of a Participant pursuant to Section 3.1.

1.17  
Effective Date

January 1, 2008.

1.18  
Eligible Employee

An employee of the Company (a) who is eligible to participate in the Sponsor’s Management Incentive Compensation Plan, or (b) who is eligible to participate in any other eligible Company Incentive Plan and is determined by the Committee to be eligible to be a Participant; and who is not excluded from participation pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

1.19  
Employee Stock Incentive Plan

The Employee Stock Incentive Plan as adopted by the Board and any successor to such plan which provides additional matching allocations under the Progress Energy 401(k) Savings & Stock Ownership Plan.

1.20  
Enrollment Form

The enrollment form prepared by the Company which a Participant must execute to have Deferrals with respect to a Plan Year.

1.21  
ERISA

The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.22  
[Reserved]

1.23  
Investment Election

The election by a Participant under Sections 2.4 and 4.6 of the Phantom Investment Sub accounts in which the Participant’s Deferral Accounts and Company Accounts will be allocated.

1.24  
Matching Allocation

A match allocation to a Participant's Company Account of a Participant’s Matchable Deferrals in accordance with Section 3.2.

 
5

 
 
1.25  
Net Salary

The Salary of a Participant projected to be payable (assuming no deferral elections under the Plan or the Progress Energy 401(k) Savings & Stock Ownership Plan) with respect to a Plan Year reduced by the projected Deferrals of a Participant for the Plan Year under the Plan.

1.26  
Participant

An Eligible Employee participating in the Plan pursuant to Article II.

1.27  
Participant Accounts

The aggregate of a Participant’s Deferral Account and Participant’s Company Accounts.

1.28  
Participant Company Account

The notational bookkeeping account maintained under Sections 4.1 and 4.5 to record Matching Allocations on behalf of a Participant and the Deemed Investment Return thereon pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

1.29  
Participant Deferral Account

The notational bookkeeping account maintained under Section 4.1 of the Plan to record Deferrals of a Participant and the Deemed Investment Return thereon pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.

1.30  
Participant Matchable Deferral

6% of the amount of Deferrals of a Participant for a Plan Year but no greater than 6% of (A-B) where A is the compensation limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the Plan Year and B is the Net Salary of a Participant for the Plan Year (with any negative differences equating to $0 for purposes of this calculation); provided, however , that the Participant Matchable Deferrals for an SMC Participant for a Plan Year shall be an amount equal to 6% of (C – D) where C is the projected Salary of a Participant for the Plan Year and D is the compensation limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the Plan Year.  Participant Matchable Deferrals for a Plan Year shall be determined for each payroll period during the Plan Year based on projected Matchable Deferrals for the entire Plan Year.

1.31  
Payment Commencement

The date payments are to commence with respect to a Plan Year Account in accordance with Section 6.1.
 
6

 

1.32  
Phantom Investment Fund

A deemed investment option for purposes of the Plan, each of which shall be the same as those investment options generally available to all participants in the Progress Energy 401(k) Savings & Stock Ownership Plan, or as otherwise selected by the Committee, exclusive of Phantom Stock Units which shall not be a deemed investment option under this Plan for Deferrals made after September 1, 2010.

1.33  
Phantom Funds Account

Notational bookkeeping accounts maintained under the Plan at the direction of the Committee representing allocations of Participants of Phantom Investment Subaccounts in a Phantom Investment Fund.

1.34  
Phantom Investment Subaccount

A notational bookkeeping account maintained under the Plan at the direction of the Committee representing a deemed investment in one or more Phantom Investment Funds as directed by the Participant under Sections 2.4 and 4.6, and which may include Phantom Stock Units for Deferrals made prior to September 1, 2010 and for Matching Allocations made prior to January 1, 2003.

1.35  
Phantom Stock Unit

A hypothetical share of common stock of the Sponsor or its parent company, as applicable.

1.36  
Plan

The Progress Energy, Inc. Management Deferred Compensation Plan as set forth herein and as amended from time to time.

1.37  
Plan Year

The twelve (12) consecutive month periods beginning January 1 and ending the following December 31 commencing with the Effective Date.

1.38  
Plan Year Accounts

The separate Participant Deferral Account and Participant Company Account maintained under the Plan pursuant to Section 4.2 with respect to a Participant for each Plan Year a Participant has Deferrals.
 
7

 

1.39  
Progress Energy 401(k) Savings & Stock Ownership Plan

The Progress Energy 401(k) Savings & Stock Ownership Plan of the Company adopted by the Board, as amended from time to time, and any successor to such plan.

1.40  
Retirement Date

The date a Participant retires from the Company on or after attaining (i) age 65 with 5 years of service, (ii) age 55 with 15 years of service, (iii) 35 years of service , or (iv) eligibility for retirement under the SSERP if covered under such plan.

1.41  
Salary

The amount of an Eligible Employee's regular annual base salary, payable from time to time by the Company prior to a Deferral Election under the Plan and prior to any deferral election under the Progress Energy 401(k) Savings & Stock Ownership Plan.

1.42  
Section 409A

Section 409A of the Code or any successor section under the Code, as amended and as interpreted by final or proposed regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time.

1.43  
Separation from Service

A participant separates from service if the Participant dies, retires or otherwise has a “termination of employment” with the Company, as defined for purposes of Section 409A.

1.44  
SMC Participant

A senior executive officer of the Company who is a member of the “Senior Management Committee” of the Sponsor.

1.45  
Sponsor

Progress Energy, Inc. and its successors in interest.

1.46  
SSERP

The Supplemental Senior Executive Retirement Plan of the Company.
 
8

 


1.47  
Valuation Date

The last day of each calendar month and such other dates as selected by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

1.48  
Value

The value of an account maintained under the Plan based on the fair market value of notational investments of Phantom Investment Subaccounts and Phantom Stock Units, as the case may be, as of the last Valuation Date.  For purposes of calculating Value as of the end of a Plan Year, accrued but unallocated Incentive Matching Allocations shall be taken into consideration with respect to Participant Company Accounts.

1.49  
Years of Service

Years of service of a Participant as calculated under the Progress Energy 401(k) Savings & Stock Ownership Plan.

ARTICLE II
PARTICIPATION

2.1  
Eligibility

(a)   Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Eligible Employees.

(b)   The Committee, in its sole discretion, may at any time limit the participation of an Eligible Employee in the Plan so as to assure that the Plan will not be subject to the provisions of parts 2, 3 and 4 of Title I of ERISA.

2.2  
Commencement of Participation

An Eligible Employee who is not a Participant may elect to become a Participant as of the first day of a Plan Year by completing and submitting an Enrollment Form to the Sponsor’s designated agent by November 30   prior to the first day of the Plan Year as of which participation is to commence.

2.3  
Annual Participation Agreement

Each Participant shall complete a new Enrollment Form with respect to a Plan Year by November 30 prior to the commencement of the Plan Year.  If the Participant does not complete such form and submit it to the Sponsor’s designated agent by November 30, the Participant will have no Deferrals for the following Plan Year.
 
9

 

2.4  
Election of Phantom Investment Subaccounts

Each Participant shall elect on his Enrollment Form the allocation of his Plan Year Participant Deferral Account among the Phantom Investment Subaccounts.

ARTICLE III
DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

3.1  
Participant Deferred Salary Elections

(a)   A Participant completing an Enrollment Form in accordance with Sections 2.2 or 2.3 may make an election, pursuant to this Section 3.1, to defer his or her Salary (a “Deferral Election”) in accordance with the Plan.  A Deferral Election shall apply only to the Participant’s Salary for the Plan Year specified in the Enrollment Form.

(b)   The amount of Salary that may be deferred by a Participant shall be based on their target incentive level under the Sponsor’s Management Incentive Compensation Plan (“MICP”); or, for Participants in Company Incentive Plans other than the MICP, their target incentive level assuming that they participated in the MICP.  Deferral Elections shall be made on the Enrollment Form for the applicable Plan Year pursuant to the following limitations:

(i)   A Participant who is (or would be) eligible for a bonus at the 10%, 12%, or 15% of salary target incentive level (the “Target”) for the Plan Year under the MICP may defer up to 10% of Salary.

(ii)   A Participant who is (or would be) eligible for a bonus at the 20% of salary target incentive level (the “Target”) for the Plan Year under the MICP may defer up to 15% of Salary.

(iii)   A Participant who is (or would be) eligible for a bonus at the 25% of salary Target for the Plan Year under the MICP may defer up to 25% of Salary.

(iv)   A Participant who is (or would be) eligible for a bonus at the 35% or more of salary Target under the MICP may defer up to 50% of Salary.

All Deferrals shall be in increments of 5% of Salary.  The minimum projected Deferrals for a Plan Year for a Participant who commences Deferrals after the beginning of a Plan Year in accordance with Section 2.2 shall be $1,000.

 
10

 
 
(c)   A Deferral Election once made with respect to a Plan Year, cannot be changed or revoked.  In the case of a new Participant, the Deferral Election will apply only to amounts that are both paid after the election is made and earned for services performed after the election is made.  The amount of Salary that is deferred pursuant to a Deferral Election will reduce the Participant Salary proportionately throughout the applicable Plan Year or, in the case of a new Participant, throughout the portion of the Plan Year to which the Deferral Election is applicable.

(d)   A dollar amount equal to the Salary deferred pursuant to this Section 3.1 (“Deferrals”) at each applicable payroll date shall be credited to the Participant’s Deferral Account within ten business days following the applicable payroll date.

3.2  
Matching Allocations

A Participant who has made a Deferral Election with respect to a Plan Year and has Participant Matchable Deferrals for such Plan Year shall receive a credit to his Participant Company Account of a Matching Allocation for such Plan Year.  The Matching Allocation with respect to a Plan Year shall equal 100% of the Participant Matchable Deferrals.  Matching Allocations shall be credited to the Participant Company Account within ten business days following the applicable payroll date, based on a pro-rata portion of projected Matchable Deferrals for the Plan Year applicable to each payroll period during the Plan Year.

ARTICLE IV
ACCOUNTS

4.1  
Maintenance of Accounts

The Committee shall maintain a Participant Deferral Account and a Participant Company Account for each Participant.  There shall be credited to a Participant's Deferral Account all Deferrals by a Participant under the Plan and there shall be credited to a Participant's Company Account all Matching Allocations with respect to a Participant under the Plan in accordance with Sections 3.2 and 3.3.

4.2  
Separate Plan Year Accounts

The Committee shall maintain a separate Participant Deferral Account and Participant Company Account for each Plan Year a Participant has Deferrals (separately a “Plan Year Deferral Account” and a “Plan Year Company Account” and together the “Plan Year Account”).

 
11

 

4.3  
Phantom Investment Subaccounts

The Committee shall maintain separate Phantom Investment Sub-accounts representing deemed investments in Phantom Investment Funds as directed by the Participant.  Phantom Investment Sub-accounts shall be valued as of each Valuation Date based on the notional investments of each such account, pursuant to rules and procedures adopted by the Committee.

4.4  
Administration of Deferral Accounts

(a)   A Participant's Deferral Accounts shall be comprised in total, of units in Phantom Investment Sub-accounts.

(b)   Participants shall allocate their Deferrals among Phantom Investment Sub-accounts pursuant to elections under Section 2.4.

(c)   The Value of that portion of a Participant’s Deferral Account allocated to a Phantom Investment Sub-account shall be changed on each Valuation Date to reflect the new Value of the Phantom Investment Sub-account.

(d)   The interest of a Participant’s Deferral Account in a Phantom Investment Sub-account shall be stated in a unit value or dollar amount, as determined by the Committee.

4.5  
Administration of Company Accounts

(a)   A Participant’s Company Account shall be comprised of Phantom Investment Fund units which shall be recorded in Phantom Investment Subaccounts.  Effective September 1, 2010, all Matching Allocations shall be recorded in Phantom Investment Subaccounts as elected by the Participant for his Plan Year Participant Deferral Account, or in the event the Participant has not made an election, the Matching Allocations shall be recorded in the phantom stable value fund.  Prior to September 1, 2010, to the extent Matching Allocations are initially deemed to be invested in Phantom Stock Units, the number of Phantom Stock Units will be determined on the date of each allocation under the Plan based on the closing price of a share of common stock of the Sponsor on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of each allocation.  To the extent the Matching Allocations are initially deemed to be invested in one or more Phantom Investment Funds (other than Phantom Stock Units), the number of units in these Phantom Investment Funds will be determined on the date of each allocation under the Plan, using the closing price of the units of the underlying investment fund on which the Phantom Investment Fund is based, on the date of each allocation.

 
12

 
 
(b)   The number of Phantom Stock Units allocated to a Participant’s Company Account shall be adjusted periodically to reflect the deemed reinvestment of dividends on Sponsor common stock in additional Phantom Stock Units.

(c)   In the event there is any change in the common stock of the Sponsor, through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization (other than pursuant to bankruptcy proceedings), stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split-up, split-off, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, dividend in kind or other like change in capital structure (an “Adjustment Event”), the number of Phantom Stock Units subject to the Plan shall be adjusted by the Committee in its sole judgment so as to give appropriate effect to such Adjustment Event.  Any fractional units resulting from such adjustment may be eliminated.  Each successive Adjustment Event shall result in the consideration by the Committee of whether any adjustment to the number of Phantom Stock Units subject to the Plan is necessary in the Committee’s judgment.  Issuance of common stock or securities convertible into common stock for value will not be deemed to be an Adjustment Event unless otherwise expressly determined by the Committee.

4.6  
Change of Phantom Investment Subaccounts and Phantom Stock Units

(a)   A Participant may elect to reallocate the value of his Phantom Investment Subaccounts comprising his Deferral Account among other Phantom Investment Subaccounts and change the allocation of future Deferrals among Phantom Investment Subaccounts once per calendar month pursuant to uniform rules and procedures adopted by the Committee.  Provided, however, that Participants may not reallocate the value of his Phantom Investment Subaccounts into Phantom Stock Units.

(b)   A Participant may elect to reallocate Phantom Investment Subaccounts comprising his Company Account once per calendar month pursuant to uniform rules adopted by the Committee.  Provided, however, that Participants may not reallocate the value of his Phantom Investment Subaccounts into Phantom Stock Units.

4.7  
Transferred Accounts

(a)   Effective as of the Effective Date, the Value of a SMC Participant’s Company Account shall include the value of such Participant’s deferral account as of such date (being a “Transferred Account”) under the Carolina Power & Light Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, but only to the extent the Participant acknowledges in writing he has no further interest in the Executive Deferred Compensation Plan.

 
13

 
 
(b)   Effective on the Effective Date, the Value of any Participant’s Company Account shall include the value of such Participant’s additional benefits (currently recorded as phantom Company stock units) granted under Article VIII.2. (also being a “Transferred Account”) under the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Management Employees, but only to the extent the Participant acknowledges in writing that he has no further interest in these benefits in the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Management Employees.

(c)   The total value of the Transferred Accounts as described in this Section 4.7 shall be deemed a vested Company Account for all purposes of the Plan.

ARTICLE V
VESTING

5.1  
Vesting

A Participant’s Deferral Accounts and Participants Company Accounts shall be 100% vested at all times.
 
ARTICLE VI
DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1  
Distribution Elections

A Participant when making a Deferral Election pursuant to an Enrollment Form with respect to a Plan Year shall elect on such Enrollment Form (a) to defer the payment of his Plan Year Accounts with respect to such Plan Year, in accordance with the Plan until (i) the April 1 following the date that is five years from the last day of such Plan Year, (ii) the April 1 following the Participant’s Retirement or (iii) the April 1 following the first anniversary of the Participant’s Retirement (each a “Payment Commencement Date”) and (b) to provide for the payment of such Plan Year Account in the form of (i) a lump sum or (ii) approximately equal installments over a period extending from two years to ten years (by paying a fraction of the account balance each year during such period), as elected by the Participant.  Except as otherwise provided in this Article VI, such elections may not be changed or revoked.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant is a “key employee” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code (but determined without regard to paragraph 5 thereof or the 50 employee limit on the number of officers treated as key employees), payment of deferred amounts shall not be made pursuant to an election under Section 6.1(a)(ii) above before the date that is six months after the date of Separation from Service for any reason including Retirement (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant).  Such payment shall commence within 60 days following the six-month delay period.  In the event payments to the Participant under this Plan shall be delayed for six months following the termination of the
 
 
14

 
 
Participant as provided in this paragraph (b), the Participant (if then living) shall receive a lump sum payment as of the first day of the seventh month following the termination of employment in an amount equal to six times the monthly payment due to the Participant under this Plan, in addition to the monthly payment then due to the Participant.

6.2  
Change-of-Form Elections and Additional Deferral Elections

(a)   Any Participant who has made elections under Section 6.1 with respect to amounts deferred before January 1, 2005, may change such elections pursuant to this Section 6.2(a) as in effect prior to January 1, 2005, unless such provisions are materially modified after October 3, 2004.  For this purpose, an amount is considered deferred before January 1, 2005, if the amount is earned and vested before such date.  Such Participant may elect at least one year prior to the Payment Commencement Date with respect to such Plan Year Accounts a new Payment Commencement Date that either is five years from the then current Payment Commencement Date or otherwise is permitted under Section 6.1(a)(ii) or (iii).  Only one such Additional Deferral Election will be permitted with respect to Plan Year Accounts relating to a particular Plan Year.  In addition, the Participant may elect to change the form of distribution to any of the forms permitted under Section 6.1(b) by completing a Change-of-Form Elections with respect to Plan Year Accounts at least one year prior to the applicable Payment Commencement Date for such accounts.

(b)   Any elections made under Section 6.1 with respect to amounts deferred after December 31, 2004, shall be irrevocable except as permitted by rules promulgated under Section 409A and consented to by the Committee.

6.3  
Payment

Upon occurrence of an event specified in the Participant’s distribution election under Section 6.1 (a “Distribution Event”) with respect to Plan Year Accounts, as modified by any applicable subsequent Additional Deferral Election under Section 6.2, the Account Balance of a Participant’s Plan Year Accounts shall be paid by the Company to the Participant in the form elected under Section 6.1.  Such payments shall commence within 60 days following the occurrence of the Distribution Event.

6.4  
Unforeseeable Emergency

In case of an unforeseeable emergency, a Participant may request the Committee, on a form to be provided by the Committee or its delegate, that payment of the vested portion of Participant Accounts be made earlier than the date provided under the Plan.

An “unforeseeable emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant’s
 
15

 
 
spouse or a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.

The Committee shall consider any requests for payment under this Section 6.4 on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis and in accordance with the standards of interpretation described in Section 409A.  If the request is granted, the amounts distributed will not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy the emergency need plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved by reason of the cessation of Deferrals for the Plan Year in which the distribution is made and through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets (to the extent such liquidation would not itself cause severe financial hardship).

In the event of a hardship determination by the Committee, the Company shall pay out in a lump sum to the Participant such portion of the Participant Accounts as determined by the Committee and Deferrals by the Participant for the Plan Year in which the hardship distribution is made shall cease.

6.5  
Separation from Service

In the event of the Separation from Service of a Participant with the Company and any parent, subsidiary or affiliate for any reason, prior to the Retirement or death of the Participant, the vested portion of the Participant Accounts of such Participant shall be paid in a lump sum to such Participant based on the Value of such accounts as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the date of distribution.  Such payment shall be made within 60 days following the Participant’s termination date as determined under the Company’s normal administrative practices.  The nonvested portion of a terminated Participant’s Company Account shall be forfeited by the Participant.  In the event of the Separation from Service of a SMC Participant for whom no Deferral Election was made for a Plan Year, any Matching Allocation, and Deemed Investment Return allocated to such Participant shall be distributed to the Participant following termination of employment in accordance with this Section 6.5.  In the event of the Retirement of a Participant prior to the Payment Commencement Date elected by the Participant under Section 6.1(a)(i) with respect to a Plan Year Account, distribution of such account shall commence no later than April 1 following the first anniversary of the Participant’s Retirement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant is a “key employee” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code (but determined without regard to paragraph 5 thereof or the 50 employee limit on the number of officers treated as key employees), payment of deferred amounts shall not be made before the date that is six months after the date of Separation from Service for any reason including Retirement (or, if earlier, the date of death of the Participant).  Such payment shall commence within 60 days following the six-month delay period.
 
16

 

6.6  
Taxes
 
The Company shall report Deferrals in the year they occur as required by Section 6041 and Section 6051 of the Code.  The Company shall deduct from all payments under the Plan federal, state and local income and employment taxes, as required by applicable law.  Deferrals will be taken into account for purposes of any tax or withholding obligation under the Federal Insurance Contributions Act and Federal Unemployment Tax Act in the year of the Deferrals, as required by Sections 3121(v) and 3306(r) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.  Amounts required to be withheld in the year of the Deferrals pursuant to Sections 3121(v) and 3306(r) shall be withheld out of current wages or other compensation paid by the Company to the Participant.

6.7  
Acceleration of Payment
 
The acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment due under the Plan is prohibited except as provided in regulations and administrative guidance provided under Section 409A of the Code.  It is not an acceleration of the time or schedule of payment if the Company waives or accelerates the vesting requirements applicable to a benefit under the Plan.

ARTICLE VII
DEATH BENEFITS

7.1  
Designation of Beneficiaries

The Participant’s beneficiary under this Plan entitled to receive benefits under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death shall be designated by the Participant on a form provided by the Committee.  In the absence of such designation or in the event the designated beneficiary has predeceased the Participant, the beneficiary shall be deemed the estate of the Participant.

7.2  
Death Benefit

In the event of the death of a Participant prior to the payout of his Participant Accounts, the Value of the remaining portion of the Participant Accounts shall be paid by the Company in a lump sum to the Participant’s beneficiary (as defined under Section 7.1) based on the Value of such accounts on the Valuation Date immediately following the date of death.  Payment shall be made within 60 days following such Valuation Date pursuant to rules and procedures adopted by the Committee.
 
17

 

ARTICLE VIII
CLAIMS

8.1  
Claims Procedure

If any Participant or his or her beneficiary has a claim for benefits which is not being paid, such claimant may file with the Committee a written claim setting forth the amount and nature of the claim, supporting facts, and the claimant’s address.  The Committee shall notify each claimant of its decision in writing by registered or certified mail within sixty (60) days after its receipt of a claim or, under special circumstances, within ninety (90) days after its receipt of a claim.  If a claim is denied, the written notice of denial shall set forth the reasons for such denial, refer to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, describe any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to realize the claim, and explain the claims review procedure under the Plan.

8.2  
Claims Review Procedure

A claimant whose claim has been denied, or such claimant’s duly authorized representative, may file, within sixty (60) days after notice of such denial is received by the claimant, a written request for review of such claim by the Committee.  If a request is so filed, the Committee shall review the claim and notify the claimant in writing of its decision within sixty (60) days after receipt of such request.  In special circumstances, the Committee may extend for up to sixty (60) additional days the deadline for its decision.  The notice of the final decision of the Committee shall include the reasons for its decision and specific references to the Plan provisions on which the decision is based.  The decision of the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.

ARTICLE IX
ADMINISTRATION

9.1  
Committee

The Administrative Committee consisting of not less than three (3) or more than seven (7) persons appointed by the Board Committee or its delegate to administer the Plan.

9.2  
Authority

(a)   The Committee shall have the exclusive right to interpret the Plan to the maximum extent permitted by law, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to it, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan, including the determination under Section 9.2(b) herein. The decisions, actions and records of the Committee shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company and all persons having or claiming to have any right or interest in or under the Plan.
 
18

 

(b)   The Committee may delegate to one or more agents, or to the Company such administrative duties as it may deem advisable.  The Committee may employ such legal or other counsel and consultants as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion or determination received from counsel or consultant.

(c)   No member of the Committee shall be directly or indirectly responsible or otherwise liable for any action taken or any failure to take action as a member of the Committee, except for such action, default, exercise or failure to exercise resulting from such member’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  No member of the Committee shall be liable in any way for the acts or defaults of any other member of the Committee, or any of its advisors, agents or representatives.

(d)   The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Committee against any and all expenses and liabilities arising out of his or her own activities relating to the Committee, except for expenses and liabilities arising out of a member’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(e)   The Company shall furnish to the Committee all information the Committee may deem appropriate for the exercise of its powers and duties in the administration of the Plan.  The Committee shall be entitled to rely on any information provided by the Company without any investigation thereof.

(f)   No member of the Committee may act, vote or otherwise influence a decision of such Committee relating to his or her benefits, if any, under the Plan.

ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

10.1  
Amendment of the Plan

The Plan may be wholly or partially amended or otherwise modified at any time by the Board or the Board Committee consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

10.2  
Termination of the Plan

The Plan may be terminated at any time by written action of the Board or the Board Committee or by the Committee as provided under the Plan; provided, that termination of the Plan shall not affect the distribution of the Participant Accounts (except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A of the Code).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan may be terminated and Participant Accounts distributed to
 
 
19

 
 
Participants within twelve months of a “change in control event” as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

10.3  
No Impairment of Benefits

Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 10.1 and 10.2, no amendment to or termination of the Plan shall impair any rights to benefits which theretofore accrued hereunder; provided, however, the payout of all Plan benefits on termination of the Plan, if permitted pursuant to Section 10.2, or a change of any Phantom Investment Funds or creation of a substitute for Phantom Investment Funds as a result of a Plan amendment or action of the Committee shall not constitute an impairment of any rights or benefits.

ARTICLE XI
FUNDING AND CLAIM STATUS

11.1  
General Provisions

(a)   The Company shall make no provision for the funding of any Participant Accounts payable hereunder that (i) would cause the Plan to be a funded plan for purposes of Section 404(a)(5) of the Code or for purposes of Title I of ERISA, or (ii) would cause the Plan to be other than an “unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money or other property in the future” under Treasury Regulations § 1.83-3(e); and, except in the case of a Change in Control of the Sponsor, the Company shall have no obligation to make any arrangements for the accumulation of funds to pay any amounts under this Plan.  Subject to the restrictions of this Section 11.1(a), the Company, in its sole discretion, may establish one or more grantor trusts described in Treasury Regulations § 1.677(a)-1(d) to accumulate funds to pay amounts under this Plan, provided that the assets of such trust(s) shall be required to be used to satisfy the claims of the Company’s general creditors in the event of the Company’s bankruptcy or insolvency.

(b)   In the case of a Change in Control that is not a “change in the financial health” of the Company, as defined for purposes of  Section 409A, the Company shall, subject to the restrictions in this paragraph and in Section 11.1(a), irrevocably set aside funds in one or more such grantor trusts in an amount that is sufficient to pay each Participant employed by such Company (or beneficiary) the net present value as of the date on which the Change in Control occurs, of the benefits to which Participants (or their beneficiaries) would be entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan if the Value of their Participant Account would be paid in a lump sum upon the Change of Control.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Company shall not set aside funds, revocably or irrevocably, in one or more grantor trusts in connection with the transactions described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Company and Duke Energy Corporation dated as of January 8, 2011.

 
20

 
(c)   In the event that the Company shall decide to establish an advance accrual reserve on its books against the future expense of payments from any Participant, such reserve shall not under any circumstances be deemed to be an asset of this Plan but, at all times, shall remain a part of the general assets of the Company, subject to claims of the Company’s creditors.

(d)   Participants, their legal representatives and their beneficiaries shall have no right to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, transfer, pledge or encumber their interests in the Plan, nor shall such interests be subject to attachment, garnishment, levy or execution by or on behalf of creditors of the Participants or of their beneficiaries.

(e)   Participants shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan.  Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary, legal representative or any other person.  To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.  All payments to be made hereunder with respect to a Participant shall be paid from the general funds of the Company employing such Participant.

(f)   The foregoing provisions of this Article XI notwithstanding, the Company shall establish no grantor trust if its assets are includable in the income of Participants thereby pursuant to Section 409A(b).

ARTICLE XII
EFFECT ON EMPLOYMENT OR ENGAGEMENT

12.1  
General

Nothing contained in the Plan shall affect, or be construed as affecting, the terms of employment or engagement of any Participant except to the extent specifically provided herein.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall impose, or be construed as imposing, an obligation on the Company to continue the employment or engagement of any Participant.

ARTICLE XIII
GOVERNING LAW

13.1  
General

The Plan and all actions taken in connection with the Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina
 
21

 
 
without reference to principles of conflict of laws, except as superseded by applicable federal law.

IT WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been executed this 31 st day of October, 2011.

 
 
By:
PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
/s/ William D. Johnson
William D. Johnson
Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer
 


 
22

 





EXHIBIT A

Progress Energy Service Company, LLC

Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc.

Progress Energy Ventures, Inc.

Progress Energy Florida, Inc.

Progress Fuels Corporation (corporate employees only)



 
 

 


EXHIBIT 10(f)


PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.

NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Amended and Restated Effective July 13, 2011
 
 

1.           RECITALS

 
1.1
Whereas, Progress Energy, Inc. (the “Company”) adopted this Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) as of December 16, 1981 (the “Effective Date”).

 
1.2
Whereas , the Company has maintained and operated the Plan since the Effective Date pursuant to individual deferral agreements with the Company’s Directors.

 
1.3
Whereas , the Company adopted this written restatement of the Plan effective as of January 1, 2008, in order to update and clarify the rights and obligations under the Plan of the Company and its Directors and to change the amount of the automatic deferral from $15,000 to $30,000 per year.

2.           PURPOSE

 
2.1
Purpose.   The purpose of the Plan is to permit the Company’s non-employee Directors to defer all or a portion of their annual retainers and meeting fees in the form of Stock Units (as defined below), thereby aligning the interests of the Directors with the interests of the Company’s shareholders.

 
2.2
Limitations .  Distributions required or contemplated by this Plan or actions required to be taken under this Plan shall not be construed as creating a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Director, any Director’s designated beneficiary, or any other person.

 
2.3
Code Section 409A .  This Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations and other guidance issued thereunder, as in effect from time to time (“Section 409A”).  To the extent a provision of the Plan is contrary to or fails to address the requirements of Section 409A, the Plan shall be construed and administered as necessary to comply with such requirements until this Plan is appropriately amended.


 
 

 
3.           DEFINITIONS

 
The following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context inwhich they are used clearly indicates that some other meaning is intended:

 
3.1
“Account” means the bookkeeping account maintained for each Director which shall be credited with all Voluntary Deferrals elected by a Director, all Automatic Deferrals and Matching Contributions made on behalf of a Director, and all dividend credits with respect to Stock Units in the Account, and other adjustments thereto.

 
3.2
“Automatic Deferral” means the portion of a Director’s annual retainer that is automatically deferred under this Plan pursuant to Section 6.1.

 
3.3
“Beneficiary” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by a Director pursuant to Section 10.7 to receive the benefits, if any, payable on behalf of the Director under the Plan after the death of such Director, or, when there has been no such designation or an invalid designation, the individual or entity, or the individuals or entities, who will receive such amount.

 
3.4
“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 
3.5
“Change in Control” means “Change in Control,” as defined in Section 2.5.1 of the Progress Energy, Inc. Management Change in Control Plan (Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2007).

 
3.6
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 
3.7
“Committee” means the Board’s Committee on Corporate Governance.

 
3.8
“Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company.

 
3.9
“Company” means Progress Energy, Inc., a North Carolina corporation, including any successor entity.

 
3.10
“Compensation” means a Director’s annual retainer fees, meeting fees and committee fees otherwise payable to such Director during his or her current term as a Director.

 
3.11
“Continuing Directors” means the members of the Board as of January 1, 2007; provided, however, that any person becoming a Director subsequent to such date whose election or nomination for election was supported by 75 percent or more of the Directors who then comprised the Continuing Directors shall be considered to be a Continuing Director.
 
 
2

 

 
 
3.12
“Deferral Election” means an annual irrevocable election, made in accordance with Section 6 in such form (electronic or otherwise) as approved and provided by the Committee, to defer the receipt of a designated amount of Compensation.

 
3.13
“Deferrals” mean Automatic Deferrals and Voluntary Deferrals.

 
3.14
“Director” means any person (other than a person who is an employee of the Company) who has been elected to serve as a member of the Board and any former member of the Board for whom an Account is maintained under this Plan.

 
3.15
“Effective Date” means January 1, 2008.

 
3.16
“Fair Market Value” means the  closing price of Common Stock on the date a Director’s Account is credited (or on the last preceding trading date if Common Stock is not traded on such date) if Common Stock is readily tradable on a national securities exchange or other market system.  If the Common Stock is not readily tradable on a national securities exchange or other market system, an amount determined in good faith by the Board as the fair market value of Common Stock on the date of determination.

 
3.17
“Plan” means this Progress Energy, Inc. Non-Employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.

 
3.18
“Plan Year” means the calendar year ending on each December 31.

 
3.19
“Stock Units” means investment units, each of which is deemed to be equivalent to one share of Common Stock.

 
3.20
“Voluntary Deferrals” means the Compensation that a Director elects to defer under this Plan pursuant to Section 6.2.

4.           ADMINISTRATION

 
4.1
Responsibility . The Committee shall have the responsibility, in its sole discretion, to control, operate, manage and administer the Plan in accordance with its terms.

 
4.2
Authority of the Committee . The Committee shall have all the discretionary authority that may be necessary or helpful to enable it to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Plan, including but not limited to the following:
 
 
3

 
 
 
(a)
to correct any defect, supply any omission, and reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion to carry the same into effect;

 
(b)
to issue administrative guidelines as an aid to administer the Plan and make changes in such guidelines as it from time to time deems proper;

 
(c)
to make rules for carrying out and administering the Plan and make changes in such rules as it from time to time deems proper;

 
(d)
to the extent permitted under the Plan, grant waivers of Plan terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations; and

 
(e)
to take any and all other actions it deems necessary or advisable for the proper operation or administration of the Plan.

 
4.3
Action by the Committee . The Committee may act only by a majority of its members. Subject to applicable law, any determination of the Committee may be made, without a meeting, by a writing or writings signed by all of the members of the Committee.  In addition, the Committee may authorize any one or more of its members to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee.

 
4.4
Delegation of Authority .  Subject to applicable law, the Committee may delegate to one or more of its members, or to one or more agents, such duties, responsibility and authority with respect to this Plan as it may deem advisable.  In addition, the Committee, or any person to whom it has delegated duties, responsibility and authority as aforesaid, may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan.  The Committee may employ such legal or other counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion or computation received from any such counsel, consultant or agent. Expenses incurred by the Committee in the engagement of such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company or the Subsidiary whose employees have benefited from the Plan, as determined by the Committee.

 
4.5
Determinations and Interpretations by the Committee . All determinations and interpretations made by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on all Directors and their heirs, successors and legal representatives.

 
4

 

5.           ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 
5.1
Eligibility and Participation.   All Directors are automatically eligible and shall participate in the Plan.

6.           DEFERRALS

 
6.1
Automatic Deferrals .  A portion of each Director’s annual retainer, in an amount established from time to time by the Board, shall automatically be deferred under this Plan, which amount for purposes of the Plan shall be referred to as an “Automatic Deferral.”  Unless and until changed by the Board, the annual amount of the Automatic Deferral shall be $30,000.

 
6.2
Voluntary Deferrals .  In addition to Automatic Deferrals, a Director may elect to defer all or any portion, expressed as a whole percentage, of his or her remaining Compensation by filing the appropriate Deferral Election with the Committee's designee.  Deferrals under this Section 6.2 shall be known as “Voluntary Deferrals.”

 
6.3    First Term Deferral Elections .  An individual who is elected to serve as a Director or who is nominated for election as a Director (other than an individual who was a Director immediately before such election or nomination) shall have the right at any time before the end of the thirty (30) day period immediately following the effective date of his or her election as a Director to elect to defer the payment of all or any portion of his or her future Compensation by filing the appropriate Deferral Election with the Committee's designee.

 
6.4
Annual Deferral Elections .  Before the beginning of each calendar year, a Director shall have the right to elect to defer the payment of his or her Compensation which is attributable to services rendered as a Director during such calendar year by filing the appropriate Deferral Election with the Committee's designee.  Any Deferral Election which is made and which is not revoked before the beginning of such calendar year shall become irrevocable on the first day of such calendar year and shall remain irrevocable through the end of such calendar year.

 
6.5
Automatic Renewal of Deferral Elections .  If a Director makes a Deferral Election under either Section 6.3 or Section 6.4 for any calendar year and does not revoke such Deferral Election before the beginning of any subsequent calendar year, such Deferral Election shall remain in effect for each such subsequent calendar year and shall be irrevocable through the end of each subsequent calendar year.


 
5

 

 
6.6
Account Credits .  The Compensation which a Director defers under this Section shall be credited to his or to her Account effective as of the business day on which such Compensation would otherwise have been paid to the Director.

7.           STOCK UNITS

 
7.1
C onversion of Deferrals to Stock Units.   All Deferrals shall be converted to Stock Units on the day such Deferrals are credited to a Director’s Account.  The number of Stock Units to be credited shall be determined by dividing the dollar value of the Deferrals credited to a Director’s Account by the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock as of the date on which the Deferrals are converted to Stock Units.

 
7.2
Conversion of Dividend Equivalents to Stock Units .  Directors’ Accounts will be credited with additional fully vested Stock Units as of the payment date of any dividends declared on the Common Stock.  The number of additional Stock Units credited to an Account shall be determined by dividing (i) the product of the per-share cash dividend amount (or the value of any non-cash dividend) times the number of Stock Units credited to the Account as of the record date for such dividend, by (ii) the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock as of the dividend payment date.

 
7.3
No Other Investment Alternatives .  Nothing contained in this Plan shall be construed to give any Director any power or control to make investment decisions with respect to Deferrals other than the conversion to Stock Units as provided in this Section 7.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to require the Company or the Committee to fund any Director's Account.

8.           DISTRIBUTIONS

 
8.1
Vesting.   A Director shall be fully vested at all times in the Stock Units credited to his or her Account.

 
8.2
Timing and Form of Distributions

 
(a)
Election Regarding Distributions .  Directors must make or have in effect an election for each Plan Year regarding the timing of distributions to be made under the Plan as set forth in Section 8.2(b) below (a “Distribution Election”).  The Distribution Election shall have been or shall be made pursuant to a “Method of Payment Agreement” or otherwise pursuant to a Director’s Deferral Election.

A Director may only have one Distribution Election in effect with respect to Deferrals made prior to January 1, 2005 (the “409A
 
6

 
 
Grandfathered Amounts”).  A Director may change his or her Distribution Election with respect to 409A Grandfathered Amounts by completing and signing a new Method of Payment Agreement provided by the Company; provided, however, that any such new Method of Payment Agreement shall not be effective for a period of six (6) months from the day it is delivered to the Company.

With respect to Deferrals made after January 1, 2005, a Director must make or have in effect a Deferral Election with respect to an upcoming Plan Year no later than December 31 of the preceding Plan Year, which Deferral Election shall be irrevocable for such Plan Year.  A Director may change his or her Distribution Election in effect for a subsequent Plan Year by delivering a new Method of Payment Agreement to the Company on or before December 31 of the preceding Plan Year.  A Deferral Election will remain in effect for future Plan Years unless and until changed by the Director’s timely delivery of a new Method of Payment Agreement with respect to an upcoming Plan Year.  A Director may not amend or change a Distribution Election with respect to any prior Plan Year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Director may make a one-time change to his or her Distribution Election with respect to all Plan Years, including the 2008 Plan Year, on or before December 31, 2008, subject to the transition relief rules under Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

 
(b)
Timing of Distributions .  A director’s Distribution Election shall specify whether the Director shall receive distributions (i) in a single lump sum payment in cash during the 60-day period following the first business day of the calendar year following the year in which the Director’s service as a member of the Board terminates for any reason or (ii) in a series of annual installments (not to exceed 10) commencing during the 60-day period following the first business day of the calendar year following the year in which the Director’s service as a member of the Board terminates for any reason.  If the Director has elected to receive installment payments, the amount of each installment shall be determined by dividing the number of Stock Units credited to the Director’s Account on the first business day preceding the date of payment by the number of installments remaining to be paid, and then converting the number of Stock Units determined thereby into a cash payment as provided in Section 8.2(c) below.

 
(c)
Form of Distributions .  All distributions under this Plan shall be in cash.  Prior to any distribution, Stock Units shall be converted into the right to receive a cash payment equal to the number of Stock Units being distributed multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of distribution.
 
 
7

 

 
 
(d)
Death .  Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary (and regardless of any distribution election in the Director’s Deferral Agreement, Method of Payment Agreement or Deferral Election), the value of the Director's entire Account shall be distributed in a single lump sum to the Director’s Beneficiary commencing with the 60-day period after the Director’s death.

 
8.3
Unforeseeable Emergency Payments.   In the event a Director incurs a financial hardship as a result of an “unforeseeable emergency” (as such term is defined below), the Director may apply to the Committee for the distribution of all or a portion of the Director’s Account.  The application shall provide such information and be in such form as the Committee shall require.  The Committee, in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion, may approve or deny the request in whole or in part.  The term “unforeseeable emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Director resulting from an illness or accident of the Director, the Director’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the Director, loss of the Director’s property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Director.  In no event may the amounts distributed with respect to an unforeseeable emergency exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy such emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement, cancellation of Deferrals for the remainder of the Plan Year, or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Director’s assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).  If a Director receives a distribution of all or a portion of the Director’s Account pursuant to this Section 8.3, any Deferral Election in effect for the Director shall be cancelled, and the Director shall make no additional Voluntary Deferrals for the remainder of the current Plan Year.  The Director may make Voluntary Deferrals with respect to future Plan Years by delivering a new Deferral Election in accordance with Section 6.4.  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, any payment made pursuant to this Section 9.3 shall comply with Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(vi) of the Code and the regulations (or similar guidance) promulgated thereunder (or under any successor provisions).

9.           TERM OF PLAN; AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

 
9.1
Term. The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date. The Plan shall remain in effect until the Board terminates the Plan.

 
9.2
Termination or Amendment of Plan . The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time with or without prior notice; provided,
 
 
8

 

 
 
however,   that no action authorized by this Section 10.2 shall reduce the balance or adversely affect the Account of a Director.
 
10.           MISCELLANEOUS

 
10.1
Adjustments . If there shall be any change in Common Stock through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, dividend in kind or other like change in capital structure or distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to holders of Common Stock, the number of Stock Units and the Director’s Account shall be adjusted to equitably reflect such change or distribution.

 
10.2
Governing Law . The Plan and all actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina without reference to principles of conflict of laws, except as superseded by applicable federal law.

 
10.3
No Right, Title or Interest in Company Assets . Directors shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan. Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Director, beneficiary, legal representative or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company. All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company and, except as provided in Section 10.10 below, no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts.

 
10.4
No Right to Continued Service . The Director’s rights, if any, to continue to serve the Company as a member of the Board shall not be enlarged or otherwise affected by his or her participation in the Plan.

 
10.5
Other Rights . The Plan shall not affect or impair the rights or obligations of the Company or a Director under any other written plan, contract, arrangement, or pension, profit sharing or other compensation plan.

 
10.6
Severability . If any term or condition of the Plan shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of the Plan, with the exception of such invalid or unenforceable provision, shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in effect and application to its fullest extent. If, however, the Committee determines in its sole discretion that any term or condition of the Plan which is invalid or unenforceable is
 
 
 
9

 

 
 
material to the interests of the Company, the Committee may declare the Plan null and void in its entirety.
 
 
10.7
Beneficiary Designation.   Every Director may file with the Company a designation in such form (electronic or otherwise) as approved and provided by the Company of one or more persons as the Beneficiary who shall be entitled to receive the benefits, if any, payable under the Plan after the Director’s death.  A Director may from time to time revoke or change such Beneficiary designation without the consent of any prior Beneficiary by filing a new designation with the Company.  The last such designation received by the Company shall be controlling; provided, however, that no designation, or change or revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior to the Director’s death, and in no event shall it be effective as of any date prior to such receipt.  All decisions of the Committee concerning the effectiveness of any Beneficiary designation and the identity of any Beneficiary shall be final.  If a Beneficiary shall die after the death of the Director and prior to receiving the payment(s) that would have been made to such Beneficiary had such Beneficiary’s death not occurred, then for the purposes of the Plan the payment(s) that would have been received by such Beneficiary shall be made to the Beneficiary’s estate.

 
10.8
Transferability of Rights . No Director or spouse of a Director shall have any right to encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of or alienate any present or future right or expectancy which the Director or such spouse may have at any time to receive payments of benefits hereunder, which benefits and the right thereto are expressly declared to be nonassignable and nontransferable, except to the extent required by law. Any attempt to transfer or assign a benefit, or any rights granted hereunder, by a Director or the spouse of a Director shall be null and void and without effect.

 
10.9
Entire Document . The Plan, as set forth herein, supersedes any and all prior practices, understandings, agreements, descriptions or other non-written arrangements with respect to the subject matter hereof.
 
 
10.10
Change in Control. In the case of a Change in Control, the Company, subject to the restrictions in this Section 11.10 and in Section 11.3, shall irrevocably set aside funds in one or more grantor trusts in an amount that is sufficient to pay each Director the value of the Director’s Account as of the date on which the Change in Control occurs; provided, however, that the Company shall establish no such trust if the assets thereof are includable in the income of Directors thereby pursuant to Section 409A(b).  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Company shall not set aside funds, revocably or irrevocably, in one or more grantor trusts in connection with the transactions described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Company and Duke Energy Corporation dated as of January 8, 2011.

 
 
10

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been executed this 31 st day of October, 2011.

 
 
By:
PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
/s/ William D. Johnson
William D. Johnson
Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer
 


 
11

 

 
EXHIBIT 10(g)
 

 

 
PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR STOCK UNIT PLAN
 
Amended and Restated Effective July 13, 2011

1.0             RECITALS

1.1
Whereas, Carolina Power & Light Company ("CP&L") adopted the Carolina Power & Light Company Retirement Plan for Outside Directors (the "Directors Retirement Plan") in 1986, which provided for a fixed-dollar retirement benefit for non-employee directors of CP&L following their termination of service as a member of the Board of Directors of CP&L.

1.2
Whereas, effective January 1, 1998, CP&L froze the Directors Retirement Plan so that no further benefits would accrue under such plan, and adopted the Carolina Power & Light Company Non-Employee Director Stock Unit Plan (the " Plan"), the purpose of which was to provide deferred compensation to the non-employee directors of CP&L based on the value of CP&L common stock.

1.3
Whereas, sponsorship of the Plan was transferred to CP&L Energy, Inc. effective August 1, 2000, and the name of the Plan was subsequently changed to Progress Energy, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Unit Plan.

1.4
Whereas, the Company amended and restated the Plan effective January 1, 2005 to increase the Annual Stock Unit Grant and to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), regarding the payment of benefits from the Plan.

1.5
Whereas , the Company amended and restated the Plan effective January 1, 2006, for the purposes of (i) changing the date of the allocation of the annual stock unit grant to participants' accounts from the date of the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders to the first business day in January of each year; and (ii) to eliminate the requirement that to be eligible to receive an annual stock unit grant a participant must have served on the Board for one year.
 
1.6
Whereas, the Company adopts this amended and restated Plan effective January 1, 2008, for the purpose of making certain administrative changes, to amend the determination of Common Stock Value in the Plan, and to change the annual stock unit grant provided by the Plan from a fixed 1,200 unit grant to a targeted value of $60,000.



 
1

 

2.0             PURPOSE

2.1
Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to attract and retain highly qualified individuals as non-employee directors of the Company, and to provide deferred compensation to the Company's non-employee directors based on the value of the Company's stock.
 
3.0           DEFINITIONS
 
The following terms shall have the following meanings unless the context indicates otherwise:
 
3.1
"Annual Stock Unit Grant" shall mean a grant of Stock Units equivalent to $60,000 as described in Section 5.2 below.
 
3.2             "Board " shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
3.3             "Change in Control " shall mean the earliest of the following dates:
 
 
(1)
the date any person or group of persons (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), excluding employee benefit plans of the Company, becomes, directly or indirectly, the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1934) of securities of the Company representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities (excluding the acquisition of securities of the Company by an entity at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding voting securities of which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by the Company); or

 
(2)
the date of consummation of a tender offer for the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company's then outstanding voting securities; or

 
(3)
the date of consummation of a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation or entity regardless of which entity is the survivor, other than a merger, share exchange or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) more than sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

 
(4)
the date, when as a result of a tender offer or exchange offer for the purchase of securities of the Company (other than such an offer by the Company for its own securities), or as a result of a proxy contest, merger, share exchange, consolidation or sale of assets, or as a result of any combination of the foregoing, individuals who are Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the Board of Directors; or
 
 
2

 

 
 
(5)
the date the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or winding-up of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; or

 
(6)
the date of any event which the Board of Directors determines should constitute a Change in Control.
 
A Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred until a majority of the members of the Board of Directors receive written certification from the Committee that one of the events set forth in this Section 3.3 has occurred.  Any determination that an event described in this Section 3.3 has occurred shall, if made in good faith on the basis of information available at that time, be conclusive and binding on the Board of Directors, the Company, the Participants and their beneficiaries for all purposes of the Plan.

3.4            "Committee" shall mean the Board's Committee on Corporate Governance.

3.5           " Common Stock" shall mean the common stock of the Company.
 
3.6
"Company" shall mean Progress Energy, Inc., a North Carolina corporation, including any successor entity.

3.7
"Continuing Directors" shall mean the members of the Board as of January 1, 2007; provided, however , that any person becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election or nomination for election was supported by 75 percent (75%) or more of the directors who then comprised Continuing Directors shall be considered to be a Continuing Director.
 
3.8
"Distribution Date" shall mean the later of (i) the date a Participant is no longer a member of the Board and otherwise “separates from service” with the Company, as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, or (ii) the date such Participant attains age 65.
 
3.9
"Effective Date" shall mean January 1, 1998. The Plan has been subsequently amended and restated effective July 10, 2002, January 1, 2005, January 1, 2006, January 1, 2007, and January 1, 2008.
 
 
3.10
"Common Stock Value" shall mean:
 
     
 
(1)
the closing price of Common Stock on the relevant date (or on the last preceding trading date if Common Stock was not traded on the relevant date) if Common Stock is readily tradable on a national securities exchange or other market system; or
 
 
(2)
an amount determined in good faith by the Board as the fair market value of Common Stock on the date of determination if Common Stock is not readily tradable on a national securities exchange or other market system.
    
 
3

 
 
3.11
"Initial Stock Unit Grant" shall mean a grant of Stock Units as described in Section 5.1 below.

3.12
"Participant" shall mean a member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

3.13
"Stock Unit" shall mean a unit maintained by the Company for bookkeeping purposes, equal in value to one (1) share of Common Stock.
 
3.14
"Stock Unit Account” shall mean a bookkeeping account established and maintained (or caused to be established and maintained) by the Company for the Participant which shall record the number of Stock Units granted to the Participant under Section 5 below.  This account shall be established (or caused to be established) by the Company for bookkeeping purposes only, and no separate funds shall be segregated by the Company for the benefit of the Participant.

3.15
"Plan" shall mean the Progress Energy, Inc. Non-Employee Director Stock Unit Plan.

3.16
"Subsidiary" shall mean a corporation of which the Company directly or indirectly owns more than 50 percent of the Voting Stock (meaning the capital stock of any class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances, in the absence of contingencies, to elect the directors of a corporation) or any other business entity in which the Company directly or indirectly has an ownership interest of more than fifty percent (50%).

4.0           ADMINISTRATION

4.1
Responsibility.   The   Committee shall have the responsibility, in its sole discretion, to control, operate, manage and administer the Plan in accordance with its terms.

4.2
Authority of the Committee.   The Committee shall have all the discretionary authority that may be necessary or helpful to enable it to discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Plan, including but not limited to the following:

(a)           to determine eligibility for participation in the Plan;

(b)           to correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in the plan in such manner and to such extent as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion to carry the same into effect;

(c)           to issue administrative guidelines as an aid to administer the Plan and make changes in such guidelines as it from time to time deems proper;

(d)           to make rules for carrying out and administering the Plan and make changes in such rules as it from time to time deems proper;

(e)           to the extent permitted under the Plan, grant waivers of Plan terms, conditions
 
4

 
 
               restrictions, and limitations;
 
(f)           to make reasonable determinations as to a Participant's eligibility for benefits under the Plan, including determinations as to vesting; and

 
(g)
to take any and all other actions it deems necessary or advisable for the proper operation or administration of the Plan.

 4.3
Action by the Committee .  The Committee may act only by a majority of its members. Any determination of the Committee may be made, without a meeting, by a writing or writings signed by all of the members of the Committee.  In addition, the Committee may authorize any one or more of its members to execute and deliver documents on behalf of the Committee.
 
 4.4
Delegation of Authority .  The Committee may delegate to one or more of its members, or to one or more agents, such administrative duties as it may deem advisable; provided , however , that any such delegation shall be in writing.  In addition, the Committee, or any person to whom it has delegated duties as aforesaid, may employ one or more persons to render advice with respect to any responsibility the Committee or such person may have under the Plan.  The Committee may employ such legal or other counsel, consultants and agents as it may deem desirable for the administration of the Plan and may rely upon any opinion or computation received from any such counsel, consultant or agent.  Expenses incurred by the Committee in the engagement of such counsel, consultant or agent shall be paid by the Company, or the Subsidiary whose employees have benefited from the Plan, as determined by the Committee.

4.5
Determinations and Interpretations by the Committee.   All determinations and interpretations made by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on all Participants and their heirs, successors, and legal representatives.

4.6
Information.   The Company shall furnish to the Committee in writing all information the Committee may deem appropriate for the exercise of its powers and duties in the administration of the Plan. Such information may include, but shall not be limited to, the full names of all Participants, their earnings and their dates of birth, employment, retirement or death.  Such information shall be conclusive for all purposes of the Plan, and the Committee shall be entitled to rely thereon without any investigation thereof.

4.7
Self-Interest.   No member of the Committee may act, vote or otherwise influence a decision of the Committee specifically relating to his or her benefits, if any, under the Plan.

5.0             STOCK UNIT GRANTS

5.1
Rollover . CP&L granted an Initial Stock Unit Grant to the Participants listed on Schedule A (who were participants in the CP&L Retirement Plan for Outside Directors) who were elected by December 31, 1997, pursuant to an election made in writing to the CP&L Vice President-Human Resources to rollover their accrued benefit under such plan (the 
 
 
 
5

 

 
"Accrued Benefit") into the Plan.  The number of shares underlying each Initial Stock Unit Grant was equal to the present value of the Participant's Accrued Benefit as of December 31, 1997, divided by the Common Stock Value of CP&L common stock on the last trading day of 1997.  Any fractional Stock Unit greater than 50 percent was rounded up to one Stock Unit, and any fractional Stock Unit equal to or less than 50 percent was disregarded.  Such number of Stock Units underlying the Initial Stock Unit Grant was entered and recorded in the Participant's Stock Unit Account, and later adjusted to reflect the change in the capital structure of CP&L as a result of which CP&L became a Subsidiary of the Company.
 
5.2
Annual Grant .  Effective January 1, 2008, the Company shall grant to each Participant an Annual Stock Unit Grant equal to  the number of Stock Units equivalent to $60,000 (rounded up to the next whole unit).  The Annual Stock Unit Grant shall be made the first business day of January.  The Company shall enter and record (or shall cause to be entered and recorded) in the Participant's Stock Unit Account such number of Stock Units underlying the Annual Stock Unit Grant.

5.3
Dividend Stock Units.   On the date that any holder of Common Stock receives a dividend with respect to Common Stock, the Company shall grant to each Participant, and shall enter and record (or shall cause to be entered and recorded) in each such Participant's Stock Unit Account a number of Stock Units equal to the result of (x) the dollar amount of such dividend paid with respect to one share of Common Stock multiplied by (y) the number of Stock Units in the Stock Unit Account as of the date such dividend is paid divided by (z) the Common Stock Value as of the date such dividend is paid.  Any fractional Stock Unit greater than fifty percent (50%) shall be rounded up to one Stock Unit, and any fractional Stock Unit equal to or less than fifty percent (50%) shall be disregarded.

6.0             BENEFIT

6.1
Vesting.     A Director shall be fully vested at all times in the Stock Units credited to his or her Account.

6.2
Timing of Benefit.   In accordance with Section 6.4 below, the Company shall pay or begin paying a Benefit to a vested Participant during the 60-day period following the Distribution Date.  If the Participant has selected annual payments in accordance with Section 6.4(b) below, all payments other than the first payment shall be made on the applicable anniversary of the Distribution Date.

6.3
Valuation.   The value of a Participant's Stock Unit Account for purposes of the Benefit shall be equal to the product of (x) the number of Stock Units in the Participant's Stock Unit Account as of the Distribution Date or the applicable anniversary of the Distribution Date multiplied by (y) the Common Stock Value on the Distribution Date or the applicable anniversary of the Distribution Date, in accordance with Section 6.4 below.

 
 
6

 

6.4
Form of Benefit.   The Company shall pay a Benefit to a vested Participant in one of the following four (4) forms, as elected by the Participant:

 
(a)
a lump sum payment, with such payment equal to the value of the Participant's Stock Unit Account as of the Distribution Date: or

(b)           annual payments over 5, 10 or 15 years, with each annual payment equal to (x) the value of the Participant's Stock Unit Account as of the Distribution Date or the applicable anniversary of the Distribution Date divided by (y) the number of payments yet to be made.
Participants who are elected on or after January 1, 2005, shall elect the form of payment within thirty days after the date they are elected, except that if a Participant is elected within thirty days of the next Annual Stock Unit Grant date, the Participant shall elect the form of payment no later than such Annual Stock Unit Grant date.

6.5
Change of Form of Benefit.   The Participant may change the form of payment of all Stock Units credited to the Stock Unit Account of the Participant and vested prior to January 1, 2005, so long as the change is made at least six (6) months prior to the Distribution Date.  With respect to Stock Units credited to the Stock Unit Account of the Participant or vesting on or after January 1, 2005, the Participant must make or have in effect an election as to the form of payment of Stock Units to be credited to the Stock Unit Account of the Participant during the upcoming year no later than December 31 of the preceding year, which election shall be irrevocable for such upcoming year.  The Participant may change his or her election for a subsequent year by delivering a new election as to the form of payment to the Company on or before December 31 of the preceding year.  An election as to form of payment will remain in effect for future years unless and until changed by the Participant’s timely delivery of a new election as to the form of payment with respect to an upcoming Plan Year.  The Participant may not amend or change such an election with respect to any prior year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, on or before December 31, 2007, the Participant may make a one-time change to the Participant’s election as to the form of payment of Stock Units credited to his or her Stock Unit Account as to all years prior to and including 2008, as permitted by the transition relief rules under Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

6.6
Death of Participant Prior to the Distribution Date.   If the Participant's death occurs prior to the Distribution Date, the Company shall pay or begin paying a Benefit to a vested Participant's beneficiary (as designated by the Participant under Section 6.8 below) during the 60-day period following the date of the Participant's death, and if the Participant has selected a form of Benefit under Section 6.4(b) above, the Company shall pay the remaining annual payments on the anniversary of the first payment date as determined under this Section 6.6.

6.7
Death of Participant Following the Distribution Date.   If the Participant's death occurs following the Distribution Date, the Company shall continue to pay the Benefit to the Participant's beneficiary commencing within the 60-day period (as designated by the
 
 
7

 

 
Participant under Section 6.8 below) following the date of the Participant's death in the form of Benefit selected by the Participant in accordance with Section 6.4 above.
 
6.8
Designation of Beneficiary.   Within thirty days after becoming a Participant, a Participant shall designate a beneficiary to receive the Benefit in the event of the Participant's death. If the Participant does not designate a beneficiary, the beneficiary shall be deemed to be the Participant's spouse on the date of the Participant's death, and if the Participant does not have a spouse on the date of his or her death, then the Participant's estate shall be deemed to be the beneficiary under this Section 6.

7.0             TAXES

7.1
Withholding Taxes.   The Company shall be entitled to withhold from any and all payments made to a Participant under the Plan all federal, state, local and/or other taxes or imposts which the Company determines are required to be so withheld from such payments or by reason of any other payments made to or on behalf of the Participant or for his or her benefit hereunder.

7.2
No Guarantee of Tax Consequences.   No person connected with the Plan in any capacity, including, but not limited to, the Company and any Subsidiary and their directors, officers, agents and employees makes any representation, Commitment, or guarantee that any tax treatment, including, but not limited to, federal, state and local income, estate and gift tax treatment, will be applicable with respect to amounts deferred under the Plan, or paid to or for the benefit of a Participant under the Plan, or that such tax treatment will apply to or be available to a Participant on account of participation in the Plan.

8.0             TERM OF PLAN; AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

8.1
Term .  The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date.  The Plan shall remain in effect until the Board terminates the Plan.

8.2
Termination or Amendment of Plan.   The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time with or without prior notice and the Board may amend the Plan at any time with or without prior notice; provided however , that no action authorized by this Section 8.2 shall reduce the balance or adversely affect the vesting of the Stock Unit Account of a Participant, or cause the acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment under the Plan except as provided by regulations under Section 409A of the Code.

9.0             MISCELLANEOUS

9.1
Adjustments.   If there shall be any change in Common Stock through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, split up, spin-off, combination of shares, exchange of shares, dividend in kind or other like change in capital structure or distribution (other than normal cash dividends) to holders of Common Stock, the number of Stock Units and the Participant's Stock Unit Account shall be adjusted to equitably reflect such change or distribution.
 
 
8

 

 
9.2
Governing Law.   The Plan and all actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina without reference to principles of conflict of laws, except as superseded by applicable federal law.

9.3
No Right Title or Interest in Company Assets.   Participants shall have no right, title, or interest whatsoever in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid it in meeting its obligations under the Plan.  Nothing contained in the Plan, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company and any Participant, beneficiary, legal representative or any other person.  To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.  All payments to be made hereunder shall be paid from the general funds of the Company and no special or separate fund shall be established and no segregation of assets shall be made to assure payment of such amounts except as expressly set forth in the Plan.

9.4
No Right to Continued Service.   The Participant's rights, if any, to continue to serve the Company as a member of the Board shall not be enlarged or otherwise affected by his or her participation in the Plan.

9.5
Other Rights.   The Plan shall not affect or impair the rights or obligations of the Company or a Participant under any other written plan, contract, arrangement, or pension, profit sharing or other compensation plan.

9.6
Severability.   If any term or condition of the Plan shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent or in any application, then the remainder of the Plan, with the exception of such invalid or unenforceable provision, shall not be affected thereby and shall continue in effect and application to its fullest extent.  If, however, the Committee determines in its sole discretion that any term or condition of the Plan which is invalid or unenforceable is material to the interests of the Company, the Committee may declare the Plan null and void in its entirety.

9.7
Incapacity.   If the Committee determines that a Participant or a designated beneficiary is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident or because he or she is a minor, any benefit due the Participant or designated beneficiary may be paid to the Participant's spouse or to any other person deemed by the Committee to have incurred expense for such Participant (including a duly appointed guardian, committee or other legal representative), and any such payment shall be a complete discharge of the Company's obligation hereunder.

9.8
Transferability of Rights.   No Participant or spouse of a Participant shall have any right to encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of or alienate any present or future right or expectancy which the Participant or such spouse may have at any time to receive payments of benefits hereunder, which benefits and the right thereto are expressly declared to be nonassignable and nontransferable, except to the extent required by law. 
 
 
9

 
 
 
Any attempt to transfer or assign a benefit, or any rights granted hereunder, by a Participant or the spouse of a Participant shall be null and void and without effect.
 
9.9
Entire Document.   The Plan, as set forth herein, supersedes any and all prior practices, understandings, agreements, descriptions or other non-written arrangements respecting severance, and written employment or severance contracts signed by the Company.

9.10
Change in Control.   In the case of a Change in Control, the Company, subject to the restrictions in this Section 9.10 and in Section 9.3, shall irrevocably set aside funds in one or more grantor trusts in an amount that is sufficient to pay each Participant the value of the Participant's Stock Unit Account as of the date on which the Change in Control occurs.  The foregoing notwithstanding, the Company shall establish no such grantor trust if its assets shall be includable in the income of Participants thereby solely as a result of Section 409A of the Code and the Company shall establish no such grantor trust or set aside funds, revocably or irrevocably, in any such grantor trust in connection with the transactions described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Company and Duke Energy Corporation dated as of January 8, 2011.  The obligations and responsibilities of the Company under this Plan shall be assumed by any successor or acquiring corporation, and all of the rights, privileges and benefits of the Participants hereunder shall continue following the Change in Control.
 
9.11
Section 409A.   Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan to the contrary, this Plan and   all rights and benefits of Participants hereunder shall comply with Section 409A of the   Code, related regulations and other guidance, and be construed in accordance therewith.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been executed this 31 st day of October, 2011.

 
 
By:
PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
/s/ William D. Johnson
William D. Johnson
Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer
 




 
10

 



SCHEDULE A


Participants Who Received Initial Stock Unit Grants

1.  
Edwin B. Borden
2.  
Richard L. Daugherty
3.  
Robert L. Jones
4.  
Felton J. Capel
5.  
Charles W. Coker
6.  
Estell C. Lee
7.  
Leslie M. Baker, Jr.
8.  
William O. McCoy
9.  
J. Tylee Wilson



 
11

 


EXHIBIT 10(h)
 
Amended and Restated
 
Progress Energy, Inc.
 
Restoration Retirement Plan
 
Carolina Power & Light Company established the Carolina Power & Light Company Restoration Retirement Plan (the “Plan”), effective as of January 1, 1998 (“Effective Date”), which was subsequently amended and restated as of January 1, 1999, January 1, 2000, July 10, 2002, January 1, 2005, January 1, 2007 and January 1, 2008.  The Sponsor hereby amends and restates the Plan effective as of July 13, 2011.  The terms of the amended and restated Plan shall govern the payment of any benefits commencing after July 13, 2011.
 
ARTICLE I
 
PURPOSE
 
The purpose of the Plan is to provide a means by which certain employees may be provided benefits which otherwise would be provided under the Retirement Plan, in the absence of certain restrictions imposed by applicable law on benefits which may be provided under the Retirement Plan.  The Plan is intended to constitute a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that complies with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.  Accordingly, the Plan and all Plan benefits shall be administered in accordance with Section 409A, related regulations and other guidance (“Section 409A”), notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary.   The Plan also is intended to constitute an unfunded retirement plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
 
ARTICLE II
 
DEFINITIONS
 
Capitalized terms which are not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Retirement Plan.
 
2.1   “Actuarial Value” shall mean an equivalent lump sum value as of the Benefit Commencement Date using the average 30-year Treasury Rate for the month of August immediately preceding the calendar year the determination is made and the GAR 94 mortality table (50% male, 50% female).
 
2.2   “Affiliated Company” shall mean any corporation or other entity that is required to be aggregated with the Sponsor pursuant to Sections 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the Code, but only to the extent so required.
 
2.3   “Benefit Commencement Date” shall mean the first day of the month following the Termination of the Participant.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments with respect to a
 
 
 

 
 
Participant who is a Key Employee shall not begin earlier than the date that is six months after the date of Termination of the Participant (or, if earlier, the date of death).
 
2.4   “Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Sponsor.
 
2.5   “Change in Control” shall occur on the earliest of the following dates:
 
(a)   the date any person or group of persons (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), excluding employee benefit plans of the Sponsor, becomes, directly or indirectly, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1934) of securities of the Sponsor representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Sponsor’s then outstanding securities (excluding the acquisition of securities of the Sponsor by an entity at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding voting securities of which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by the Sponsor); or
 
(b)   the date of consummation of a tender offer for the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Sponsor’s then outstanding voting securities; or
 
(c)   the date of consummation of a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Sponsor with any other corporation or entity regardless of which entity is the survivor, other than a merger, share exchange or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Sponsor outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) more than sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Sponsor or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or
 
(d)   the date, when as a result of a tender offer or exchange offer for the purchase of securities of the Sponsor (other than such an offer by the Sponsor for its own securities), or as a result of a proxy contest, merger, share exchange, consolidation or sale of assets, or as a result of any combination of the foregoing, individuals who are Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the Board; or
 
(e)   the date the shareholders of the Sponsor approve a plan of complete liquidation or winding-up of the Sponsor or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Sponsor of all or substantially all of the Sponsor’s assets; or
 
(f)   the date of any event which the Board determines should constitute a Change in Control.
 
A Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred until a majority of the members of the Board receive written certification from the Committee on Organization and Compensation of the Board that such event has occurred.  Any determination that such an event has occurred shall, if made in good faith on the basis of information available at that time, be conclusive and binding on the Board, the Sponsor, the Company, the Participants and their beneficiaries for all purposes of the Plan.
 
 
2

 
 
2.6   “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
2.7   “Committee” shall mean a committee selected by the Plan Administrator to hear claim disputes under Article IV of the Plan.
 
2.8   “Company” shall mean Progress Energy, Inc. or any successor to it in the ownership of substantially all of its assets and each Affiliated Company that, with the consent of the Board, adopts the Plan and is included in Appendix A , as in effect from time to time. Appendix A shall set forth any limitations imposed on employees of Affiliated Companies that adopt the Plan including any limitations on benefit accruals, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary.
 
2.9   “Compensation and Benefit Limitations” shall mean (a) the limitation on compensation under the Retirement Plan in accordance with Section 401(a) (17) of the Code and (b) any limits on benefits paid under the Retirement Plan that are necessary for compliance with Section 415 of the Code.
 
2.10   “Continuing Directors” shall mean the members of the Board as of January 1, 2007; provided, however, that any person becoming a director subsequent to such date whose election or nomination for election was supported by 75 percent or more of the directors who then comprised Continuing Directors shall be considered to be a Continuing Director.
 
2.11   “Deferrals” shall mean a Participant's deferrals of compensation under the MDCP to the extent not utilized in calculating a Participant's Accrued Benefit under the Retirement Plan.
 
2.12   “Eligible Employee” shall mean any member of the Retirement Plan who is not a Participant in the Sponsor's Supplemental Senior Executive Retirement Plan and who has not retired or terminated his or her employment with the Company prior to the Effective Date.
 
2.13   “Key Employee” shall mean a Participant who is a “key employee” as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code, but determined without regard to paragraph 5 thereof or the 50 employee limit on the number of officers treated as key employees.
 
2.14   “MDCP” shall mean the Progress Energy, Inc. Amended and Restated Management Deferred Compensation Plan.
 
2.15   “Participant” shall mean an Eligible Employee who participates in the Plan pursuant to Article III. An Eligible Employee shall remain a Participant under the Plan until the earlier of (a) all amounts payable on his or her behalf under the Plan have been paid, (b) the Eligible Employee no longer has a Restoration Accrued Benefit, (c) the Eligible Employee has a Termination without a Vested Restoration Accrued Benefit, or (d) the Eligible Employee becomes a Participant in the Sponsor’s Supplemental Senior Executive Retirement Plan.
 
2.16   “Restoration Accrued Benefit” shall mean, as of any determination date, the excess of (a) a Participant’s Accrued Benefit calculated under the Retirement Plan (1) assuming a Participant’s Compensation under the Retirement Plan includes Deferrals of a Participant and (ii) without regard to the Compensation and Benefit Limitations, over (b) a Participant’s Accrued
 
 
3

 
 
Benefit calculated under the Retirement Plan. For purposes of this Section 2.16, a Participant's Accrued Benefit for purposes of clauses (a) and (b) above shall be calculated in the form of a Single Life Annuity for a Participant who does not have a Spouse and in the form of a 50% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity for a Participant who has a Spouse, with such calculation performed without regard to any other form of benefit elected by a Participant under the Retirement Plan.
 
2.17   “Retirement Plan” shall mean the Progress Energy Pension Plan, as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor plan.
 
2.18   “Sponsor” shall mean Progress Energy, Inc.
 
2.19   “Spouse” shall mean the spouse of a Participant as would be determined at the applicable time under the definition of Spouse in the Retirement Plan (or any successor provisions).
 
2.20   “Termination” shall mean “separation from service,” as defined for purposes of Section 409A.
 
2.21   “Vested Restoration Accrued Benefit” shall mean a Participant’s Restoration Accrued Benefit when the Participant becomes fully vested under the provisions of the Retirement Plan (or any successor provisions) or as provided in Article VI of the Plan.
 
Unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary in interpreting the Plan, any references to the masculine alone shall include the feminine and the singular shall include the plural.
 
ARTICLE III
 
PARTICIPATION AND BENEFITS
 
3.1   Participation . An Eligible Employee will participate in the Plan when he or she has a Restoration Accrued Benefit.
 
3.2   Amount of Benefit Payable . Subject to the forfeiture provisions of Section 3.4 and lump sum payment provisions of Section 3.5 of the Plan, a Participant who becomes eligible for the payment of a benefit under the Retirement Plan, shall be entitled to monthly benefit payments commencing within sixty days of the Benefit Commencement Date.  The monthly payment shall be in the form of a Single Life Annuity if the Participant has no Spouse and in the form of a 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant has a Spouse, with the Spouse determined at the Benefit Commencement Date entitled to any survivor benefit upon the death of the Participant.
 
3.3   Pre-Retirement Death Benefit . Subject to the provisions of Section 3.5, if a surviving Spouse of a deceased Participant would have been eligible for a pre-retirement death benefit under the Retirement Plan ( i.e. , the Spouse being married to the Participant for a one-year period prior to the date of death), then upon such Participant’s death, such Spouse shall be entitled to a monthly benefit payment under the Plan equal to the amount, if any, by which (a) exceeds (b) each month, where (a) is the Spouse’s monthly death benefit that would be payable in accordance with the provisions of the Retirement Plan determined as if (i) the Participant’s
 
 
4

 
 
Compensation under the Retirement Plan included Deferrals and (ii) the Compensation and Benefit Limitations did not apply, and (b) is the monthly death benefit payable under the Retirement Plan, and assuming for purposes of clauses (a) and (b) that the Spouse elected a monthly annuity as a death benefit under the Retirement Plan commencing on the same date as the pre-retirement death benefit is payable to the Spouse under this Plan.  The pre-retirement death benefit under this Plan shall commence within sixty days of the first day of the month following the Participant’s death, and shall continue on the first day of each month thereafter for the life of the Spouse.
 
3.4   Other Termination of Employment; Forfeitures . Neither Eligible Employees, Participants nor their Spouses or Beneficiaries are entitled to any benefits under the Plan except as otherwise provided in this Article III and under Article VI of the Plan. Any Participant who terminates employment with the Sponsor and any of its Affiliated Companies without being 100% vested under the Retirement Plan shall not be eligible to receive any benefits under the Plan and shall forfeit his or her Restoration Accrued Benefit. Any Participant ceasing to be an Eligible Employee because he or she becomes a Participant in the Supplemental Senior Executive Retirement Plan shall forfeit his or her Restoration Accrued Benefit.
 
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, no benefit shall be payable under the Plan with respect to an Eligible Employee whose employment with the Sponsor or any of its Affiliated Companies is terminated for Cause. As used herein, the term “Cause” shall be limited to (a) action by the Eligible Employee involving willful malfeasance having a material adverse effect on the Sponsor or any of its Affiliated Companies (b) substantial and continuing willful refusal by the Eligible Employee to perform the duties ordinarily performed by an employee in the same position and having similar duties as the Eligible Employee, (c) the Eligible Employee being convicted of a felony, or (d) willful failure to comply with the Sponsor or the applicable Affiliated Company's Code of Conduct or other Policy or Procedure.
 
3.5   Lump Sum Payments . The Committee shall provide for the payment under the Plan of a cash lump sum amount in lieu of the annuity otherwise payable under Sections 3.2 or 3.3, if the annuity amount to be paid is less than $500 per month.  For a Participant (or spouse) whose benefit under the Retirement Plan is based upon the Participant’s Cash Balance Account, the lump sum shall be equal to what the Restoration Accrued Benefit would be if “Cash Balance Account” were substituted for “Accrued Benefit” in Section 2.15 and Restoration Accrued Benefit referred to a dollar amount. For a Participant (or spouse) whose benefit under the Retirement Plan is based on the Final Average Pay Formula Pension, the lump sum shall be equal to the Actuarial Value of the annuity payments that would otherwise be made to the Participant (or spouse) under Sections 3.2 or 3.3, as the case may be.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no lump sum payment shall be made under the Plan unless (i) the payment accompanies the termination of the entirety of the Participant’s interest in the Plan; (ii) the payment is made on or before the later of (A) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Termination of the Participant occurs, or (B) the date that is 2 ½ months after the Termination of the Participant; and (iii) the payment is not greater than $75,000.
 
3.6   Payments to Key Employees .  In the event the Benefit Commencement Date under this Plan of a Participant who is a Key Employee shall be delayed for six months following the Termination of the Participant as provided in Section 2.3, the Participant (if then
 
 
5

 
 
living) shall receive a lump sum payment as of the first day of the seventh month following the Termination in an amount equal to six times the monthly payment due to the Participant under this Plan, in addition to the monthly payment then due to the Participant.  If the Participant dies following Termination but prior to the commencement of payments under this Plan, the Participant’s surviving Spouse, if any, shall be entitled to receive the same death benefit payable in the event the Participant had commenced receiving benefit payments as of the first day of the month prior to his death.
 
ARTICLE IV
 
PLAN ADMINISTRATION
 
4.1   Administration .  The Plan shall be administered by the Sponsor's Vice President, Human Resources (the “Plan Administrator”). The Plan Administrator and the Committee shall have full authority to administer and interpret the Plan, determine eligibility for benefits, make benefit payments and maintain records hereunder, all in their sole and absolute discretion, subject to the allocation of responsibilities set forth below.
 
4.2   Delegated Responsibilities . The Plan Administrator shall have the authority to delegate any of his or her responsibilities to such persons as he or she deems proper.
 
4.3   Claims .
 
(a)   Claims Procedure . If any Participant, Spouse or Beneficiary has a claim for benefits which is not being paid, such claimant may file with the Plan Administrator a written claim setting forth the amount and nature of the claim, supporting facts, and the claimant’s address. The Plan Administrator shall notify each claimant of its decision in writing by registered or certified mail within sixty (60) days after its receipt of a claim or, under special circumstances, within ninety (90) days after its receipt of a claim. If a claim is denied, the written notice of denial shall set forth the reasons for such denial, refer to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, describe any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to realize the claim, and explain the claim review procedure under the Plan.
 
(b)   Claims Review Procedure . A claimant whose claim has been denied or such claimant’s duly authorized representative may file, within sixty (60) days after notice of such denial is received by the claimant, a written request for review of such claim by the Committee. If a request is so filed, the Committee shall review the claim and notify the claimant in writing of its decision within sixty (60) days after receipt of such request. In special circumstances, the Committee may extend for up to sixty (60) additional days the deadline for its decision. The notice of the final decision of the Committee shall include the reasons for its decision and specific references to the Plan provisions on which the decision is based. The decision of the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties.
 
 
6

 
 
ARTICLE V
 
MISCELLANEOUS
 
5.1   Amendment and Termination . The Board may amend, modify or terminate the Plan at any time, provided, however, that no such amendment or termination shall reduce any Participant’s Vested Restoration Accrued Benefit under the Plan as of the date of such amendment or termination, unless at the time of such amendment or termination, affected Participants and spouses become entitled to an amount equal to the equivalent actuarial value, to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, of such Vested Restoration Accrued Benefit under another plan, program or practice adopted by a Company. In the event the Plan is terminated, the Sponsor shall pay the Vested Restoration Accrued Benefits in accordance with the terms of the Plan as in effect prior to such termination except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4.
 
5.2   Source of Payments . Each Company will pay with respect to its own Eligible Employees all benefits arising under the Plan and all costs, charges and expenses relating thereto out of its general assets.
 
5.3   Non-Assignability of Benefits . Except as otherwise required by law, neither any benefit payable hereunder nor the right to receive any future benefit under the Plan may be anticipated, alienated, sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, encumbered, or subjected to any charge or legal process, and if any attempt is made to do so, or a person eligible for any benefits under the Plan becomes bankrupt, the interest under the Plan of the person affected may be terminated by the Plan Administrator which, in his or her sole discretion, may cause the same to be held or applied for the benefit of one or more of the dependents of such person or make any other disposition of such benefits that it deems appropriate.
 
5.4   Plan Unfunded . Nothing in the Plan shall be interpreted or construed to require a Company in any manner to fund any obligation to the Participants, terminated Participants, or beneficiaries hereunder. Nothing contained in the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall create, or be construed to create, a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between a Company and the Participants, terminated Participants, beneficiaries, or any other persons. Any funds which may be accumulated by a Company in order to meet any obligations under the Plan shall for all purposes continue to be a part of the general assets of a Company.  A Company may establish a trust to hold funds intended to provide benefits hereunder to the extent the assets of such trust become subject to the claims of the general creditors of such Company in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of such Company; provided, however, that a Company shall establish no such trust if the assets thereof are includable in the income of any Participant pursuant to Section 409A(b) and provided further that a Company shall establish no such trust in connection with the transactions described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Sponsor and Duke Energy Corporation dated as of January 8, 2011.  To the extent that any Participant, terminated Participant, or beneficiary acquires a right to receive payments from a Company under the Plan, such rights shall be no greater than the rights of any unsecured general creditor of such Company.
 
 
7

 
 
5.5   Applicable Law . All questions pertaining to the construction, validity and effect of the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina to the extent not preempted by Federal law and shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.
 
5.6   Limitation of Rights . The Plan is a voluntary undertaking on the part of the Sponsor and each Company. Neither the establishment of the Plan nor the payment of any benefits hereunder, nor any action of the Sponsor, a Company or the Plan Administrator shall be held or construed to be a contract of employment between the Sponsor, a Company and any Eligible Employee or to confer upon any person any legal right to be continued in the employ of the Sponsor or a Company. The Sponsor and each Company expressly reserve the right to discharge, discipline or otherwise terminate the employment of any Eligible Employee at any time. Participation in the Plan gives no right or claim to any benefits beyond those which are expressly provided herein and all rights and claims hereunder are limited as set forth in the Plan.
 
5.7   Severability . In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid, or the inclusion of any Participant would serve to invalidate the Plan as an unfunded plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees under ERISA, then the illegal or invalid provision shall be deemed to be null- and void, and the Plan shall be construed as if it did not contain that provision and in the case of the inclusion of any such Participant, a separate plan, with the same provisions as the Plan, shall be deemed to have been established for the Participant or Participants ultimately determined not to constitute a select group of management or highly compensated employees.
 
5.8   Headings . The headings to the Articles and Sections of the Plan are inserted for reference only, and are not to be taken as limiting or extending the provisions hereof.
 
5.9   Incapacity . If the Plan Administrator shall determine that a Participant, or any other person entitled to a benefit under the Plan (the "Recipient") is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness, accident, or mental or physical incapacity, or because the Recipient is a minor, the Plan Administrator may direct that any benefit payment due the Recipient be paid to his or her duly appointed legal representative, or, if no such representative is appointed, to the Recipient's spouse, child, parent, or other blood relative, or to a person with whom the Recipient resides or who has incurred expense on behalf of the Recipient. Any such payment so made shall be a complete discharge of the liabilities of the Plan with respect to the Recipient.
 
5.10   Binding Effect and Release . Obligations incurred by the Sponsor or a Company pursuant to this Plan shall be binding upon the Sponsor or a Company, its successors and assigns, and inure to the benefit of the Participant or his Eligible Spouse.  All persons accepting benefits under the Plan shall be deemed to have consented to the terms of the Plan.  Any payment or distribution to any person entitled to benefits under the Plan shall be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Plan, the Committee, and the Sponsor and any Company arising by virtue of the Plan.
 
5.11   Acceleration of Payments .  The acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment due under the Plan is prohibited except as provided in regulations and administrative guidance provided under Section 409A of the Code.  It is not an acceleration of the time or
 
 
8

 
 
schedule of payment if the Company waives or accelerates the vesting requirements applicable to a benefit under the Plan.
 
ARTICLE VI
 
CHANGE IN CONTROL
 
Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the following provisions shall become effective immediately:
 
6.1   Vesting .  There shall be full Vesting of each Participant’s Restoration Accrued Benefit, regardless of any termination of employment prior to eligibility for an Early Retirement Pension under the Retirement Plan, if he or she is otherwise vested under the Retirement Plan.
 
6.2   No Reduction Benefit .  No amendment or termination of the Plan may reduce any Participant's Restoration Accrued Benefit as of the date of such amendment or termination.
 
6.3   Contributions to Trust .  The Sponsor shall irrevocably set aside funds in one or more grantor trusts, subject to the provisions of Section 5.4, in an amount that is sufficient to pay each Participant (or Spouse) the benefits accrued under the Plan as of the date of the Change in Control; provided, however, that the Sponsor shall not set aside funds, revocably or irrevocably, in one or more grantor trusts in connection with the transactions described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Sponsor and Duke Energy Corporation dated as of January 8, 2011.  Any such trust shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Sponsor in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Sponsor.  The Sponsor shall establish no such trust if the assets thereof are includable in the income of Participants thereby pursuant to Section 409A(b).
 
6.4   Termination of Plan .  The Plan may be terminated and benefits distributed to Participants within twelve months of a “change in control event” as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been executed this 31 st day of October, 2011.

 
 
By:
PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
/s/ William D. Johnson
William D. Johnson
Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer


 
9

 

 
 
 
APPENDIX A
 
Progress Energy Florida, Inc. (non-bargaining employees) solely with respect to accrued benefits on or after January 1, 2002 so that no Restoration Accrued Benefit is calculated under the Plan with respect to employment prior to January 1, 2002.
 
Progress Fuels Corporation (corporate employees) solely with respect to accrued benefits on or after January 1, 2002 so that no Restoration Accrued Benefit is calculated under the Plan with respect to employment prior to January 1, 2002.
 
Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc.
 
Progress Energy Service Company, LLC
 
Progress Energy Ventures, Inc.

 

 
 

 


EXHIBIT 10(i)
 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL SENIOR EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN

OF

PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.




Effective January 1, 1984

(Amended effective July 13, 2011)

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

     
Page
ARTICLE I
   
STATEMENT OF PURPOSE
1
       
ARTICLE II
       
DEFINITIONS
1
 
2.1
Terms
1
 
2.2
Affiliated Company
1
 
2.3
Assumed Deferred Vested Pension Benefit
1
 
2.4
Assumed Early Reetirement Pension Benefit
2
 
2.5
Assumed Normal Retirement Penison Benefit
2
 
2.6
Board
2
 
2.7
Change in Control
2
 
2.8
Committee
3
 
2.9
Company
3
 
2.10
Continuing Director
3
 
2.11
Designated Beneficiary
4
 
2.12
Early Retirement Date
4
 
2.13
Eligible Spouse
4
 
2.14
Final Average Salary
4
 
2.15
Normal Retirement Date
4
 
2.16
Participant
4
 
2.17
Pension
4
 
2.18
Plan
5
 
2.19
Salary
5
 
2.20
Separation from Service
5
 
2.21
Service
5
 
2.22
Social Security Benefit
5
 
2.23
Spouse’s Pension
6
 
2.24
Target Early Retirement Benefit
6
 
2.25
Target Normal Retirement Benefit
6
 
2.26
Target Pre-Retirement Death Benefit
6
 
2.27
Target Severance Benefit
7
   
ARTICLE III
       
ELIGIBIITY AND PARTICIPATION
7
 
3.1
Eligibility
7
 
3.2
Date of Participation
7
 
3.3
Duration of Participation
7
       
 
 
 
 
 
i

 
 
 
ARTICLE IV
 
RETIREMENT BENEFITS
7
 
4.1
Normal Retirement Benefit
7
 
4.2
Early Retirement Benefit
8
 
4.3
Surviving Spouse Benefit
9
 
4.4
Re-employment of Retired Participant
9
   
ARTICLE V
PRE-RETIREMENT DEALTH BENEFITS
10
 
5.1
Eligibiity
10
 
5.2
Amount
10
 
5.3
Alternative Benefit
10
 
5.4
Commencement and Duration
10
   
ARTICLE VI
   
SEVERANCE BENEFITS
10
 
6.1
Eligiabilty
10
 
6.2
Amount
10
 
6.3
Commencement and Duration
11
 
6.4
Surviving Spouse Benefit
11
   
ARTICLE VII
   
ADMINISTRATION
12
 
7.1
Committee
12
 
7.2
Voting
12
 
7.3
Records
12
 
7.4
Liability
12
 
7.5
Expenses
12
   
ARTICLE VIII
   
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
12
   
ARTICLE IX
   
MISCELLANEOUS
13
 
9.1
Non-Alienation of Benefits
13
 
9.2
No Trust Created
13
 
9.3
No Employment Agreement
13
 
9.4
Binding Effect
13
 
9.5
Suicide
13
 
9.6
Claims for Benefits
13
 
9.7
Entire Plan
14
 
 
 
ii

 
 
 
 
9.8
Change in Control
14
 
9.9
Acceleration of Payment
14
   
ARTICLE X
   
CONSTRUCTION
15
 
10.1
Governing Law
15
 
10.2
Gender
15
 
10.3
Headings, etc.
15
 
10.4
Action
15
   


 


 
iii

 

ARTICLE I

STATEMENT OF PURPOSE

This Plan is designed and implemented for the purpose of enhancing the earnings and growth of Progress Energy, Inc. (the "Sponsor") by providing to the limited group of senior management employees largely responsible for such earnings and long-term growth deferred compensation in the form of supplemental retirement income benefits, thereby increasing the incentive of such key senior management employees to make the Sponsor and its Affiliated Companies more profitable. The benefits are normally payable to Participants upon retirement or death. The terms of the benefits operate in conjunction with the Participant's benefits payable under the Progress Energy Pension Plan and are designed to supplement such pension plan benefits and provide the Participant with additional financial security upon retirement or death.

The Plan is intended to constitute a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that complies with the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). Accordingly, the Plan shall be construed in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, regulations promulgated thereunder and related guidance ("Section 409A"), notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary. The Plan is further intended to be an unfunded retirement plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

The Sponsor hereby restates and amends the Plan effective January 1, 2009.  The terms of the amended and restated Plan shall govern the payment of any benefits commencing on and after January 1, 2009.

ARTICLE II

DEFINITIONS

2.1   Terms .  Unless otherwise clearly required by the context, the terms used herein shall have the following meaning. Capitalized terms that are not defined below shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Retirement Plan.

2.2   Affiliated Company .  Shall mean any corporation or other entity that is required to be aggregated with the Sponsor pursuant to Section 414(b), (c), (m), or (o) of the Code, but only to the extent required.

2.3   Assumed Deferred Vested Pension Benefit .  Shall mean the monthly benefit of the deferred vested Pension to commence on his Normal Retirement Date payable in the form of an annuity to which a separated Participant would be entitled under the Retirement Plan, calculated with the following assumptions based on such Participant's marital status at the time benefits hereunder commence:

 
 

 
 
(a)   In the case of a Participant with an Eligible Spouse, in the form of a 50% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity as provided in the Retirement Plan.

(b)   In the case of a Participant without an Eligible Spouse, in the form of a Single Life Annuity as provided in the Retirement Plan.

(c)   Without regard to any other benefit payment option under the Retirement Plan.

2.4   Assumed Early Retirement Pension Benefit .  Shall mean the monthly benefit of the normal retirement Pension payable in the form of an annuity to which a Participant would be entitled under the Retirement Plan at his Normal Retirement Date, based upon his projected years of Service at his Normal Retirement Date and calculated with the following assumptions based upon his marital status at the time benefits hereunder commence:

(a)   In the case of a Participant with an Eligible Spouse, in the form of a 50% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity as provided in the Retirement Plan.

(b)   In the case of a Participant without an Eligible Spouse, in the form of a Single Life Annuity as provided in the Retirement Plan.

(c)   Without regard to any other benefit payment option under the Retirement Plan.

2.5   Assumed Normal Retirement Pension Benefit .  Shall mean the monthly benefit of the normal retirement Pension payable in the form of an annuity to which a Participant would be entitled under the Retirement Plan if he retired at his Normal Retirement Date, calculated with the following assumptions based on his marital status at the time benefits hereunder commence:

(a)   In the case of a Participant with an Eligible Spouse, in the form of a 50% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity as provided in the Retirement Plan.

(b)   In the case of a Participant without an Eligible Spouse, in the form of a Single Life Annuity as provided in the Retirement Plan.

(c)   Without regard to any other benefit payment option under the Retirement Plan.
2.6   Board .  Shall mean the Board of Directors of Sponsor.

2.7   Change in Control .  Shall occur on the earliest of the following dates:

(a)   the date any person or group of persons (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), excluding employee benefit plans of the Sponsor, becomes, directly or indirectly, the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1934) of securities of the Sponsor representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Sponsor's then outstanding
 
 
2

 
 
securities (excluding the acquisition of securities of the Sponsor by an entity at least eighty percent (80%) of the outstanding voting securities of which are, directly or indirectly, beneficially owned by the Sponsor); or

(b)   the date of consummation of a tender offer for the ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Sponsor's then outstanding voting securities; or

(c)   the date of consummation of a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Sponsor with any other corporation or entity regardless of which entity is the survivor, other than a merger, share exchange or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Sponsor outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) more than sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Sponsor or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; or

(d)   the date, when as a result of a tender offer or exchange offer for the purchase of securities of the Sponsor (other than such an offer by the Sponsor for its own securities), or as a result of a proxy contest, merger, share exchange, consolidation or sale of assets, or as a result of any combination of the foregoing, individuals who are Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least two-thirds (2/3) of the members of the Board; or

(e)   the date the shareholders of the Sponsor approve a plan of complete liquidation or winding-up of the Sponsor or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Sponsor of all or substantially all of the Sponsor's assets; or the date of any event which the Board determines should constitute a Change in Control.

A Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred until a majority of the members of the Board receive written certification from the Committee that such event has occurred. Any determination that such an event has occurred shall, if made in good faith on the basis of information available at that time, be conclusive and binding on the Committee, the Sponsor, the Company, the Participants and their beneficiaries for all purposes of the Plan,

2.8   Committee .  Shall mean the Committee on Organization and Compensation of the Board.

2.9   Company .  Shall mean Progress Energy, Inc. or any successor to it in the ownership of substantially all of its assets, and each Affiliated Company that, with the consent of the Board adopts the Plan and is included in Appendix A, as in effect from time to time. Appendix A shall set forth any limitations imposed on employees of Affiliated Companies that adopt the Plan, including limitations on "Service," notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary.

2.10   Continuing Director .  Shall mean the members of the Board as of January 1, 2009; provided, however, that any person becoming a Director subsequent to such date whose election
 
 
3

 
 
or nomination for election was supported by seventy-live percent (75%) or more of the Directors who then comprised Continuing Directors shall be considered to be a Continuing Director.

2.11   Designated Beneficiary .  Shall mean one or more beneficiaries as designated by a Participant in writing delivered to the Committee. In the event no such written designation is made by a Participant or if such beneficiary shall not be living or in existence at the time for commencement of payment to any Designated Beneficiary under the Plan, the Participant shall be deemed to have designated his estate as such beneficiary.

2.12   Early Retirement Date .  Shall mean the date on which a Participant who qualifies for the early retirement benefit of Section 4.02 hereof retires from the employ of the Company and its affiliated entities.

2.13   Eligible Spouse .  Shall mean the spouse of a Participant who, under the laws of the State where the marriage was contracted, is deemed married to that Participant on the date on which the payments from this Plan are to begin to the Participant, except that for purposes of Articles V and VI hereof, Eligible Spouse shall mean a person who is married to a Participant for a period of at least one year prior to his death.

2.14   Final Average Salary .  Shall mean a Participant's average monthly Salary (as defined in Section 2.20 hereof) during the 36 completed calendar months of highest compensation within the 120-month period immediately preceding the earliest to occur of the Participant's death, Separation from Service, Early Retirement Date, or Normal Retirement Date, whichever is applicable. Provided, however, if a Participant becomes entitled to a benefit hereunder while under a period of long-term disability under the Sponsor's Group Insurance Plan, Final Average Salary shall be determined for the 12 calendar months immediately preceding the commencement of such period of long-term disability. Provided, further, in determining average monthly Salary (i) annual incentives and other similar payments shall be deemed received in twelve (12) equal payments beginning with the eleventh preceding month and ending with the month in which actual payment is made, and (ii) amounts of compensation deferred under any deferred compensation plan or arrangement shall be deemed received in the months such payments would have been received assuming no deferral had occurred. For years of Service granted under the terms of a written employment agreement as provided under Section 2.22, Salary during each such month is deemed to be zero dollars ($0.00) for purposes of calculating Final Average Salary.

2.15   Normal Retirement Date .  Shall mean the first day of the calendar month coinciding with or next following the Participant's 65th birthday.

2.16   Participant .  Shall mean an employee of the Company who is eligible and is participating in this Plan in accordance with Article III hereof.

2.17   Pension .  Shall mean a level monthly annuity which is payable under the Retirement Plan as of the Benefit Commencement Date if the Participant elected an annuity form of benefit.

 
4

 
 
2.18   Plan .  Shall mean the "Supplemental Senior Executive Retirement Plan of Progress Energy, Inc." as contained herein and as it may be amended from time to time hereafter. 2.19 Retirement Plan. Shall mean the "Progress Energy Pension Plan" (as amended effective January 1, 2002) as it may be amended from time to time thereafter.

2.19   Salary .  Shall mean the sum of:

(1)   The annual base compensation paid by the Company to a Participant, and

(2)   annual cash awards made under incentive compensation programs excluding, however, any payment made under the Sponsor's Long-Term Compensation Program or the Sponsor's Equity Incentive Plans, and

(3)   amounts of annual compensation deferred under any deferred compensation plan or arrangement (including, without limitation, the "Executive Deferred Compensation Plan," the "Deferred Compensation Plan for Key Management Employees of Progress Energy, Inc.," the "Progress Energy, Inc. Management Deferred Compensation Plan" and the "Progress Energy 401(k) Savings and Stock Ownership Plan") and which, but for the deferral, would have been reflected in Internal Revenue Service Form W-2.

2.20   Separation from Service .  Shall mean the date the Participant leaves the employ of the Company and all affiliated entities other than on account of his death, a period of long-term disability under the Company's long-term disability plan, or retirement at either his Early Retirement Date or upon or after his Normal Retirement Date. Separation from Service under this Section 2.21 must also be "separation from service," as defined for purposes of Section 409A.

2.21   Service .  Shall have the same meaning as "Eligibility Service," determined as provided in Sections 2.02 and 3.01 of the Retirement Plan, plus any additional years of service that may be granted to the Participant in connection with this Plan under the terms of a written employment agreement (or any amendment thereto) entered into between the Company and the Participant.

2.22   Social Security Benefit .  Means the monthly amount of benefit which a Participant is or would be entitled to receive at age 65 as a primary insurance amount under the federal Social Security Act, as amended, whether or not he applies for such benefit, and even though he may lose part or all of such benefit through delay in applying for it, by making application prior to age 65 for a reduced benefit, by entering into covered employment, or for any other reason. The amount of such Social Security Benefit to which the Participant is or would be entitled shall be estimated by the Committee for the purposes of this Plan as of the January 1 of the year in which his Separation from Service or retirement occurs on the following basis:

 
5

 
 
(a)   For a Participant entitled to a normal retirement benefit, on the basis of the federal Social Security Act as in effect on the January 1 coincident with or next preceding his Normal Retirement Date (regardless of any retroactive changes made by legislation enacted after said January 1);

(b)   For a Participant entitled to an early retirement benefit, on the basis of the federal Social Security Act as in effect on the January 1 coincident with or next preceding his Early Retirement Date (regardless of any retroactive change made by legislation enacted after said January 1), assuming that his employment, and Salary in effect at his Early Retirement Date, continued to age 65; or

(c)   For a Participant entitled to a severance benefit, on the basis of the federal Social Security Act as in effect on the January 1 coincident with or next preceding his Separation from Service (regardless of any retroactive change made by legislation enacted after said January 1), assuming that his employment, and Salary in effect at his Separation from Service, continued to age 65.

For purposes of the calculations required under paragraphs (a) and (b) above, if a Participant is disabled under a period of long-term disability under the Company's Group Insurance Plan, said Social Security Benefit shall be calculated as if his Salary in effect at the commencement of such period of long-term disability continued to age 65.

2.23   Spouse's Pension .  Shall mean the actual monthly benefit payable to an Eligible Spouse under the Retirement Plan, assuming the Eligible Spouse elected a 50% Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit.

2.24   Target Early Retirement Benefit .  Shall mean an amount equal to a Participant's Final Average Salary determined at his Early Retirement Date multiplied by two and one-quarter percent (2.25%) for each projected year of Service at his Normal Retirement Date up to a maximum of sixty-two percent (62%).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to a Participant who first entered the Plan as a Participant prior to January 1, 2009, the Target Early Retirement Benefit shall be determined by multiplying the Participant's Final Average Salary by four percent (4%) for each projected year of Service at his Normal Retirement Date up to a maximum of sixty-two percent (62%).

2.25   Target Normal Retirement Benefit .  Shall mean an amount equal to a Participant's Final Average Salary determined at his Normal Retirement Date multiplied by two and one-quarter percent (2.25%) for each projected year of Service at his Normal Retirement Date up to a maximum of sixty-two percent (62%).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to a Participant who first entered the Plan as a Participant prior to January 1, 2009, the Target Normal Retirement Benefit shall be determined by multiplying the Participant's Final Average Salary by four percent (4%) for each projected year of Service at his Normal Retirement Date up to a maximum of sixty-two percent (62%).

2.26   Target Pre-Retirement Death Benefit .  Shall mean an amount equal to a deceased Participant's Final Average Salary determined at his death multiplied by two and one-quarter
 
 
6

 
 
percent (2.25%) for each year of Service at his death up to a maximum of sixty-two percent (62%).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to a Participant who first entered the Plan as a Participant prior to January 1, 2009, the Target Pre-Retirement Death Benefit shall be determined by multiplying the Participant's Final Average Salary by four percent (4%) for each year of Service at his death up to a maximum of sixty-two percent (62%).

2.27   Target Severance Benefit .  Shall mean an amount equal to a Participant's Final Average Salary determined at his Separation from Service multiplied by two and one-quarter percent (2.25%) for each year of Service at his Separation from Service up to a maximum of sixty-two percent (62%).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to a Participant who first entered the Plan as a Participant prior to January 1, 2009, the Target Severance Benefit shall be determined by multiplying the Participant's Final Average Salary by four percent (4%) for each year of Service at his Separation from Service up to a maximum of sixty-two percent (62%).

ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1   Eligibility .  Any executive employee of a Company who has served on the Senior Management Committee of the Sponsor and who has been a Senior Vice President or above for a minimum period of three (3) years and who has at least ten (10) years of Service shall be eligible to participate in this Plan.

3.2   Date of Participation .  Each executive who is eligible to become a Participant under Section 3.01 shall become a Participant on the first day of the month following the month in which he is first eligible to participate.

3.3   Duration of Participation .  Each executive who becomes a Participant shall continue to be a Participant until the termination of his employment with the Company or, if later, the date he is no longer entitled to benefits under this Plan.

ARTICLE IV

RETIREMENT BENEFITS

4.1   Normal Retirement Benefit .

(a)   Eligibility .  A Participant whose employment with the Company or any Affiliated Company terminates on or after his Normal Retirement Date and whose termination is "separation from service," as defined for purposes of Section 409A, shall be eligible for the normal retirement benefit described in this Section 4.01.

(b)   Amount and Form .  The monthly payment hereunder shall be in the form of a Single Life Annuity if the Participant has no Eligible Spouse and in the form of a 50% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant has an Eligible Spouse. The eligible Participant's normal retirement benefit shall be a monthly amount equal to his Target Normal
 
 
7

 
 
Retirement Benefit reduced by the sum of (1) his Assumed Normal Retirement Pension Benefit and (2) his Social Security Benefit.

(c)   Commencement and Duration .  Monthly normal retirement benefit payments shall commence within sixty days of the first day of the calendar month next following the retirement of the Participant, and shall continue in monthly installments thereafter ending with a payment for the month in which such eligible Participant's death occurs, unless the benefit is being paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. in which case the survivor benefit shall be paid to the Eligible Spouse, if living, for his or her life. If at the time of commencement of payment such eligible Participant does not have an Eligible Spouse the monthly benefit payments shall be guaranteed for one hundred twenty (120) monthly payments with any such guaranteed payments remaining at such Participant's death payable to his Designated Beneficiary.

(d)   Key Employees .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments with respect to a Participant who is a key employee (as defined in Section 4I6(i) of the Code but determined without regard to paragraph 5 thereof or the 50 employee limit on the number of officers treated as key employees) shall not begin earlier than the date that is six months after the date of termination of the Participant (or, if earlier, the date of death). In the event payments to the Participant under this Plan shall be delayed for six months following the termination of the Participant as provided in this paragraph (d), the Participant (if then living) shall receive a lump sum payment as of the first day of the seventh month following the termination of employment in an amount equal to six times the monthly payment due to the Participant under this Plan, plus the monthly payment then due to the Participant. If the Participant dies following termination of employment but prior to the commencement of payments under this paragraph (d), the Participant's surviving Eligible Spouse, if any, or Designated Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the same death benefit payable in the event the Participant had commenced receiving benefit payments as of the first day of the month prior to his death.

4.2   Early Retirement Benefit .

(a)   Eligibility .  A Participant whose employment with the Company or any Affiliated Company terminates upon or after his attainment of age fifty-five (55) with at least fifteen (15) years of Service (except for purposes of calculating benefits payable under Article V and Article VI herein below, as applicable) but prior to his Normal Retirement Date, shall be eligible for the early retirement benefit described in this Section 4.02, provided that such termination of employment is "separation from service," as defined for purposes of Section 409A.

(b)   Amount and Form .  The monthly payment hereunder shall be in the form of a Single Life Annuity if the Participant has no Eligible Spouse and in the form of a 50% Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant has an Eligible Spouse. The eligible Participant's early retirement benefit shall he a monthly amount equal to his Target Early Retirement Benefit reduced by the sum of (1) his Assumed Early Retirement Pension Benefit and (2) his Social Security Benefit; provided, however, such benefit will be reduced, where applicable, by the following:
 
 
8

 
 
(i)   The amount of 2.5% for each year that such benefit is received prior to his Normal Retirement Date, and

(ii)   If such eligible Participant's projected years of Service at his Normal Retirement Date are less than fifteen (15), his Target Early Retirement Benefit and his Assumed Early Retirement Pension Benefit shall be calculated based upon his actual years of Service at his Early Retirement Date rather than upon his projected years of Service at his Normal Retirement Date.

(c)   Commencement and Duration. Monthly early retirement benefit payments shall commence within sixty days of the first day of the calendar month next following the retirement of the Participant, and shall continue in monthly installments thereafter ending with a payment for the month in which such eligible Participant's death occurs, unless the benefit is being paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, in which case the survivor benefit shall be paid to the Eligible Spouse, if living, for his or her life. If at the time of commencement of payment such eligible Participant does not have an Eligible Spouse, the monthly benefit payments shall be guaranteed for one hundred twenty (120) monthly payments with any such guaranteed payments remaining at such Participant's death payable to his Designated Beneficiary.

(d)   Key Employees. Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments with respect to a Participant who is a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code but determined without regard to paragraph 5 thereof or the 50 employee limit on the number of officers treated as key employees) shall not begin earlier than the date that is six months after the date of termination of the Participant (or, if earlier, the date of death). In the event payments to the Participant under this Plan shall be delayed for six months following the termination of the Participant as provided in this paragraph (d), the Participant (if then living) shall receive a lump sum payment as of the first day of the seventh month following the termination of employment in an amount equal to six times the monthly payment due to the Participant under this Plan, plus the monthly payment then due to the Participant. If the Participant dies following termination of employment but prior to the commencement of payments under this paragraph (d), the Participant's surviving Eligible Spouse, if any, or Designated Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the same death benefit payable in the event the Participant had commenced receiving benefit payments as of the first day of the month prior to his death.

4.3   Surviving Spouse Benefit .  The surviving Eligible Spouse of a Participant who is entitled to receive a Qualified Joint and Survivor Benefit as a normal retirement benefit or as an early retirement benefit shall be eligible for the surviving spouse benefit upon the death of the Participant for the duration of the Eligible Spouse's life.

4.4   Re-employment of Retired Participant .  A retired Participant receiving or eligible to receive the retirement benefits described in Sections 4.01 and 4.02 hereof' who is reemployed by the Company shall be ineligible to again participate in this Plan.

 
9

 
 
ARTICLE V

PRE-RETIREMENT DEATH BENEFITS

5.1   Eligibility .  A Participant's surviving Eligible Spouse shall be eligible for the pre-retirement death benefit as described in this Article V if such Participant dies while in the employ of the Company with 10 or more years of Service.

5.2   Amount .  Such surviving Eligible Spouse shall be entitled to a monthly pre-retirement death benefit payable in the form of an annuity in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between (a) forty percent (40%) of the Target Pre-Retirement Death Benefit and (b) the Spouse's Pension.

5.3   Alternative Benefit .  If greater than the monthly benefit of Section 5.02 hereof, the surviving Eligible Spouse of a Participant who dies while in the employ of the Company after attaining age fifty-five (55) with fifteen (15) years of Service shall be entitled to a monthly pre-retirement death benefit equal to fifty percent (50%) of the early retirement benefit the Participant would have been entitled to receive under Section 4.02 hereof (calculated using both reductions, where applicable, in subsections 4.02(b)(i) and 4.02(b)(ii)) as if he had retired immediately prior to his death with the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer and approval of the Committee.

5.4   Commencement and Duration .  The surviving Eligible Spouse's monthly pre-retirement death benefit payments shall commence in the month following the Participant's death and shall be paid in monthly installments thereafter ending with a payment for the month in which such surviving Eligible Spouse's death occurs.

ARTICLE VI

SEVERANCE BENEFITS

6.1   Eligibility .  Upon his Separation from Service from the Company or any Affiliated Company, a Participant who has completed ten (10) or more years of Service but is not eligible for a retirement benefit under Article IV shall be eligible for one of the severance benefits described in this Article VI.

6.2   Amount .

(a)   If at Separation from Service such eligible Participant is not entitled to a deferred vested Pension pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Retirement Plan or an early retirement Pension pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Retirement Plan, his severance benefit shall be a monthly amount equal to his Target Severance Benefit reduced by his Social Security Benefit.

(b)   If at Separation from Service such eligible Participant is entitled to a deferred vested Pension pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Retirement Plan, his severance benefit
 
 
10

 
 
shall be a monthly amount equal to his Target Severance Benefit reduced by the sum of (1) his Assumed Deferred Vested Pension Benefit and (2) his Social Security Benefit.

(c)   If at his Separation from Service such eligible Participant is entitled to an early retirement Pension pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Retirement Plan, his severance benefit shall be a monthly amount equal to his Target Severance Benefit reduced by the sum of (1) his Assumed Early Retirement Pension Benefit and (2) his Social Security Benefit; provided, however, such Assumed Early Retirement Pension Benefit shall be calculated based upon his actual years of Service at his Separation from Service rather than upon his projected years of Service at his Normal Retirement Date.

6.3   Commencement and Duration .

(a)   General .  Monthly severance benefit payments shall commence as of the eligible Participant's Normal Retirement Date and shall continue in monthly installments thereafter ending with a payment for the month in which such eligible Participant's death occurs.

(b)   Key Employees .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, payments with respect to a Participant who is a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code but determined without regard to paragraph 5 thereof or the 50 employee limit on the number of officers treated as key employees) shall not begin earlier than the date that is six months after the date of termination of the Participant (or, if earlier, the date of death). In the event payments to the Participant under this Plan shall be delayed for six months following the termination of the Participant as provided in this paragraph (b), the Participant (if then living) shall receive a lump sum payment as of the first day of the seventh month following the termination of employment in an amount equal to six times the monthly payment due to the Participant under this Plan, in addition to the monthly payment then due to the Participant. If the Participant dies following termination of employment but prior to the commencement of payments under this paragraph (b), the Participant's surviving Eligible Spouse, if any, shall be eligible for the surviving spouse benefit provided in Section 6.04.

6.4   Surviving Spouse Benefit .

(a)   Eligibility .  The surviving Eligible Spouse of a Participant who is receiving or who dies after attaining age fifty-five (55) entitled to receive a severance benefit hereunder shall be eligible for the surviving spouse benefit described in this Section 6.04.

(b)   Benefit Amount .  Such surviving Eligible Spouse shall be entitled to a monthly surviving spouse benefit in an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the severance benefit which the deceased Participant was receiving or entitled to receive at his Normal Retirement Date under either Section 6.02(a) or 6.02(b) hereof on the day before his death.

(c)   Commencement and Duration .  The monthly surviving spouse benefit payment shall commence in the month following the Participant's death and shall be paid in monthly installments thereafter ending with a payment for the month in which such surviving Eligible Spouse's death occurs.

 
11

 
 
ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATION

7.1   Committee .  This Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall have all powers necessary to enable it to carry out its duties in the administration of the Plan. Not in limitation, but in application of the foregoing, the Committee shall have the duty and power to determine all questions that may arise hereunder as to the status and rights of Participants in the Plan.

7.2   Voting .  The Committee shall act by a majority of the number then constituting the Committee, and such action may be taken either by vote at a meeting or in writing, without a meeting.

7.3   Records .  The Committee shall keep a complete record of all its proceedings and all data relating to the administration of the Plan. The Committee shall select one of its members as a Chairman. The Committee shall appoint a Secretary to keep minutes of its meetings and the Secretary may or may not be a member of the Committee. The Committee shall make such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it shall deem advisable.

7.4   Liability .  To the extent permitted by law, no member of the Committee shall be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Plan unless attributable to his own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Sponsor shall indemnify the members of the Committee against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, including counsel fees, incurred by them., and any liability, including any amounts paid in settlement with their approval, arising from their action or failure to act, except when the same is judicially determined to be attributable to their gross negligence or willful misconduct.

7.5   Expenses .  The cost of payments from this Plan and the expenses of administering the Plan shall borne by each Company with respect to its own employees.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

The Sponsor reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, by action of its Board, to modify or amend in whole or in part any or all provisions of the Plan. In addition, the Sponsor reserves the right by action of its Board to terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided, however, that no such modification, amendment or termination shall in any way affect a Participant's accrued benefit or the right to payment thereof under the provisions of the Plan as in effect immediately prior to such amendment or termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan may be terminated and benefits distributed to Participants within twelve months of a "change in control event" as defined for purposes of Section 409A.

 
12

 
 
ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1   Non-Alienation of Benefits .  No right or benefit under the Plan shall be subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge any right or benefit under the Plan shall be void. No right or benefit hereunder shall in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities or torts of the person entitled to such benefits. If the Participant or Eligible Spouse shall become bankrupt, or attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge any right hereunder, then such right or benefit shall, in the discretion of the Committee, cease and terminate, and in such event, the Committee may hold or apply the same or any part thereof for the benefit of the Participant or his spouse, children, or other dependents, or any of them, in such manner and in such amounts and proportions as the Committee may deem proper.

9.2   No Trust Created .  The obligations of the Sponsor and each Company to make payments hereunder shall constitute a liability of the Sponsor and each Company, as the case may be, to a Participant. Such payments shall be made from the general funds of the Sponsor or a Company, and the Sponsor or a Company shall not be required to establish or maintain any special or separate fund, or purchase or acquire life insurance on a Participant's life, or otherwise to segregate assets to assure that such payment shall be made, and neither a Participant nor Eligible Spouse shall have any interest in any particular asset of the Sponsor or a Company by reason of its obligations hereunder. Nothing contained in the Plan shall create or be construed as creating a trust of any kind or any other fiduciary relationship between the Sponsor, a Company and a Participant or any other person.

9.3   No Employment Agreement .  Neither the execution of this Plan nor any action taken by the Sponsor or a Company pursuant to this Plan shall be held or construed to confer on a Participant any legal right to be continued as an employee of the Sponsor or a Company in an executive position or in any other capacity whatsoever. This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Sponsor or a Company and a Participant, nor shall any provision herein restrict the right of any Participant to terminate his employment with the Sponsor or a Company.

9.4   Binding Effect .  Obligations incurred by the Sponsor or a Company pursuant to this Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Sponsor or a Company, its successors and assigns, and the Participant or his Eligible Spouse.

9.5   Suicide .  No benefit shall be payable under the Plan to a Participant or Eligible Spouse where such Participant dies as a result of suicide within two (2) years of his commencement of participation herein.

9.6   Claims for Benefits .  Each Participant or Eligible Spouse must claim any benefit to which he is entitled under this Plan by a written notification to the Committee. If a claim is
 
 
13

 
 
denied, it must be denied within a reasonable period of time, and be contained in a written notice stating the following:

(A)   The specific reason for the denial.

(B)   Specific reference to the Plan provision on which the denial is based.

(C)   Description of additional information necessary for the claimant to present his claim, if any, and an explanation of why such material is necessary.

(D)   An explanation of the Plan's claims review procedure.

The claimant will have 60 days to request a review of the denial by the Committee, which will provide a full and fair review. The request for review must be in writing delivered to the Committee. The claimant may review pertinent documents, and he may submit issues and comments in writing.

The decision by the Committee with respect to the review must be given within 60 days after receipt of the request, unless special circumstances require an extension (such as for a hearing). In no event shall the decision be delayed beyond 120 days after receipt of the request for review. The decision shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and it shall include specific reasons and refer to specific Plan provisions as to its effect.

9.7   Entire Plan .  This document and any amendments contain all the terms and provisions of the Plan and shall constitute the entire Plan, any other alleged terms or provisions being of no effect.

9.8   Change in Control .  In the event of a Change in Control, the Sponsor shall irrevocably set aside funds in one or more grantor trusts in an amount that is sufficient to pay each Participant (or Designated Beneficiary) the amount of benefits accrued under the Plan as of the date of the Change in Control; provided, however, that the Sponsor shall not set aside funds, revocably or irrevocably, in one or more grantor trusts in connection with the transactions described in the Agreement and Plan of Merger between the Sponsor and Duke Energy Corporation dated as of January 8, 2011.  Any such trust shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Company in the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company.

9.9   Acceleration of Payment .  The acceleration of the time or schedule of any payment due under the Plan is prohibited except as provided in regulations and administrative guidance provided under Section 409A. It is not an acceleration of the time or schedule of payment if the Company waives or accelerates the vesting requirements applicable to a benefit under the Plan.
 
14

 
 
ARTICLE X

CONSTRUCTION

10.1   Governing Law .  This Plan shall be construed and governed in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina to the extent not preempted by Federal Law.

10.2   Gender .  The masculine gender, where appearing in the Plan, shall be deemed to include the feminine gender, and the singular may include the plural, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary.

10.3   Headings, etc .  The cover page of this Plan, the Table of Contents and all headings used in this Plan are for convenience of reference only and are not part of the substance of this Plan.

10.4   Action .  Any action under this Plan required or permitted by the Sponsor shall be by action of its Board or its duly authorized designee.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument has been executed this 31 st day of October, 2011.

 
 
By:
PROGRESS ENERGY, INC.
 
/s/ William D. Johnson
William D. Johnson
Chairman, President
and Chief Executive Officer
 




 
15

 

APPENDIX A

AFFILIATED COMPANIES


Progress Energy Florida, Inc. (non-bargaining employees) ("PEF"); provided that for all purposes of the Plan, Service for an employee of PEF on December 31, 2001 (as defined in Section 2.21) shall include employment only with PEF (or another adopting Company) on or after January 1, 2002; and further provided that the accrued benefit calculated under Sections 2.03, 2.04 and 2.05 shall not include the "Accrued Benefit" under Supplement B, Paragraph B-2(a) of the Retirement Plan, attributable to the FPC Plan.
 
Progress Fuels Corporation (corporate employees) ("PFC"); provided that for all purposes of the Plan, Service for an employee of PFC on December 31, 2001 (as defined in Section 2.21) shall include employment only with PFC (or another adopting Company) on or after January 1, 2002; and further provided that the accrued benefit calculated under Sections 2.03, 2.04 and 2.05 shall not include the "Accrued Benefit" under Supplement B, Paragraph B-2(a) of the Retirement Plan, attributable to the FPC Plan.
 
Progress Energy Carolinas, Inc.

Progress Energy Service Company, LLC

Progress Energy Ventures, Inc.


 
 

 

Exhibit 31(a)

CERTIFICATION


I, William D. Johnson, certify that:

1.  
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Progress Energy, Inc.;

2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)  
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.


Date: November 8, 2011
By: /s/ William D. Johnson
 
William D. Johnson
 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer



 
 

 

Exhibit 31(b)

CERTIFICATION


I, Mark F. Mulhern, certify that:

1.  
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Progress Energy, Inc.;

2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.  
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)  
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.


Date: November 8, 2011
By: /s/ Mark F. Mulhern
 
Mark F. Mulhern
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


 
 

 

Exhibit 31(c)

CERTIFICATION


I, Lloyd M. Yates, certify that:

1.  
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Carolina Power & Light Company;
 
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a)  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)  
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
5.  
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
a)  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 


Date: November 8, 2011
By: /s/ Lloyd M. Yates
 
Lloyd M. Yates
 
President and Chief Executive Officer


 
 

 

Exhibit 31(d)

CERTIFICATION


I, Mark F. Mulhern, certify that:

1.  
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Carolina Power & Light Company;
 
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)  
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.


Date: November 8, 2011
By: /s/ Mark F. Mulhern
 
Mark F. Mulhern
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


 
 

 

Exhibit 31(e)

CERTIFICATION


I, Vincent M. Dolan, certify that:

1.  
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Florida Power Corporation;
 
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)  
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.


Date: November 8, 2011
By: /s/ Vincent M. Dolan
 
Vincent M. Dolan
 
President and Chief Executive Officer


 
 

 

Exhibit 31(f)

CERTIFICATION


I, Mark F. Mulhern, certify that:

1.  
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Florida Power Corporation;
 
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
4.  
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c)  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d)  
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.  
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b)  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.


Date: November 8, 2011
By: /s/ Mark F. Mulhern
 
Mark F. Mulhern
 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


 
 

 


Exhibit 32(a)


CERTIFICATION FURNISHED PURSUANT TO
 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Progress Energy, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended September 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, William D. Johnson, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1)           the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
 
(2)           the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.



/s/ William D. Johnson
William D. Johnson
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
November 8, 2011


This certification is being furnished and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.




 
 

 


Exhibit 32(b)


CERTIFICATION FURNISHED PURSUANT TO
 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Progress Energy, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended September 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark F. Mulhern, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1)           the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
 
(2)           the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.



/s/ Mark F. Mulhern
Mark F. Mulhern
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
November 8, 2011


This certification is being furnished and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


 
 

 


Exhibit 32(c)


CERTIFICATION FURNISHED PURSUANT TO
 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Carolina Power & Light Company (the “Company”) for the period ended September 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Lloyd M. Yates, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1)           the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
 
(2)           the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.



/s/ Lloyd M. Yates
Lloyd M. Yates
President and Chief Executive Officer
November 8, 2011


This certification is being furnished and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


 
 

 


Exhibit 32(d)


CERTIFICATION FURNISHED PURSUANT TO
 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Carolina Power & Light Company (the “Company”) for the period ended September 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark F. Mulhern, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1)           the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
 
(2)           the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.



/s/ Mark F. Mulhern
Mark F. Mulhern
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
November 8, 2011


This certification is being furnished and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.



 
 

 


Exhibit 32(e)


CERTIFICATION FURNISHED PURSUANT TO
 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Florida Power Corporation (the “Company”) for the period ended September 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Vincent M. Dolan, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1)           the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
 
(2)           the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.



U /s/ Vincent M. Dolan
Vincent M. Dolan
President and Chief Executive Officer
November 8, 2011


This certification is being furnished and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


 
 

 


 
Exhibit 32(f)


CERTIFICATION FURNISHED PURSUANT TO
 
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
 
In connection with the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Florida Power Corporation (the “Company”) for the period ended September 30, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Mark F. Mulhern, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1)           the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
 
(2)           the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.



/s/ Mark F. Mulhern
Mark F. Mulhern
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
November 8, 2011


This certification is being furnished and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or incorporated by reference in any filing under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.